This is a modern-English version of Three years of war in East Africa, originally written by Buchanan, Angus.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
THREE YEARS OF WAR
IN EAST AFRICA
THREE YEARS OF WAR
IN EAST AFRICA
BY THE SAME AUTHOR
BY THE SAME AUTHOR
WILD LIFE
IN CANADA
Wildlife in Canada
With Illustrations from Photographs
by the Author
With Illustrations from Photos
by the Author
LONDON: JOHN MURRAY
LONDON: JOHN MURRAY

Lukigura River.
Lukigura River.
Frontispiece
Cover Page
THREE YEARS OF WAR
IN EAST AFRICA
THREE YEARS OF WAR
IN EAST AFRICA
BY CAPT. ANGUS BUCHANAN, M.C.
BY CAPT. ANGUS BUCHANAN, M.C.
WITH MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS
WITH MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS
LONDON
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET, W.
1920
LONDON
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET, W.
1920
First Edition | July 1919 |
Reprinted | January 1920 |
All Rights Reserved
All Rights Reserved
Captain Buchanan has done me the honour of asking me to write a short preface to a work which seems to me at all events of peculiar interest. To write a preface is a difficult task, unless one has some real raison d’être for the task; yet I find it difficult to refuse, if only for my intense admiration for the part played by the battalion with which the author was so long and honourably associated—the 25th Royal Fusiliers.
Captain Buchanan has honored me by asking me to write a short preface for a work that I find particularly interesting. Writing a preface is a challenging task unless there’s a genuine purpose for it; however, it’s hard for me to say no, especially because of my deep admiration for the role played by the battalion that the author was so closely and honorably linked with—the 25th Royal Fusiliers.
The author’s qualifications to write this work are undoubted, not only from his stout record as a soldier, but also through his previous experience as a traveller, explorer, and student of Natural History. When war broke out Captain Buchanan was engaged on behalf of the Provincial Government of Saskatchewan, Canada, in investigating the country in the far north, west of Hudson Bay, and studying and collecting the rarer flora and fauna. He had been for nearly a year many hundreds of miles out of touch with any other white man. The first rumour of war did not reach him until the end of October, when he at once struck south to a Hudson Bay Fort, which he reached at Christmas. Without delay he left to join up, and in but a month or two had[x] changed his habitat from almost the Arctic Circle to the Equator.
The author's qualifications to write this work are clear, not only because of his solid history as a soldier but also due to his past experiences as a traveler, explorer, and student of Natural History. When war broke out, Captain Buchanan was working on behalf of the Provincial Government of Saskatchewan, Canada, investigating the area in the far north, west of Hudson Bay, and studying and collecting rare plants and animals. He had spent nearly a year hundreds of miles away from any other white person. The first news of war didn't reach him until the end of October, when he immediately headed south to a Hudson Bay Fort, which he arrived at by Christmas. Without delay, he left to enlist, and in just a month or two had[x] changed his surroundings from nearly the Arctic Circle to the Equator.
Readers will be able to follow the fortunes of that wonderful unit, the 25th Royal Fusiliers, through the campaign, and will perhaps gain thereby an insight into this strangest of all side-shows more true and illuminating than a more comprehensive work. There was little that this old Legion of Frontiersmen missed. Comparisons are odious; yet I think it may safely be said that no other white unit took so full a part in the diverse stages of the campaign. They bore the long and arduous months of frontier and railway guarding in 1915. They took no mean share in the spectacular capture of Bukoba. Their mounted infantry as well as ordinary rank and file, took part in many of the small but intensely trying patrols through the thorny scrub along the Serengeti plains. General Smuts’s operations around Kilimanjaro saw them. Right to the fore were they in the long and tiring treks, varied by frequent and fierce rear-guard actions, which took place down the Pangani and southward through the bush and forests to the capture of Morogoro; and onwards again right down to the Rufiji. They bore that cruelly hard period through the rains of 1916, when they held the Mgeta line against a numerically superior foe, living literally in a swamp for months, riddled through and through with fever. In January, 1917, when General Smuts made his final effort to crush the opposition,[xi] Colonel Driscoll and his men were right in the van, and here among others they lost Captain Selous, that great hunter and greater English gentleman. After a brief period in the south we find them back in time for the final stages of the campaign. Here they went in from Lindi to take part in the fighting of 1917, fighting so bitter that all the previous work was but as child’s play in comparison. Lest it seem that I exaggerate, let me say that, with a force of about half the size, the casualties during these last four months were three times as great as those throughout the whole previous two years. There was indeed hardly an action in which the battalion did not take part, until that day on the 18th of October, 1917, when, while covering a temporary retirement, they were overwhelmed by immensely superior numbers and cut to pieces.
Readers will be able to follow the journey of the amazing unit, the 25th Royal Fusiliers, throughout the campaign and may gain insights into this unique side-show that are more genuine and enlightening than a broader work. This old Legion of Frontiersmen didn't miss much. Comparisons may seem unpleasant, but it's safe to say that no other white unit played such a significant role in the various stages of the campaign. They endured the long and tough months of guarding the frontier and the railway in 1915. They played a significant part in the dramatic capture of Bukoba. Both their mounted infantry and regular soldiers participated in many of the small but incredibly challenging patrols through the thorny brush of the Serengeti plains. General Smuts’s operations around Kilimanjaro included them. They were right in the thick of the long and exhausting treks, often engaged in frequent and fierce rear-guard actions, which occurred down the Pangani and further south through the bush and forests to capture Morogoro; and then onward all the way to the Rufiji. They endured that incredibly tough period during the rains of 1916, when they held the Mgeta line against a numerically superior enemy, living literally in a swamp for months, afflicted with fever. In January 1917, when General Smuts made his final attempt to crush the opposition, [xi] Colonel Driscoll and his men were right at the front, where they lost Captain Selous, that great hunter and even greater English gentleman. After a short time in the south, we find them back in time for the final stages of the campaign. Here they moved from Lindi to join in the fighting of 1917, which was so intense that all the previous efforts seemed like child's play in comparison. To clarify, with a force about half the size, the casualties during these last four months were three times as many as throughout the entire previous two years. There was indeed hardly an operation in which the battalion did not participate until the day on October 18, 1917, when, while covering a temporary retreat, they were overwhelmed by vastly superior numbers and suffered heavy losses.
The author does not harp overmuch on the sickness and privations of his comrades—he has been through too many of them to do so; but I am reminded of the remark of one of them during the not infrequent periods of grousing which every respectable British soldier must have. “Ah, I wish to h⸺ I was in France! There one lives like a gentleman and dies like a man, here one lives like a pig and dies like a dog.” There may have been something in this remark, yet I have thought as I saw the 25th staggering on, absolutely in rags, many with fever actually on them,[xii] nearly all emaciated and staring-eyed, that they were living, if not like gentlemen, at all events like Men.
The author doesn't dwell too much on the sickness and hardships of his comrades—he's experienced too many of them himself; but it reminds me of something one of them said during the frequent complaining that every respectable British soldier goes through. “Ah, I wish I was in France! There you live like a gentleman and die like a man, here you live like a pig and die like a dog.” There might be some truth to this remark, but as I watched the 25th struggling on, completely in rags, many of them with fever, almost all emaciated and wide-eyed, I thought that they were living, if not like gentlemen, at least like Men.[xii]
There is one point of view that I would like to put before readers in estimating the debt that those of us who live in Africa owe to these men—and that is this: when once the coastal belt was reached, and after the departure of General Smuts and practically all his South African fighting troops, it became apparent that European infantry, generally speaking, could no longer compete on even terms with the native soldier. The handicap of climate became too great. The European could no longer stand marching under a load, and more than that, the continual fever and sun sapped the “essential guts,” so that it became almost impossible for white troops to meet the German-African troops—led, of course, by trained and well-fed German officers and N.C.O.s—with any fair prospect of success. Such a fact boded ill for the future prestige of the white race. Yet it may be said that the Fusiliers soared triumphant even over this handicap; and they can boast, without fear of contradiction, that up to the very end no German field company would look with other than apprehension to meeting the 25th on even terms. I have always felt that the prowess and endurance of these fine men during these last months have done more to uphold our prestige and ensure the firm future of our rule than is likely to be adequately realised.
There’s one perspective I want to share with readers regarding the debt that those of us living in Africa owe to these men: once we reached the coastal area and after General Smuts and almost all his South African troops left, it became clear that European infantry could no longer compete equally with the native soldier. The challenge of the climate became too significant. Europeans couldn’t handle marching with heavy loads, and on top of that, the constant fever and sun drained their energy, making it nearly impossible for white troops to face the German-African forces—led, of course, by trained and well-fed German officers and N.C.O.s—with any fair chance of success. This was a worrying sign for the future reputation of the white race. Yet, it can be said that the Fusiliers rose victorious even with this challenge; they can confidently claim that right up to the very end, no German field company faced the 25th without apprehension. I've always believed that the skill and resilience of these remarkable men during these final months have done more to maintain our prestige and secure the solid future of our rule than is likely to be fully recognized.
An estimate of the campaign as a whole is scarcely yet possible. It will probably be years before a just view can be taken of a side-show that is believed to have cost more money and many more lives than the whole of the South African Campaign. Many mistakes were made, and it is more than possible that the lion’s share of what credit posterity may have to bestow will fall on Von Lettow and his comrades. Yet there were many factors which caused the task which Generals Tighe, Smuts, Hoskins, and Van Deventer did eventually accomplish, to be of almost unparalleled difficulty.
It's hard to give a full estimate of the campaign right now. It will likely be years before we can have a fair assessment of a side-show that is thought to have cost more money and many more lives than the entire South African Campaign. Many mistakes were made, and it's quite likely that most of the credit that future generations may give will go to Von Lettow and his team. However, there were many factors that made the task that Generals Tighe, Smuts, Hoskins, and Van Deventer eventually completed incredibly difficult.
The question asked very often, and one which is likely to be of interest to posterity, is: How were the Germans able to prolong their resistance and, in fine, to make such a determined struggle against our very superior forces? In answer the following points seem to merit consideration.
The question that's often asked, and one that will likely interest future generations, is: How were the Germans able to extend their resistance and, ultimately, put up such a determined fight against our much stronger forces? In response, the following points seem worth considering.
In the first place the enemy had in the person of Colonel Von Lettow an outstanding personality, and a soldier whose merit it is hard to over-estimate. It will, moreover, always form one bright spot on the blackened German escutcheon that in his operations during the campaign, personally speaking, his conduct was as clean as it was efficient.
In the beginning, the enemy had Colonel Von Lettow, an exceptional individual and a soldier whose contributions are hard to overstate. Additionally, it will forever be a positive aspect on the tarnished German reputation that throughout the campaign, his actions were both effective and honorable.
When war broke out the local military position was overwhelmingly in favour of the Germans. They had ready, at a conservative estimate, 2,000 to 3,000 trained whites and[xiv] 8,000 native troops, with some 70 machine-guns and 40 guns. Against this we, on our side, had in British East Africa about 700 native soldiers and 2 machine-guns, one of which was out of action, and not more than 100 whites with any military experience at all. This force might possibly have been duplicated in Nyasaland. With this early crushing superiority it is obvious that expansion on the one side was easy—on the other a matter of extraordinary difficulty.
When the war started, the local military situation heavily favored the Germans. They had, at a minimum estimate, 2,000 to 3,000 trained white soldiers and [xiv] 8,000 native troops, along with around 70 machine guns and 40 artillery pieces. On our side, in British East Africa, we had about 700 native soldiers and 2 machine guns, one of which was out of commission, and no more than 100 white soldiers with any military experience. This force might have been matched in Nyasaland. With such an overwhelming advantage early on, it's clear that expansion was easy for one side, while it was extraordinarily difficult for the other.
In connection with this point it must also be borne in mind that in British East Africa the natives are for the very large part, not soldiers, but agriculturists by nature; whereas German East Africa teems with natives who form as fine material for soldiers as any in the world. This point is always worth remembering since, because of it, while Germany held German East Africa, she was a potential menace to the whole continent.
In relation to this point, it’s important to keep in mind that in British East Africa, most natives are not soldiers but farmers by nature. In contrast, German East Africa is filled with natives who are just as good as any in the world for military service. This is always worth remembering because, due to this factor, when Germany controlled German East Africa, it posed a potential threat to the entire continent.
Unity of command again was with the Germans to a striking degree. For on our side was ever command so divided? Our main force working from East Africa contained troops from almost every portion of the globe, speaking different tongues, having different habits, eating different foods, fighting in different ways. From Nyasaland and Rhodesia, General Northey with his small force brilliantly fought his way into the enemy’s country, for long not only not under our Commander-in-Chief, but not even administered by the War[xv] Office. From the west our most gallant Allies the Belgians pushed forward to Tabora, and later worked in direct co-operation into the very heart of the enemy’s country. On the south there were the Portuguese.
Unity of command was clearly with the Germans. On our side, was command ever so divided? Our main force operating from East Africa included troops from almost every part of the world, speaking different languages, having different customs, eating different foods, and fighting in various styles. From Nyasaland and Rhodesia, General Northey, with his small force, skillfully fought his way into enemy territory, often not under our Commander-in-Chief and not even managed by the War[xv] Office. From the west, our brave allies, the Belgians, advanced to Tabora and later worked directly in cooperation deep into enemy territory. To the south, there were the Portuguese.
The advantages which the Germans had over us in this matter were worth many thousands of rifles.
The advantages that the Germans had over us in this regard were worth thousands of rifles.
It is certainly undeniable that after the first eighteen months our combined force largely outnumbered our adversaries. Yet at his strongest Von Lettow probably mustered 25,000 to 30,000 rifles, all fighting troops. A not inconsiderable army on the basis that we, on our side, had to estimate that it took four to five soldiers to get one fighting man into the firing line.
It’s definitely true that after the first eighteen months, our combined force greatly outnumbered our opponents. However, at his peak, Von Lettow probably had around 25,000 to 30,000 fighting troops. That’s a significant army, considering we estimated it took four to five soldiers to deploy one front-line soldier.
It will naturally be assumed that at all events in the matter of equipment and arms we had the advantage, but until the very latest stages it may be doubted if this was so. Two incidents will illustrate this. During the latter part of 1916 a German prisoner, being taken past a spot where some of our artillery units, which shall be nameless, were parked, remarked, “the movable armament from the Ark, I should imagine!” And, indeed, his naval guns, his 42-in. howitzers, and quick-firing mountain guns were far ahead of anything in our possession. Again, late in 1917, a German doctor came in to demand back one of his medical panniers abandoned on the field. We returned it with reluctance, as it was a very[xvi] fine set, the latest model in 1914. However, in response to repeated and urgent indents and “hasteners,” new equipment for our own medical department was that moment arriving. It was far in advance of anything we had seen on our side, but was plainly marked 1906. I shall not soon forget the sneer on that doctor’s face.
It’s generally assumed that we had the upper hand in terms of equipment and arms, but it may not have been true until the very end. Two incidents illustrate this. In late 1916, a German prisoner passed by a location where some of our artillery units, which I won’t name, were stationed and said, “I suppose that’s the movable armament from the Ark!” And indeed, their naval guns, 42-inch howitzers, and quick-firing mountain guns were far superior to anything we had. Then, in late 1917, a German doctor came to reclaim one of his medical packs left behind on the battlefield. We reluctantly returned it since it was an impressive set, the latest model from 1914. However, at that moment, new equipment for our own medical department was arriving after numerous urgent requests. It was far ahead of anything we had seen, but it was clearly marked 1906. I’ll never forget the sneer on that doctor’s face.
It is true that twice in the campaign the Germans were on short commons in the matter of small-arm ammunition, in spite of their enormous pre-war accumulation, but in each case, most unfortunately, a blockade runner relieved the situation. Later on, unfortunate captures prevented a shortage which would have appeared inevitable.
It’s true that twice during the campaign, the Germans faced shortages in small-arms ammunition despite their massive stockpiles from before the war, but unfortunately, in each situation, a blockade runner came to the rescue. Later on, unfortunate captures prevented a shortage that seemed unavoidable.
Again, the Germans worked throughout on interior lines and were able, for the most part, to choose the areas in which their resistance would be stiffest. Such spots were naturally where they would gain the fullest advantage from their knowledge of the country, and where the evil climate would exact the most murderous toll from our white and Indian troops. These considerations should, I think, be borne in mind by those who feel, as many must, that the cost in blood and money was altogether in excess of the results obtained. In any case it is to our credit that having put hand to the plough we did not turn back. It is for those who in the future will reap the benefit to see that the worthiest use is made of the vast country which the efforts of those who have fallen have placed in our hands.
Once again, the Germans relied on their interior lines and were mostly able to choose the areas where their resistance would be strongest. These locations were naturally the ones where they could make the most of their local knowledge and where the harsh climate would take the most devastating toll on our white and Indian troops. I believe these points should be considered by those who, like many, feel that the cost in lives and money was far greater than the results achieved. Regardless, it is commendable that once we committed to the effort, we didn't back down. It is now up to those in the future who will benefit to ensure that the vast land gained through the sacrifices of those who have fallen is used wisely.
The wild animal and bird life encountered throughout the campaign formed a most distinctive feature. This especially applies to the last stages, when the fighting in the south-east corner of the Colony was conducted in territory almost virgin to the naturalist. This applies equally to the insects both large and small, which in many cases were as unpleasant as they were intrusive. Captain Buchanan is well qualified to discourse on these subjects, and his observant notes are most instructive. Let us hope that some day he may find an opportunity of renewing his researches under happier circumstances.
The wildlife we came across during the campaign was a truly unique aspect. This is particularly true for the final stages when the fighting in the southeast corner of the Colony took place in areas that were almost untouched for naturalists. The same goes for the insects, both big and small, which were often as bothersome as they were numerous. Captain Buchanan is well-equipped to discuss these topics, and his detailed observations are very informative. Let’s hope that one day he gets a chance to continue his research in better conditions.
In conclusion of these few remarks let me wish Captain Buchanan the utmost success in putting his book before the public. If only others read it with the same interest and enjoyment with which it has filled me, I can only think that the author’s work will not have been in vain.
In conclusion of these few remarks, I wish Captain Buchanan the best of luck in sharing his book with the public. If others read it with the same interest and enjoyment that I have experienced, I believe the author's efforts will not have been in vain.
Cranworth.
Cranworth.
In accomplishing the conquest of German East Africa, many columns were put in the field. Those had their starting-points from the British East Africa frontier in the neighbourhood of Kilimanjaro Mountain, from Lake Victoria Nyanza, from the Belgian Congo, from Rhodesia, and latterly from the East Africa coast. To cover wide fronts of great extent of country, the forces from each of those bases advanced in their particular area in two, three, or more columns. This narrative deals directly with the operations of a single column, but, as operations throughout the columns were similar, it may be found, in part, to be generally descriptive of much that was experienced by all columns.
In the effort to conquer German East Africa, many military units were deployed. These units started from various locations, including the British East Africa border near Kilimanjaro Mountain, Lake Victoria Nyanza, the Belgian Congo, Rhodesia, and more recently, the East African coast. To cover vast areas of land, the forces from each base advanced in two, three, or more groups. This account focuses specifically on the operations of one unit, but since the operations across all units were similar, it might also provide a general overview of what all units experienced.
On actual operations in German East Africa—not including the operations on the frontier during 1915, nor the countless distances covered on patrol—our unit marched some 850 miles with the column, in the following stages: Kilimanjaro area, 194 miles; to the Central Railway, 335 miles; Morogoro-Rufiji area, 260 miles; and Lindi area (to date of my departure), 61 miles. Those distances are not[xix] direct to their objective as the crow flies, for they had often a zigzag course, and sometimes even doubled back to a fresh starting-point.
On actual operations in German East Africa—not counting the operations on the frontier during 1915, nor the many distances covered on patrol—our unit marched about 850 miles with the column, in the following segments: Kilimanjaro area, 194 miles; to the Central Railway, 335 miles; Morogoro-Rufiji area, 260 miles; and Lindi area (up to the date of my departure), 61 miles. Those distances are not [xix] direct to their target as the crow flies, since they often took a zigzag route and sometimes even looped back to a new starting point.
It has been my endeavour to include every detail of experience, and, in doing so, I trust that at some points I have not laid too much stress on the hardships of the campaign. They were all in the day’s work, and were taken as such, no matter how irksome they were. Of them General Smuts, in a dispatch of 27th October, 1916, said:
It has been my goal to include every detail of the experience, and in doing so, I hope that at times I haven't put too much emphasis on the challenges of the campaign. They were all part of the job and were accepted as such, no matter how annoying they were. General Smuts mentioned them in a dispatch on October 27, 1916, saying:
“Their work has been done under tropical conditions which not only produce bodily weariness and unfitness, but which create mental languor and depression, and finally appal the stoutest hearts. To march day by day, and week by week, through the African jungle or high grass, in which vision is limited to a few yards, in which danger always lurks near, but seldom becomes visible, even when experienced, supplies a test to human nature often, in the long run, beyond the limits of human endurance.”
“Their work has taken place in tropical conditions that not only cause physical exhaustion and unfitness but also lead to mental fatigue and depression, ultimately overwhelming even the strongest hearts. Marching day after day and week after week through the African jungle or tall grass, where visibility is restricted to just a few yards and danger is always nearby but rarely seen, provides a challenge to human nature that often, over time, exceeds the bounds of what humans can endure.”
Little reference has been made in the narrative to the number of our casualties, nor was that possible. A recent casualty statement—at the end of 1918—records the casualties of the East African Campaign as: 380 officers killed, 478 officers wounded, 8,724 other ranks killed, 7,276 other ranks wounded, 38 officers[xx] missing (including prisoners), and 929 other ranks missing (including prisoners) = 896 officers, 16,929 other ranks.
Little mention has been made in the story about the number of our casualties, nor was that possible. A recent casualty statement—at the end of 1918—records the casualties of the East African Campaign as: 380 officers killed, 478 officers wounded, 8,724 other ranks killed, 7,276 other ranks wounded, 38 officers[xx] missing (including prisoners), and 929 other ranks missing (including prisoners) = 896 officers, 16,929 other ranks.
This is the only statement of casualties I have seen, and I give these figures with every reservation, doubting the aggregate and its completeness.
This is the only report of casualties I've seen, and I share these numbers with caution, questioning both the total and its accuracy.
They will, however, suffice to show that there is a remarkable percentage of killed, and this may largely be put down to the closeness of the fighting, and that at times the attacking forces were advancing on entrenched positions without protection of any kind to themselves.
They will, however, be enough to show that there is a significant percentage of casualties, and this can largely be attributed to the intensity of the fighting, where at times the attacking forces were moving toward fortified positions without any protection for themselves.
Angus Buchanan.
Angus Buchanan.
PAGE | ||
Foreword | ix | |
Introduction | xviii | |
CHAPTER | ||
I. | Outward Bound Adventure | 1 |
II. | Frontier Living | 17 |
III. | Cattle Rustlers | 43 |
IV. | The First Move | 64 |
V. | The Second Journey | 87 |
VI. | The Next Phase | 125 |
VII. | The Conclusion of the Campaign in Germany | 173 |
VIII. | Nature Notes | 200 |
IX. | Here and Beyond | 225 |
Table of contents | 242 |
Lukigura River | Frontispiece |
FACING PAGE | |
Kilimanjaro | 34 |
The Neck at "German Bridge" | 92 |
German Paper Currency | 106 |
Indigenous Homestead | 144 |
A Good Bag: 268½ lbs. of Ivory | 160 |
Tandamuti | 188 |
Ostriches | 202 |
LIST OF MAPS | |
From the Frontier to Morogoro | 86 |
Morogoro to Rufiji River | 124 |
Lindi Region | 172 |
It was raining in London. It had been raining all day, and for many days previous, and to-night the atmosphere of damp and greyness pervaded the very soul of the city outdoors.
It was raining in London. It had been raining all day, and for many days before that, and tonight the damp and gray atmosphere filled the very essence of the city outside.
Number Seven platform, at Waterloo Station, was crowded with troops and baggage, about to depart for service with the B.E.F. in East Africa. They had arrived at the station at 6 p.m. At 11 p.m. they were still there grouped about in talkative jollying clusters, apparently indifferent to the delay in entraining.
Number Seven platform at Waterloo Station was packed with soldiers and luggage, getting ready to leave for duty with the B.E.F. in East Africa. They got to the station at 6 p.m. By 11 p.m., they were still there, gathered in chatty, cheerful clusters, seemingly unconcerned about the delay in boarding.
Everyone knows this type of crowd nowadays, but in this case, and as commonly with men garbed in identical uniform, no one could tell with any accuracy the remarkable variety of character of the men, or the extent of their notability. Joe Robson, who[2] was standing apart—a quiet onlooker—thought: “It is almost a pity that the individual loses his individuality in the army and becomes a stranger in a strange crowd.” What would that group of schoolboys say, and the inquisitive idle crowd in general, if they knew that here in the ranks, beneath the guise of homogeneous khaki, were gathered many men from all the world over? Men who had come to fight for their native land from Honolulu, Hong-Kong, China, Ceylon, Malay States, India, New Zealand, Australia, South and East Africa, Egypt, South America, Mexico, United States of America, and Canada? Men from the very outer edges of the world; in Ogilvie’s words:
Everyone recognizes this kind of crowd these days, but in this instance, as is often the case with men dressed in identical uniforms, no one could accurately identify the remarkable variety of personalities among them or the degree of their notability. Joe Robson, who[2] was standing off to the side—a quiet observer—thought: “It’s almost sad that a person loses their individuality in the army and becomes just another face in a crowd.” What would that group of schoolboys and the curious onlookers say if they knew that within these ranks, behind the uniformity of khaki, were many men from all around the globe? Men who had come to fight for their homeland from Honolulu, Hong Kong, China, Ceylon, the Malay States, India, New Zealand, Australia, South and East Africa, Egypt, South America, Mexico, the United States, and Canada? Men from the very far corners of the world; in Ogilvie’s words:
Some were men who had taken part in Arctic exploration; others were of the North-west Mounted Police and of the British South Africa Police; even a cowpuncher or two from under the flag of the U.S.A. were amongst this force of frontiersmen. And there were among them: good sorts, bad sorts, rich sorts, keen sorts, game sorts—all sorts!
Some were men who had participated in Arctic exploration; others were from the North-west Mounted Police and the British South Africa Police; there were even a couple of cowboys from under the U.S.A. flag among this group of frontiersmen. And there were all kinds among them: nice guys, not-so-nice guys, wealthy types, eager beavers, adventurous spirits—all sorts!
Here also, holding the rank of subalterns, were some famous hunters, setting out again on adventure. F. C. Selous, the renowned big-game hunter and naturalist and explorer, was there, and Cherry Kearton, who, like his brother Richard, “shoots” with his camera[3] and has specialised in photographing big game in Africa. Then there were George Outram and Martin Ryan, hailing from divergent corners of our colonies, who were reputed old hunters who knew, by long association, the vast hunting-grounds in Africa, as well as you or I, perhaps, know our grouse moor at home. And, lastly, at the head of all stood Colonel Driscoll, the leader of “Driscoll’s Scouts” in the South African War.
Here too, holding the rank of subalterns, were some famous hunters setting out for another adventure. F. C. Selous, the well-known big-game hunter, naturalist, and explorer, was there, along with Cherry Kearton, who specializes in capturing wildlife with his camera, just like his brother Richard. Then there were George Outram and Martin Ryan, coming from different parts of our colonies, known as experienced hunters who were intimately familiar with the vast African hunting grounds, much like we are with our local grouse moors. And finally, at the top was Colonel Driscoll, the leader of “Driscoll’s Scouts” during the South African War.[3]
Yes, there was a spirit of romance on Number Seven platform on this evening of April 1915. But, as is often the case with romance, it was obscure to the ordinary vision of the spectator, and but dully realised, if realised at all. So, for the most part, those troops remained commonplace, and passed from London, as thousands of other troops do, out to an unknown destination under cover of the night.
Yes, there was a romantic vibe on Platform Seven that evening in April 1915. But, like often happens with romance, it was hard for the average observer to see, and mostly went unnoticed, if it was noticed at all. So, for the most part, those soldiers seemed ordinary and left London, just like thousands of other troops do, heading to an unknown destination under the cover of night.
It was 2 o’clock next morning when, after long waiting, the train finally drew out of Waterloo. Between 11 p.m. and 1 a.m., by twos and threes, friends of the troops had taken their last farewells and departed, taking sadness with them, and leaving, here and there, a disconsolate soul behind.
It was 2 o’clock the next morning when, after a long wait, the train finally left Waterloo. Between 11 p.m. and 1 a.m., in small groups, friends of the soldiers had said their last goodbyes and left, taking their sadness with them and leaving, here and there, a heartbroken person behind.
How many touching, aye, last farewells have been witnessed by the soulless shed of that vast station since war began! How many brave souls have laughingly departed never to return!—their one great love their Home, their Empire’s honour.
How many heartfelt, final goodbyes have been seen in that lifeless shed of the huge station since the war started! How many brave people have left with laughter, never to come back!—their one true love, their Home, their Empire’s honor.
The battalion’s destination—the port of sailing—was unknown, except to those in command, but in the early dawn of morning it became apparent to all, as we passed along the borders of Somerset and Dorset and on through Devon, that we were en route to Plymouth.
The battalion's destination—the port we were sailing to—was a mystery, known only to those in charge. However, in the early morning light, it became clear to everyone as we traveled along the borders of Somerset and Dorset and through Devon that we were en route to Plymouth.
At 10 a.m. we drew up in Plymouth Docks, there to embark on H.M.T.S. Neuralia (Glasgow).
At 10 a.m. we arrived at Plymouth Docks, ready to board H.M.T.S. Neuralia (Glasgow).
The day was spent in embarking the troops and baggage to their allocated stations on board ship; and in the depth of a pitch-black night, when all was ready, we cleared the docks and steamed slowly out of Plymouth Sound, in company with others of a convoy, and commenced our voyage “outward bound” to Africa.
The day was spent loading the troops and their gear onto the ship; and in the pitch-black night, when everything was ready, we left the docks and slowly steamed out of Plymouth Sound, along with other ships in the convoy, and began our journey "outward bound" to Africa.
There are times in all men’s lives when they go through experiences that remain for ever remarkable, either because they are so new and unexpected, or because they contain so much of pain and hardship. The men new to travel—and there were a number of them—who embarked on the good ship Neuralia will remember, to the end of their days, their first experiences on board a troopship and their first voyage to the tropics; for it contained, for them, all the hardship of their new life of soldiering, and all the romance and pleasure of seeing a completely new and unexpected world.
There are moments in every man's life when they experience things that stick with them forever, either because they're brand new and surprising, or because they're filled with pain and struggle. The men who were new to traveling—and there were quite a few—who boarded the good ship Neuralia will remember for the rest of their lives their first experiences on a troopship and their inaugural trip to the tropics; for it brought them all the challenges of their new life as soldiers, along with the excitement and joy of discovering an entirely new and unexpected world.
Conversation on board ship dealt largely with contrasts. Old pictures were compared with new and, in most cases, within the mind of the intelligent individual each fresh experience brought new expression and wide awakening. Young men who short weeks before, and all their lives, had enjoyed all the comfort and ease of home life were now feeling the first rigour of army service.
Conversation on the ship mostly revolved around contrasts. People compared old pictures with new ones, and in most cases, an intelligent person found that each new experience sparked fresh ideas and a deeper awareness. Young men who just a few weeks ago had enjoyed the comforts and ease of home life were now experiencing the challenges of army service for the first time.
Robson, an observant old soldier, heard much of his neighbours’ little troubles. It was common to hear the warm, soft, white-sheeted bed at home ruefully recalled by the men, when rolled in coarse grey blankets on the hard deck, or, chrysalis-like, bound in hammocks slung from the ceiling in the impure atmosphere below. Also to hear, when men viewed their portions of bare, often ill-cooked rations, fond recollections of Sunday dinners at home, or a lucid description of a favourite dish. Personal comparisons those, which would have in time become odious had they not usually evoked laughter from some buoyant spirit, and the request to “Shut up, you old Funeral!”
Robson, a keen old soldier, heard a lot about his neighbors’ minor issues. It was common to hear the warm, soft, white-sheeted bed at home sadly remembered by the men when they were rolled up in coarse gray blankets on the hard deck, or like cocoons, tied up in hammocks hanging from the ceiling in the stuffy atmosphere below. They would also reminisce about their servings of plain, often poorly cooked rations, sharing fond memories of Sunday dinners at home or vividly describing a favorite dish. Those personal comparisons could have become annoying over time, but they usually sparked laughter from some cheerful soul and drew the playful comment, “Shut up, you old Funeral!”
It was much the same with everything of this new environment—the men’s clothes, their boots, their fatigue work (deck-scrubbing, etc.), all were of a rougher nature than that to which they had been accustomed in pre-war life.
It was pretty much the same with everything in this new environment—the men’s clothes, their boots, their tough work (deck scrubbing, etc.), all were rougher than what they had been used to in their pre-war lives.
Were they not, after all, starting out on the greatest adventure of all—the stern pursuit of a perilous quest—and was not a rough life part of the setting to be expected and contested?
Were they not, after all, beginning the greatest adventure of all—the serious pursuit of a dangerous quest—and wasn’t a tough life part of the environment they could expect and fight against?
“Assuredly yes,” thought Robson. “I who am an old traveller know it. Before you again see England you, who are ‘green hands,’ will have seen and experienced what ‘roughing it’ really is, and you will be the stronger men for it; you who live through.”
“Definitely yes,” thought Robson. “As an experienced traveler, I know this. Before you see England again, you who are ‘newbies’ will have seen and experienced what ‘roughing it’ really is, and you will be stronger men for it; you who make it through.”
While the change of personal surroundings was being discussed and searching out men’s weaknesses, the Neuralia was proceeding daily on her way—overjoying the men, in their idle hours, with the new scenes constantly presenting themselves, and stirring awake excited anticipation of the adventurous country to which they were going.
While they were talking about changes in their personal surroundings and looking for men’s weaknesses, the Neuralia was making her way every day—thrilling the men in their free time with the new sights that kept appearing and sparking their excitement about the adventurous land they were headed to.
The ship’s course—the war-time course—held south, well west of France and Spain and outside the Bay of Biscay. The first few days had been dull, for sea-sickness and strange quarters affect the best of spirits, but by the time the ship ran into Gibraltar, on the fourth day, everyone was about deck and cheerful.
The ship’s course—the wartime course—headed south, well west of France and Spain and outside the Bay of Biscay. The first few days were boring, because seasickness and unfamiliar surroundings dampen the best moods, but by the time the ship reached Gibraltar on the fourth day, everyone was up on deck and in good spirits.
No shore leave was granted at “Gib.,” nor was there any real time for it. The ship lay off “the Rock” only a few hours—the time[7] required to take off, from launches, a few troops for Malta and some fresh vegetables. From the sea the towering Rock looked magnificent—grave, strong-featured, impressive. From the ship’s side the eye could just discern the houses around the base of the promontory, clustered like molluscs on a rock, the white-bright dwellings of the inhabitants rising tier above tier from the water’s edge to the sheer rock face a little distance inland from shore. A few light sailing craft were dodging about in the foreground, out on their habitual occupation of the day, making pleasant pictures when they swept past with full white sail taut in the breeze. Alongside, a number of native row-boats, which had raced for the ship from shore as soon as it anchored, were doing thriving business in cigarettes, cigars, and tobacco, which gaily dressed Moors, and other low-caste tradesmen, were disposing of rapidly at their own figures to the improvident Tommies.
No shore leave was granted at "Gib," nor was there really any time for it. The ship was off "the Rock" for only a few hours—the time[7] needed to offload a few troops for Malta and some fresh vegetables. From the sea, the towering Rock looked amazing—serious, strong-featured, and impressive. From the ship's side, you could barely see the houses around the base of the promontory, clustered like mollusks on a rock, with the bright white homes of the locals rising tier upon tier from the water's edge to the sheer rock face a little inland from the shore. A few light sailing boats were weaving around in the foreground, busy with their usual daily activities, creating pleasant images as they glided past with their full white sails billowing in the breeze. Alongside, several native rowboats that had raced to the ship from shore as soon as it anchored were doing a booming trade in cigarettes, cigars, and tobacco, which brightly dressed Moors and other low-caste tradesmen were selling quickly at their own prices to the careless Tommies.
Dear old Gib., so proudly British, to many it was the entrance to the promised land of adventure, and the portal of farewell to things that are near and dear to home.
Dear old Gib., so proudly British, was to many the gateway to a land of adventure and the point of goodbye to the things that are close and dear to home.
The ship sailed amid the gay raillery and cheers of Tommies to the barter-boats, but behind the laughter there lurked, perhaps, a tear, for this was the final, irrevocable, parting of the ways.
The ship sailed among the cheerful teasing and cheers of the soldiers to the trading boats, but behind the laughter, there was probably a tear, because this was the final, irreversible farewell.
It pleased many on board, at this stage, to get a hint of Africa’s vastness. Here were they sighting the Continent on the fifth day out from England, and yet they knew that they must have about twenty days of travel, hugging her shores, before they could reach their destination on the East Coast of that same continent.
It excited many on board at this point to catch a glimpse of Africa’s vastness. They were spotting the continent on the fifth day out from England, yet they knew they still had about twenty days of travel along her shores before they could reach their destination on the East Coast of that same continent.
This set some of the more enterprising Tommies to establishing a “range card,” and, after questioning good-natured ship’s officers, they arrived at the information that our journey from Gib. to Mombasa was one of roughly some 6,000 miles.
This led some of the more resourceful soldiers to create a “range card,” and after chatting with friendly ship officers, they found out that our trip from Gibraltar to Mombasa was about 6,000 miles.
This “range card” was:
This "range card" was:
Miles | |
---|---|
Gibraltar to Malta | 1,200 |
Malta to Port Said | 1,125 |
Port Said to Aden | 1,675 |
Aden to Mombasa | 1,950 |
Total | 5,950 |
It was pleasant, now, forging ahead day after day, through sunny seas, neither storm-disturbed nor storm-delayed. Fair weather and placid sea, and the mellow wind of a southern spring—indeed we had found the Mediterranean in gracious mood. And under a clear sky is there another sea like that of the soft[9] cobalt blue of the Mediterranean? It is not the commonplace sea, for it has lost all that is grey or blackish, and lives completely and wholly blue—blue as the overhead April sky; even more blue, more alluringly attractive.
It was nice, moving forward day after day, through sunny waters, unaffected by storms. Good weather and calm seas, along with the gentle wind of a southern spring—truly, we had found the Mediterranean in a welcoming mood. And under a clear sky, is there any other sea like the soft[9] deep blue of the Mediterranean? It’s not an ordinary sea, as it has shed all shades of grey or black and exists fully and entirely in blue—blue like the April sky above; even deeper blue, more captivating.
On the morning of the eighth day the ship worked slowly into the snug but narrow harbour at Malta, while all along deck deeply interested troops conversed on the unfolding view of this quaint and foreign port, dressed for the business of war and bristling with grim fortifications.
On the morning of the eighth day, the ship moved slowly into the cozy but narrow harbor at Malta, while troops on deck, eager to see, talked about the unfolding view of this charming and foreign port, ready for the business of war and lined with imposing fortifications.
British and French warships lay in harbour, and merchant vessels of all kinds—suggestive of the great activities of war in this quarter of the world, for here routes touched to the war zones of Egypt, Gallipoli, Mesopotamia, India, and Africa.
British and French warships were docked in the harbor, and there were merchant ships of all kinds—indicating the intense activity of war in this part of the world, as this was a key area connecting to the war zones in Egypt, Gallipoli, Mesopotamia, India, and Africa.
Here, as at Gibraltar, the boat hawking tobacco vendors arrived alongside from shore in their small craft, plying clamorous trade with the good-natured troops, until the arrival of the coal barges put them to flight.
Here, like at Gibraltar, the boat vendors selling tobacco came alongside from the shore in their small boats, loudly trading with the friendly troops, until the coal barges arrived and scared them away.
The ship coaled all day and late into night; a process conducted by swarms of gibbering ill-thriven Maltese natives, meagrely garbed in ragged loin-cloths, who filed, endlessly, up plank gangways from the barges to the coal bunkers in the ship’s side, each with his loaded wicker basket hoisted shoulder high.
The ship was fueled with coal all day and late into the night; this was done by groups of chattering, thin Maltese locals, dressed in tattered loincloths, who continuously walked up the gangplanks from the barges to the coal storage in the ship’s side, each carrying a full wicker basket on their shoulders.
Coaling is a filthy business. Before evening, despite awnings and closed port-holes, the fine coal-dust had sought its way into every conceivable[10] corner of the ship, to be roundly abused and accused by a thousand discomforted Tommies. None were sorry to get it over, and all rejoiced when, the following morning, the ship hove anchor and took again to the clean-winded open sea.
Coaling is a dirty job. By evening, despite awnings and closed portholes, the fine coal dust had found its way into every possible[10] corner of the ship, to be harshly criticized and complained about by a thousand uncomfortable soldiers. No one was sad to finish, and everyone celebrated when, the next morning, the ship weighed anchor and headed back to the fresh open sea.
Before departing, at early dawn, it was a strange sight to see row-boats from shore dredging the shallow harbour, with small bag nets, for the oddments of coal which had fallen overboard during the process of coaling—patient labour for a mere pittance of reward that forcibly suggested the value of fuel to the low-caste natives of the island.
Before leaving, at the break of dawn, it was a strange sight to see rowboats from the shore scooping up the shallow harbor with small bag nets, gathering the bits of coal that had spilled overboard during the fueling process—a hard job for a tiny reward that clearly highlighted the value of fuel to the low-caste locals of the island.
Fair weather continued, and the next few days were as pleasant and generous of speed as those preceding our arrival at Malta. A noteworthy occurrence was the northern-bound migration of bird life which was encountered on the 19th and 20th of April. Many swallows and doves were seen and a few yellow wagtails, while a whitethroat and a screech owl were picked up on deck. At the time most migration was observed the ship was about in a longitudinal line with the island of Crete.
Fair weather continued, and the next few days were just as pleasant and fast as those before we arrived in Malta. A notable event was the northbound migration of birds that we observed on April 19th and 20th. We saw many swallows and doves, along with a few yellow wagtails, while a whitethroat and a screech owl were found on deck. At the time we noticed the most migration, the ship was roughly aligned with the island of Crete.
On the morning of the twelfth day the ship arrived at Port Said, at the entrance of the Suez Canal, and anchored for a few hours—not long enough to go ashore and get any real first impression of the place. But it marked an important stage in the voyage; and the colonial, somewhat oriental, appearance of the town on the west shore of the Canal entrance, close[11] to which the ship had anchored, was predictive of things Egyptian, and of the weird beauty and strangeness of the Land of Deserts.
On the morning of the twelfth day, the ship arrived at Port Said, at the entrance of the Suez Canal, and anchored for a few hours—not enough time to go ashore and really get a first impression of the place. But it marked an important stage in the journey; the colonial, somewhat exotic look of the town on the west shore of the Canal entrance, close[11] to where the ship anchored, hinted at things Egyptian and the strange beauty and uniqueness of the Land of Deserts.
Leaving Port Said, the Suez Canal was entered, and slowly the ship proceeded on her course up the narrow fairway; but not before sand-bags had been stacked on the bridge for protection from enemy sniping, for we were now in a theatre of war.
Leaving Port Said, we entered the Suez Canal, and the ship continued slowly along the narrow channel; but not before sandbags were piled on the bridge for protection against enemy snipers, since we were now in a war zone.
On entering the Canal, which, between its low banks, is straight and of apparent width of a city thoroughfare, the first view, at this season, is of mud flats and shallow sheets of water, like flooded fen country; colourless of green, except for a few isolated tufts of grass or dwarfed shrub.
On entering the Canal, which, between its low banks, is straight and looks wide like a city street, the first sight at this time of year is of muddy flats and shallow pools of water, resembling a flooded marsh; lacking any vibrant green, except for a few scattered patches of grass or stunted shrubs.
Soon this changes to the dry level plain of sand desert, endless as far as eye can see on land, and featureless in geographical outline if one seeks profile or form. There were many outposts stationed along the Canal, safeguarding it from Turkish enemy who longed to wreak destruction on it. And they made picturesque scenes, those outposts on the desert, with their chalk-white groups of clustered conical tents, standing prominent in the unbroken desolation of pale wastes of sand. On the outskirts of camp were a few patient camels and some soldiers—helmeted British Tommies or turbaned Indians—all sharply outlined in firm silhouette, since they were darker in colour than the dead flat background.
Soon this changes to the dry, flat expanse of a sand desert, stretching endlessly as far as the eye can see, and lacking any distinguishing geographical features if one looks for profile or shape. There were many outposts located along the Canal, protecting it from the Turkish enemy who wanted to cause destruction. These outposts created picturesque scenes in the desert, with their bright white groups of clustered conical tents, standing out against the unbroken desolation of the pale sand. On the edges of the camp were a few patient camels and some soldiers—helmeted British Tommies or turbaned Indians—all sharply outlined in bold silhouette, since they were darker in color than the flat, lifeless background.
By evening the ship was well up the Canal,[12] and the scene was very beautiful and impressive then. Far as the eye could see on either side were deep desolate stretches of limitless desert, unbroken by the slightest undulation. Overhead, the sky was soft and peculiar; singularly wistful and hazed and unlike any sky one sees at home, while a brilliant rainbow, foreboding, perhaps, a light shower of rain, lit up and went out low on the north-east horizon, away, apparently, at the uttermost edges of the world, where sand and sky merged almost without any visible line.
By evening, the ship had made its way deep into the Canal,[12] and the scene was incredibly beautiful and striking. As far as the eye could see on both sides stretched vast, desolate expanses of endless desert, completely flat with no bumps or hills. Above, the sky was soft and unusual; uniquely nostalgic and hazy, different from any sky seen back home, while a brilliant rainbow, perhaps signaling a light rain, lit up and faded low on the north-east horizon, seemingly at the very edge of the world, where the sand and sky blended together with almost no visible separation.
It was strange brooding country, and it infused a vein of solemnity into the atmosphere, for it held a suggestion that it had something to say, could it but give utterance, as an unexpressed thought may do which lies dormant for unknown ages through the long, long life of mankind.
It was a strange, gloomy landscape, and it added a sense of seriousness to the atmosphere, as if it had something to express, like an unspoken thought that has remained silent for countless ages throughout the long history of humanity.
At daybreak the ship arrived at Port Suez, having completed the passage through the Canal during the night. Here ammunition was taken on board before proceeding onward a few hours later.
At dawn, the ship reached Port Suez, having made its way through the Canal during the night. Here, ammunition was loaded onto the ship before it continued on a few hours later.
Suez was left with regret. Many were sorry to go to sea from a land so attractively picturesque and so full of indefinite mystery.
Suez felt a sense of regret. Many were sad to leave a place so beautifully scenic and filled with endless intrigue.
And in after days it was men’s habit to look back on this one brief glimpse of Egypt and recall it as the most novel and memorable picture of the many which unfolded before their eyes on their voyage to Africa. The fast-moving ship was now sailing the Red Sea, and we were[13] experiencing that for which it is famed—excessive heat. Damp, cold, and wintry it had been in England when the troops had sailed, and men had cursed the weather roundly, as soldiers will, but now, lolling listlessly about deck, victims of oppressive heat, they would fain have recalled a little of that northern temperature for the benefit of bodily comfort. However, the heat brought about one good service, for it caused the “powers that be” to issue orders for all ranks to hand in their home service kit to Stores and be supplied with the light tropical khaki drill outfit customarily worn in hot climates.
And later on, it became common for people to look back on this brief view of Egypt and remember it as one of the most unique and unforgettable sights from their journey to Africa. The fast-moving ship was now cruising through the Red Sea, and we were[13] experiencing the excessive heat it’s famous for. It had been damp, cold, and wintry in England when the troops had set sail, and the men had complained loudly about the weather, as soldiers often do. But now, lounging listlessly on deck, suffering from the oppressive heat, they would have gladly traded some of that northern chill for a bit of comfort. However, the heat did lead to one positive outcome: it prompted the "powers that be" to order everyone to turn in their home service gear and get supplied with the lightweight tropical khaki drill outfits typically worn in hot climates.
The troops were now settled to the routine of ship-board, and in leisure hours even the novelties of sea and new scenes became less astonishing the more they grew familiar with them.
The troops had now gotten used to the routine on the ship, and during their free time, even the excitement of the sea and new surroundings started to feel less impressive as they became more familiar with them.
The days in the Red Sea passed without particular incident. The weather remained phenomenally fine, and the sea charmingly clear and blue—almost as blue as that of the Mediterranean. Large numbers of flying fish were seen soon after leaving Port Suez; the first of their kind to be observed. With their transparent wings and long bodies they looked like magnified dragon-flies in their short flights over the water.
The days in the Red Sea went by without any major events. The weather stayed incredibly nice, and the sea was beautifully clear and blue—almost as blue as the Mediterranean. We spotted a lot of flying fish shortly after leaving Port Suez; they were the first ones we had seen. With their transparent wings and long bodies, they resembled oversized dragonflies as they skimmed over the water.
On the 17th day land was in sight on both bows. Strange land; of pronounced geographical change in the formation of the prominent mountains. They were not generally round and rolling and soft as the hills at home, but flat-topped, and severe as a cliff-head at their summit, their steep-rearing slopes terminating abruptly in a definite horizontal line. The whole was apparently rock and boulder, barren of any covering of foliage.
On the 17th day, land appeared in view on both sides. It was an unfamiliar landscape, with sharply contrasting geographical features in the prominent mountains. They weren't typically round, rolling, and soft like the hills back home; instead, they had flat tops and steep cliffs at their peaks, with their steep slopes ending abruptly in a clear horizontal line. The entire area seemed to be made up of rock and boulders, completely void of any vegetation.
The sight of land was a forewarning of approach to Aden, and late at night, some hours after dark, anchor was dropped outside the harbour.
The sight of land was a signal that we were getting close to Aden, and late at night, a few hours after it got dark, we dropped anchor outside the harbor.
There was little sleep for anyone on board at Aden, unless you had cast-iron nerves and hearing, for coaling was started almost immediately the ship anchored, and continued throughout the night. The uproar of a thousand puny jabbering Lascars, and the run of the coal down the chutes, made merry music for devils’ ears, but not for sleepless Tommies.
There was barely any sleep for anyone on board at Aden, unless you had nerves of steel and a good sense of hearing, because coaling began almost right after the ship anchored and went on all night. The noise of a thousand chattering Lascars and the rush of coal down the chutes was a lively tune for devils but not for the restless soldiers.
Next morning, before sailing, Aden was viewed from the ship’s side, but it was too far to land to glean much. The settlement was at the base of towering ragged mountains and, judging by the gathering of houses close to the shore front, it was apparently a small place, and principally a military station.
Next morning, before setting sail, Aden was seen from the side of the ship, but it was too far away to get much detail. The settlement was at the foot of steep, jagged mountains, and judging by the cluster of houses near the shoreline, it seemed like a small place, mostly serving as a military outpost.
At 10.30 a.m. Aden was left behind. It was the final port en route, and the ship steamed down the Gulf against a light headwind on the last lap of the voyage. She was soon well out to sea, and land was not sighted again until, six days later, her destination was approached. The third day out from Aden, in dead calm weather in the Indian Ocean, the best run of the voyage was recorded—337 miles.
At 10:30 a.m., Aden was left behind. It was the last port on the way, and the ship sailed down the Gulf against a light headwind on the final leg of the journey. She quickly got out to sea, and land wasn’t seen again until, six days later, they approached their destination. On the third day out from Aden, in completely calm weather in the Indian Ocean, the best distance of the journey was recorded—337 miles.
Otherwise the final days were uneventful, except that there was a good deal of bustle and confusion in preparation to land. Arms and ammunition were issued, equipment fitted, and everything got in readiness for the journey up country to the frontier, which was to be immediately undertaken on arrival in port.
Otherwise, the last days were quiet, except there was a lot of activity and chaos preparing to land. Weapons and ammo were handed out, gear was properly adjusted, and everything was made ready for the trip inland to the border, which was set to begin as soon as we arrived at the port.
On the morning of the 4th of May the battalion landed at Mombasa—twenty-four days after our departure from Plymouth.
On the morning of May 4th, the battalion arrived at Mombasa—twenty-four days after we left Plymouth.
The bugle sounded Réveillé at 5 a.m.—one hour earlier than usual; and while all were dressing, low-lying shore came into sight, rich with abundant tropical tree growth, and green, for it was the rainy season and leaf was new. A little later the ship anchored in the harbour of Kilindini, and, in due course, commenced the disembarkation of troops and stores into barges, and thence to the landings on shore. It was late evening ere the labours of transportation[16] had ceased and all were landed and entrained, ready to proceed up country in the narrow, antiquated, wood-seated carriages of which the train was composed.
The bugle sounded Réveillé at 5 a.m.—one hour earlier than usual. As everyone got dressed, the low-lying shore came into view, lush with tropical trees and greenery since it was the rainy season and the leaves were fresh. A little later, the ship anchored in the harbor of Kilindini and began unloading troops and supplies into barges, which would then take them to the landings onshore. It was late evening when the transportation operations[16] were completed, and everyone was off the ships and ready to be transported upcountry in the narrow, old-fashioned wooden-seated carriages that made up the train.
There had been no time for cooking, and everyone was hungry, for the last meal had been at 12 noon on the previous day. However, some hours after commencing the train journey, the train was stopped at a small wayside station about midnight, and hot tea and rations were served to the famishing troops. In after days all knew much more about going hungry—not for a day, but for many days—but, looking back now, it was strange that the very first experience in Africa was one of short rations and lean “interiors.”
There hadn’t been time to cook, and everyone was hungry since the last meal was at noon the day before. However, a few hours into the train journey, the train stopped at a small station around midnight, and hot tea and meals were distributed to the starving troops. Later on, everyone would know a lot more about being hungry—not just for a day, but for many days—but looking back now, it’s odd that the very first experience in Africa was one of limited supplies and meager meals.
Thus an imperial unit had come to East Africa; to join Indian and Native African forces already holding the frontier against the enemy in German East Africa.
Thus, an imperial unit had arrived in East Africa to join Indian and Native African forces that were already holding the frontier against the enemy in German East Africa.
Routine in the early days of war, in the camps on the frontier of British East Africa in 1915, was like unto a watch-dog’s duties.
Routine in the early days of war, in the camps on the frontier of British East Africa in 1915, was like a watch-dog’s duties.
The Uganda Railway, running parallel to the boundary from Mombasa, on the East Coast, to Kisumu, on Lake Victoria Nyanza, had to be vigorously protected from raiding parties; and a force larger than our own had to be held at bay until a sufficient army could be sent out to take the field and the offensive.
The Uganda Railway runs alongside the border from Mombasa on the East Coast to Kisumu on Lake Victoria Nyanza, and it needed strong protection from raiding parties. A force larger than ours had to be kept at bay until enough troops could be deployed to engage in the field and take the initiative.
Small encampments, manned with a handful of daring, miscellaneous soldiers, had sprung into being all along the frontier.
Small camps, staffed with a few bold, diverse soldiers, had popped up all along the border.
Every station along the boundary was alert and aware of the presence of enemy; and frequent were the alarms and skirmishes.
Every station along the border was alert and aware of the enemy's presence; alarms and skirmishes were frequent.
Amongst thorn “bush,” in dreary landscape of consistent sameness, those stations were everywhere hidden—a mere gathering of small tents, within limited enclosures built up of sharp-spiked, tangled, thorn-tree branches. These enclosures were called “bomas,” and were, against an enemy surprise, as complete a protection as barbed wire. Water, always[18] the chief concern of existence in Africa, was usually in the neighbourhood of those encampments. Sometimes, if the camp was a main station, water was brought by pipe line from the hills; but most often, the supply for a small camp was that of the adjacent muddy “water hole.” They were those stagnant pools of water so often spoken of by travellers who have written of interior Africa and know her thirst. Those pools of water—a single pool in a swampy bed or in a barren river bottom—are of uncertain quality and of uncertain supply. It was usual to place a guard over such scanty supply, and order a very bare ration to be served to each individual each day.
Amongst thorn bushes, in a dull landscape of constant sameness, those stations were hidden everywhere—a simple collection of small tents within fenced areas made of sharp, tangled thorn branches. These enclosures were called "bomas," and provided as much protection against surprise attacks as barbed wire. Water, always the main concern for survival in Africa, was usually nearby those camps. Sometimes, if the camp was a major station, water was piped in from the hills; but most often, a small camp relied on the nearby muddy "water hole." These were the stagnant pools of water frequently mentioned by travelers who have written about interior Africa and understand her thirst. Those water pools—a single pool in a swampy area or a dry riverbed—are of uncertain quality and supply. It was common to assign a guard to oversee such limited resources and to serve each person a very minimal daily ration.
Patrols were the chief concern of those bush encampments. They were unceasingly active, daily, nightly, moving out into the vague, half-unmapped country, to cover many miles in quest of enemy patrols or raiding parties.
Patrols were the main focus of those wilderness camps. They were constantly active, day and night, going out into the unclear, partially uncharted territory, covering many miles in search of enemy patrols or raiding groups.
Those patrols seldom covered less than ten miles a day, more often twenty miles; while occasionally long distances were covered that necessitated a party being out from three to six days.
Those patrols rarely covered less than ten miles a day, and usually more like twenty miles; sometimes they had to cover long distances that required a team to be out for three to six days.
In this manner the frontier was kept fairly clear of enemy; especially in the neighbourhood of the camps. The grass was tall, and the bush, in places, very heavy, so that ambush and surprise encounters were not infrequent. On those occasions casualties were, sometimes, on both sides heavy; but usually it was the side which laid the ambush which scored most[19] heavily. To illustrate this: on one occasion, on the 4th of September, 1915, at Maktau, a party of our M.I. was ambushed and rather badly cut up by the enemy. The casualties in killed were eleven Europeans and three Indians. During this encounter a young British officer named Dartnell won the V.C. for refusing to surrender to the enemy, and fighting right out to a finish against great odds. Ten days later this same enemy company was ambushed by our forces and completely routed, leaving thirty dead Askaris and one German officer on the battle-ground.
In this way, the frontier was kept relatively clear of enemy presence, especially around the camps. The grass was tall, and in some areas, the underbrush was very thick, which made ambushes and surprise encounters quite frequent. During those times, casualties were sometimes heavy on both sides; however, it was usually the side that set the ambush that suffered the most losses. To illustrate this: on September 4th, 1915, at Maktau, a group from our M.I. was ambushed and suffered significant casualties at the hands of the enemy. There were eleven Europeans and three Indians killed during this encounter. A young British officer named Dartnell earned the V.C. for refusing to surrender to the enemy and fighting to the end against overwhelming odds. Ten days later, this same enemy group was ambushed by our forces and completely defeated, leaving thirty dead Askaris and one German officer on the battlefield.[19]
On the whole it was this sort of ding-dong fighting all along, with the British forces holding the stronger hand. Patrols were constantly expectant of an engagement of some description, and many became very expert bushmen as months of this type of fighting went on.
On the whole, it was this kind of back-and-forth fighting all along, with the British forces having the upper hand. Patrols were always on the lookout for some kind of engagement, and many became quite skilled bushmen as the months of this fighting continued.
On the 19th June, 1915, four hundred of our unit found themselves detraining at Kisumu, on Lake Victoria Nyanza, after a long train journey which had lasted one day and one night. On the low shore of the lake edge they camped, near to the wharf and half-roofed freight sheds, while other detachments came in on the railway and joined the force. During the day, there were concentrated here, beside us, detachments of 29th Punjabis, King’s African Rifles, Loyal North Lancashires; and 28th Mountain Battery, with their array of fine looking Sepoys, and sturdy, well-groomed, well-fed mules.
On June 19, 1915, four hundred members of our unit got off the train in Kisumu, by Lake Victoria Nyanza, after a long train ride that lasted a full day and night. They set up camp by the lake's edge, close to the wharf and some half-roofed freight sheds, while other detachments arrived by train and joined us. Throughout the day, detachments of the 29th Punjabis, King’s African Rifles, Loyal North Lancashires, and the 28th Mountain Battery were concentrated here with us, featuring a lineup of impressive Sepoys and sturdy, well-groomed, well-fed mules.
By noon on the following day, which was a Sunday, everyone had been packed on to the small lake steamship craft which lay at the wharf in readiness, and the expedition sailed thenceforth, out through the Kavirondo Gulf into the great lake.
By noon the next day, which was a Sunday, everyone had been loaded onto the small lake steamboat waiting at the dock, and the trip then set off, sailing through the Kavirondo Gulf into the big lake.
The ships had been filled to their utmost capacity, above deck and below, and it was a motley crowd that occupied every yard of deck space, while pack-mules and store cattle stood roped to the ship’s rails on the upper deck. Forward, each vessel had a gun mounted, and a space roped off and cleared for action.
The ships were packed to their full capacity, both above and below deck, with a diverse crowd taking up every bit of deck space, while pack mules and stock animals were tied to the ship's rails on the upper deck. At the front of each vessel, there was a mounted gun and a designated area roped off and cleared for action.
Thus we sailed from Kisumu to raid the town of Bukoba on the 22nd and 23rd June; a prosperous trade town within the German colony, on the south-west shores of the lake, which was the base of enemy activities against the Uganda Frontier in the vicinity of the Kagera River, and which contained a powerful wireless plant, by which the enemy were able to obtain, and send, important communications.
Thus, we sailed from Kisumu to raid the town of Bukoba on June 22nd and 23rd; a thriving trade town within the German colony, located on the southwest shores of the lake. It served as the base for enemy activities against the Uganda Frontier near the Kagera River and housed a powerful wireless station that allowed the enemy to receive and send crucial communications.
All night, and all the next day, we sailed the great lake, Victoria Nyanza, and we had been some thirty hours on board when, at sundown on the second day, we drew near to the enemy’s territory and slowed down, awaiting the fall of darkness.
All night and all the next day, we sailed across the vast Lake Victoria, and we had been on board for about thirty hours when, at sunset on the second day, we approached the enemy's territory and slowed down, waiting for night to fall.
It was thought to effect a night landing and make a surprise attack on the town, and plans were all prepared for this. In this connection three privates were voluntarily selected[21] for a novel undertaking: it was arranged that an Australian bushman, a Canadian from the Yukon, and self (I was then a private) were to go ahead at landing and try to overpower, and kill if necessary, a certain sentry whose post was known to our command. But all plans were changed in the end, for, about midnight, when our lightless phantom ships were drawing in to Bukoba, wakeful watchers on a high island, that lay out in the bay before the town, detected our approach in the light of the half-full moon, and five great rockets shot in warning into the sky. The alarm was out! Soldiers in the town would be rushing to arms and our landing on the beach would now be in the face of enemy waiting to receive us. Thus, plans were changed, and the ships drew away from shore, beyond the vision of the enemy, and stood to, waiting for dawn.
It was planned to do a night landing and launch a surprise attack on the town, and all preparations were made for it. In this context, three privates volunteered for a unique mission: an Australian bushman, a Canadian from the Yukon, and I (I was a private at the time) were to go ahead upon landing and attempt to overpower, and kill if necessary, a specific sentry whose post was known to our command. However, all plans changed in the end. Around midnight, as our stealthy ships were approaching Bukoba under the moonlight, vigilant watchers on a high island in the bay spotted us and fired five warning rockets into the sky. The alarm was sounded! Soldiers in the town would be grabbing their weapons, and now our landing on the beach would be met by an enemy prepared for us. As a result, the plans were altered, and the ships moved away from the shore, out of sight of the enemy, and waited for dawn.
When dawn approached we again moved toward land. A force was to threaten a landing away south of the town, while the main forces drew in behind a long promontory north of Bukoba Bay.
When dawn approached, we moved toward land again. A group was set to threaten a landing south of the town, while the main forces gathered behind a long promontory north of Bukoba Bay.
Close on dawn our ship dropped anchor and boats were lowered; and, one by one, they were filled with troops, and left the ship’s side for shore; while the ship trembled from stem to stern beneath the shock of her gun-fire, which was now rapidly shelling the heights before us, and the hidden positions beyond. Beneath the steep hill-face of the promontory[22] each boat ran aground on the beach, and the troops scrambled overboard and waded ashore.
Close to dawn, our ship dropped anchor and boats were lowered. One by one, they were filled with troops and left the ship’s side to head for shore, while the ship shook from end to end under the impact of her gunfire, which was quickly targeting the heights in front of us and the hidden positions beyond. Beneath the steep hillside of the promontory[22], each boat ran aground on the beach, and the troops scrambled overboard and waded ashore.
It was breaking daylight when we began filing up the steep mountain-side, which was cliff-like in places, and the climb to the top proved a stiff one, of close on a mile in distance, and very breathless were we when the summit was reached, while we judged it our great good fortune that this awkward ground had been covered unopposed by enemy. Advancing across the summit, south toward Bukoba, some resistance was encountered there in the banana plantations and forest, but the real fighting did not begin until we reached the southern slopes and looked out on the town of Bukoba, some two miles distant, situated on low land that swept back from the shores of the lake to the foot of the hills, and over the intervening bouldered, rocky hill country, and on to the commanding heights, above the town, on the west and south. It was then that serious fighting began, and all day—while the ships shelled from the lake—we fought in attack against the enemy, who, to begin with, held out amongst the rocks and clumps of trees in the broken hills before us, and who, latterly, defended the commanding hills north-west of the town.
It was just getting light when we started climbing up the steep mountain, which had some cliff-like areas. The hike to the top was a tough one, nearly a mile long, and we were out of breath by the time we reached the summit. We felt very fortunate that we had made our way across this challenging terrain without encountering any enemy forces. As we moved across the summit, heading south toward Bukoba, we faced some resistance in the banana plantations and forest. However, the real fighting didn’t start until we reached the southern slopes and looked out over the town of Bukoba, about two miles away, sitting on low ground that extended from the lake’s shores to the base of the hills, with rocky terrain in between, leading up to the higher ground to the west and south of the town. That’s when the serious fighting began, and all day—while the ships shelled from the lake—we fought against the enemy, who initially held their ground among the rocks and clusters of trees in the hilly area ahead of us, and later defended the high ground to the northwest of the town.
It was real guerilla warfare. From rock to rock one could see men dodge, while puffs of smoke puffed in and out from behind scores of rocks, and from many a tree-clump bottom. The enemy were here using the old ·450 rifle[23] and black powder and lead bullets, hence the prominence of the smoke-puffs. On the whole front all was visible, even the enemy’s single piece of artillery, which was plainly seen in position by the river-side in the low flat ground north of the town, and which the Mountain Battery guns in a short time knocked out of action, before turning their attention to the enemy machine-guns, which were not so easy to deal with.
It was real guerilla warfare. From rock to rock, you could see men dodging as clouds of smoke billowed in and out from behind numerous rocks and clusters of trees. The enemy was using the old .450 rifle[23] along with black powder and lead bullets, which is why there were so many smoke puffs. Across the entire front, everything was visible, including the enemy’s lone piece of artillery, which was clearly positioned by the riverside on the low flat ground north of the town. The Mountain Battery guns quickly took it out of action before turning their attention to the enemy machine-guns, which were harder to handle.
In the afternoon we worked down the last of the hill-slopes under constant fire of our foes, and, toward evening, gathering our tired limbs under us, a charge was ordered. Across an open meadow we doubled, cheering lustily; through swamp and river, almost neck-high in water, and, finally, up the hill-side opposite, and on to the lower hill-top of the enemy’s coveted position commanding the town; there to lie, panting breathlessly, picking off the fleeing enemy that we could see dodging among the rocks in endeavour to reach the higher hill, across a ravine and to the west of us.
In the afternoon, we pushed ourselves down the last of the hill slopes while constantly under fire from the enemy. As evening approached, after gathering our tired bodies, a charge was ordered. We sprinted across an open meadow, cheering loudly; through swamp and river, almost submerged in water, and finally, up the hillside opposite, we reached the lower hilltop of the enemy's coveted position, which overlooked the town. There, we collapsed, breathless, shooting at the fleeing enemy that we could see trying to dodge among the rocks, making their way to the higher hill across a ravine to our west.
Meantime the Loyal North Lancashires, who had made a wide flank movement, were advancing in on the higher hill from the west; and ere darkness set in we were in full possession of the chief positions.
Meanwhile, the Loyal North Lancashires, who had made a wide flank move, were advancing on the higher hill from the west; and before darkness fell, we had full control of the main positions.
Had there been more daylight, it is possible that we should have taken the town this day, for the enemy were on the run; but darkness overtook us, and night gave the enemy opportunity to reorganise.
Had there been more daylight, we might have taken the town today, because the enemy was on the run; but darkness caught up with us, and night gave the enemy a chance to regroup.
We camped for the night on the hill, chilled, and blanketless, and foodless; for no supplies followed us as it was a short undertaking. In the early part of the night, the force which had made a demonstration to the south of the town were landed on the beach near to us, and joined our force.
We camped for the night on the hill, cold, without blankets, and without food, since we hadn’t brought any supplies with us for this quick trip. Early in the night, the group that had staged a show of force south of the town landed on the beach near us and joined our team.
At daylight a fighting line was formed across the flats, from the hills to the lake; and an advance began toward the town in face of steady rifle and machine-gun fire. The river we had crossed yesterday had swung southward and ran parallel with the lake, and here again proved an obstacle, and many of us got thoroughly wet crossing and recrossing it. Also, in the morning, in the heat of the early fighting, a thunderstorm burst and heavy rains fell, while we lay in the grass drenched to the skin for an hour or two, and rifle locks choked with sand and moisture. For a time firing ceased on both sides; to resume again as it cleared. Bit by bit, we pushed on across the flat, to be held up for a time before the entrance to the town; and then, breaking the opposition down, to enter the town without further resistance on the heels of the fleeing foe.
At dawn, a battle line was set up across the fields, stretching from the hills to the lake, and we started moving toward the town despite continuous gunfire from rifles and machine guns. The river we had crossed the day before curved southward and ran alongside the lake, creating another obstacle, and many of us ended up soaked while crossing it multiple times. In the morning, during the intense fighting, a thunderstorm hit, bringing heavy rain as we lay in the grass, completely drenched for an hour or two, with our rifle mechanisms clogged with sand and moisture. For a while, both sides stopped firing; once the rain eased up, it started up again. Little by little, we made our way across the flat land, halted briefly at the town's entrance, and then, after breaking down the resistance, we entered the town right behind the retreating enemy.
But there we did not stop, for our unit passed on through the town—which had a beautiful broad main road parallel to the lake front, and many fine Colonial residences within flower-decked, shaded grounds—and occupied the high hill-summit on the south, while,[25] in the town, the great power-house containing the wireless plant, and the fort, and all ammunition and stores, were blown up and destroyed by our engineers.
But we didn’t stop there, because our unit moved through the town—which had a beautiful wide main road along the lakefront, and many impressive Colonial houses set in landscaped, shaded gardens—and took over the high hilltop to the south, while, [25] in the town, our engineers blew up and destroyed the large power station with the wireless facility, the fort, and all the ammo and supplies.
Late in the afternoon we evacuated the hills and came down through banana plantations on to the road and into the town; there to witness the impressive burial of our fallen comrades near to the central square.
Late in the afternoon, we left the hills and made our way down through banana plantations onto the road and into town, where we witnessed the moving funeral of our fallen comrades near the central square.
At sundown re-embarkation commenced, and at daylight the following day the ships drew out from Bukoba pier, and lay to, waiting until the outlying pickets were gathered in. When they put out from shore and were taken aboard, we steamed away northward to get back within our frontier, while most men lay down anywhere and slept, for there had been little rest since we had landed three days ago.
At sunset, reboarding began, and at dawn the next day, the ships pulled away from Bukoba pier and waited for the outer pickets to come in. Once they left the shore and were brought on board, we headed northward to return to our territory, while most people lay down wherever they could and slept, since there had been little rest since we arrived three days earlier.
On the 26th June we were again in Kisumu, and were given a joyous reception by the natives, who showed extraordinary interest in the affair.
On June 26th, we were back in Kisumu and received a warm welcome from the locals, who showed amazing interest in the whole event.
Three days later we were back in camp—back to the bush, and the routine of frontier patrols.
Three days later, we were back in camp—back to the wilderness and the routine of border patrols.
To give some little idea of the ordinary days of life in a frontier encampment the following notes may serve:
To give a glimpse into the everyday life in a frontier camp, the following notes may help:
Maktau, 20th Aug., 1915.
Maktau, Aug 20, 1915.
Patrol attacked near camp this morning by enemy party trying to mine the railway. One private killed, three wounded. The enemy scattered and cleared off as soon as the first surprise shots were over. They attacked from hiding cover in the bush, whence they had viewed the approach of our patrol down the bare straight line of the single-track railway.
Patrol was attacked near the camp this morning by an enemy group trying to sabotage the railway. One private was killed, and three others were injured. The enemy scattered and retreated as soon as the initial surprise shots were fired. They launched the attack from concealed spots in the bushes, where they had observed our patrol approaching along the clear, straight path of the single-track railway.
Maktau, 21st Aug., 1915.
Maktau, Aug 21, 1915.
On trench work all day, same as yesterday. Dust-begrimed and filthy. Hope for opportunity to wash and change to-morrow.
On trench duty all day, just like yesterday. Covered in dust and dirt. I hope for a chance to wash up and change tomorrow.
Last night an Indian sentry was shot by enemy who crept up to the camp entrance in the darkness.
Last night, an Indian guard was shot by enemies who stealthily approached the camp entrance in the dark.
Maktau, 22nd Aug., Sunday.
Maktau, Aug. 22, Sunday.
Trench work in early morning and again in forenoon; then “knocked off” all hands for Sunday relaxation.
Trench work in the early morning and again in the late morning; then everyone took a break for Sunday relaxation.
Early this morning enemy again on Voi railway near here. This time they succeeded in laying mines which blew up the line and derailed an incoming train. Enemy got clear away.
Early this morning, the enemy struck again on the Voi railway near here. This time, they managed to plant mines that blew up the tracks and derailed an incoming train. The enemy got away safely.
Maktau, 23rd Aug., 1915.
Maktau, Aug 23, 1915.
Railway line repaired and open to traffic this morning.
Railway line is repaired and open for traffic this morning.
On outpost last night on kopje below Signal[27] Hill. Nothing untoward occurred, though this picket had been twice attacked lately. Strong S.W. Monsoon blowing: bitterly cold for sentries on windward front of kopje. Damp mist driving over the level bush-land below us, obscuring everything in the early morning.
On the outpost last night on the hill below Signal[27] Hill. Nothing unusual happened, even though this post has been attacked twice recently. A strong southwest monsoon is blowing; it's really cold for the sentries on the windy side of the hill. A damp mist is moving over the flat bushland below us, hiding everything early in the morning.
Silent dawn, except for the strident cry of guinea-fowl, spur-fowl, and hornbills; and the lesser “cheepings” of awakening songbirds that mouse-like stirred amongst the surrounding foliage.
Silent dawn, except for the loud calls of guinea fowl, spur fowl, and hornbills; and the quieter "cheeps" of waking songbirds that stirred like mice among the surrounding leaves.
Picket relieved at 9 a.m. It was dark at 6.15 p.m. and day dawned at 5.30 a.m. Sunrise three-quarters of an hour later.
Picket was relieved at 9 a.m. It was dark at 6:15 p.m., and day broke at 5:30 a.m. Sunrise was three-quarters of an hour later.
Maktau, 28th Aug., 1915.
Maktau, Aug 28, 1915.
Out on patrol all day over country west of camp. Party, ten whites and two natives. Uneventful day—no enemy sighted or tracked.
Out on patrol all day in the area west of camp. Team of ten whites and two locals. It was an uneventful day—no enemies seen or tracked.
Three rhinoceros encountered at close quarters; one being a very large one with splendid forehead horns. All were allowed to go their way unmolested, since they showed no inclination to charge, and pleasure shooting was not permissible in enemy country.
Three rhinoceroses encountered each other up close; one was a very large one with impressive forehead horns. All were allowed to go on their way undisturbed since they showed no desire to charge, and recreational shooting was not allowed in enemy territory.
Maktau, 3rd Sept., 1915.
Maktau, Sept 3, 1915.
Out on reconnaissance, to position enemy holding about eight miles west of our camp. Moving quietly through bush—our party two whites and two porters.
Out on reconnaissance, to locate the enemy camp situated about eight miles west of ours. Moving quietly through the underbrush—our group consists of two white men and two porters.
On outward journey ran across a rhinoceros,[28] who charged on hearing stick break underfoot; but he stopped about ten yards short, when he then got our wind, and cleared off rapidly with a quick turn and snort, apparently afraid of us. Self and companion, at the sound of the rushing crash of the charge, had backed behind stoutish trees, with rifles ready, but the natives, in an incredibly short moment, had squirmed frantically into the bushes overhead. They were fully frightened, poor wretches—but they were low-caste porters.
On our way out, we encountered a rhinoceros,[28] which charged at us when it heard a stick snap underfoot. However, it stopped about ten yards away, caught our scent, and quickly bolted off with a snort, seemingly scared of us. My companion and I, startled by the sound of the charging beast, took cover behind some sturdy trees, ready with our rifles. Meanwhile, the local porters scrambled frantically into the bushes above us in a matter of seconds. They were genuinely terrified, poor souls—but they were low-caste porters.
Observations were made of enemy camp while lying close to position in evening and early part of night. Later, slept under a tree in the bush. Night bitterly cold; dozed intermittently, but keeping a wakeful uneasy eye for the most part. Idly watching the stars when awake. The Southern Cross set about 9.30 p.m. and the pointers about midnight.
Observations were made of the enemy camp while lying close to our position in the evening and early night. Later, I slept under a tree in the bush. The night was bitterly cold; I dozed off occasionally but mostly kept a watchful and uneasy eye. When I was awake, I idly watched the stars. The Southern Cross set around 9:30 p.m., and the pointers set around midnight.
Saw many eland on return journey, beautiful beasts. In shape and solid form they are at a distance like Jersey cattle in an English park. Also saw one lion, three jackals, some herds of Grant’s gazelle, and about a dozen mongoose.
Saw many eland on the way back, beautiful animals. In shape and solid form, they look from a distance like Jersey cattle in an English park. I also saw one lion, three jackals, some herds of Grant’s gazelle, and about a dozen mongooses.
On reaching camp heard of M.I. engagement, already mentioned, from which our men had just returned. On our travels we had almost been over the ground on which the engagement took place, yet in the maze of bush and tall grass we had seen nothing. It is very difficult, for those who have not seen the country, to conceive how terribly[29] possible secretive work is in this virgin bush-land, where vegetation grows luxuriant and rank in vast uninhabited areas. It is not the enemy in themselves that are the difficult foe to conquer; it is the bush that hampers everything, and hides almost all of the evil planned against us. The unpleasant game, though it is a game on a much larger scale, is like hunting a snake in the long grass. And who was ever sure of trapping a snake unless he was come upon unawares, and a complete ring formed around his chosen cover? Even then, notwithstanding the great care with which the cordon may close in, the snake may escape through an unguarded yard of grass, just as a patrol, or an army, if it has sharp eyes everywhere, may escape, under cover of the screening bush, through the narrowest of openings and be gone and hopelessly lost in a single night.
Upon reaching camp, I heard about the engagement mentioned earlier, from which our men had just returned. During our travels, we had nearly crossed the area where the engagement occurred, but in the thick brush and tall grass, we hadn’t seen a thing. For those who haven’t seen the landscape, it’s hard to imagine just how challenging covert actions can be in this untouched bushland, where vegetation grows thick and lush across vast, uninhabited areas. The true challenge isn’t the enemy themselves; it’s the bush that complicates everything and conceals nearly all the dangers planned against us. This unpleasant challenge, although on a much larger scale, is like trying to catch a snake in the tall grass. And who can say they’ve definitely caught a snake unless they catch it by surprise with a complete circle formed around its hiding spot? Even then, despite how carefully the cordon closes in, the snake can slip through a gap in the grass, just as a patrol or an army, when alert everywhere, can sneak away under the cover of the dense bush through the tiniest opening and be gone, hopelessly lost by morning.
Maktau, 1st Oct., 1915.
Maktau, Oct 1, 1915.
To-day an aeroplane made an ascent from camp. This is the first flight made here, and the African natives were spell-bound in amazement at sight of the wonderful machine and its graceful flying. At once they termed it “Ndege” (the Swahili for “bird”), and thereafter they always called aeroplanes by that name.
Today, an airplane took off from camp. This is the first flight made here, and the African natives were captivated by the sight of the amazing machine and its graceful flying. They immediately called it "Ndege" (the Swahili word for "bird"), and from then on, they always referred to airplanes by that name.
Tieta Hills, 26th Dec., 1915.
Tieta Hills, Dec 26, 1915.
After holding the ranks of private, lance-corporal, corporal, and lance-sergeant, it has been my fortune to receive my commission. I leave the ranks with regret, for it has, on the whole, been a gay, care-free, rough-and-tumble experience, and one which teaches that among all types “a man’s a man for a’ that,” and that there are few who have not their finer feelings beneath any kind of veneer.
After serving as a private, lance-corporal, corporal, and lance-sergeant, I’m fortunate to have received my commission. I leave my old role with some sadness because, overall, it has been a lively, carefree, and adventurous experience. It has taught me that, regardless of their background, everyone has their true worth, and that most people have deeper feelings beneath any surface.
At 9.30 p.m. moved out to watch railway, at a point five miles from camp, hoping to catch mine-layers. Dark night; starlit sky, but no moon. Sentries on outskirts of camp spoken to, and passed. Party wearing moccasins, boots on hard road or in dry bush very noisy. Alert to catch the slightest sound, hearing being more important than sight in the darkness.
At 9:30 p.m., we set out to monitor the railway, five miles from camp, hoping to catch the mine-layers. It was a dark night with a starlit sky, but no moon. We talked to the sentries at the edge of the camp and passed through. The group was wearing moccasins; boots on the hard road or in the dry bush were very loud. We were on high alert to catch the slightest sound, as hearing was more important than sight in the darkness.
About 11 p.m. held up by rhinoceros moving about on left of road, breaking undergrowth and branches close ahead. Could not see whether he meant to charge or not, and there was a moment’s suspense on that account, but eventually he moved off quietly. Later, at first railway crossing over road, below a great dark mango tree on the river-side, the leading scout caught a glint of the small, red glow of a dying fire. We halted and waited,[31] but no sound was audible, though a man’s breathing could have almost been heard in the calm stillness. On venturing forward, a deserted fire, almost out, was found. Whoever lit it had used it and gone, but they had left a mark that would arouse suspicion. Such signs of the enemy’s presence were constantly being found. The moon rose at 10.30. Everything clear then, and our forms, moving stealthily along at wide intervals, showed dark on the dust-white road. Reached point on road overlooking railway about midnight and lay down in bush, each of the four comprising the party in turn keeping watch to detect any movement of enemy.
About 11 p.m., we were stopped by a rhinoceros wandering off to the left of the road, breaking through the underbrush and branches right ahead of us. I couldn't tell if it was going to charge or not, and there was a moment of suspense because of that, but eventually, it moved away quietly. Later, at the first railway crossing along the road, beneath a large dark mango tree by the river, the leading scout spotted a faint red glow from a dying fire. We paused and waited, but no sounds could be heard, although you could almost hear a man's breathing in the calm stillness. When we moved closer, we found a nearly extinguished, abandoned fire. Whoever had lit it had used it and left, but they had left behind signs that would raise suspicion. These indications of the enemy's presence were being discovered all the time. The moon rose at 10:30. Everything was clear then, and our figures, moving stealthily at wide intervals, appeared dark against the dust-white road. We reached a point on the road overlooking the railway around midnight and lay down in the bushes, with each of the four of us taking turns to keep watch for any enemy movement.
Night passed quietly, stirred only by African sounds. Among the high trees on the river-bank, beyond the railway, monkeys yelled occasionally and snapped off dry branches as they swung from limb to limb. A solitary owl hoo-hooed away out in the distant darkness, and once or twice the weird clatter-ratchet of a hornbill, wakeful in the moonlight, like a barndoor fowl, broke the stillness.
Night went by quietly, only interrupted by sounds from Africa. Among the tall trees by the riverbank, across from the railway, monkeys occasionally yelled and broke off dry branches as they swung from one limb to another. A lone owl hooted in the distant darkness, and once or twice the strange clatter of a hornbill, awake in the moonlight like a barnyard chicken, disrupted the silence.
Sometimes, too, an animal of prey would betray its presence and its prowling: the deep blood-curdling howl of the hyena and the dog-like bark of the jackal at times awoke the silence, for one or two brief moments, ere, phantom-like, they were swallowed in the dark, fathomless pit of night, and lost on their onward trail.
Sometimes, a predator would give away its presence and its hunting: the eerie, chilling howl of the hyena and the dog-like bark of the jackal would occasionally break the silence for a moment before, like shadows, they vanished into the dark, bottomless night and disappeared on their path.
Back from the roadside, in the bush, we made a small fire and warmed and cheered ourselves with a hot cup of tea.
Back from the road, in the brush, we made a small fire and warmed ourselves up with a hot cup of tea.
Later we returned pleasantly to camp, having joined in with the railway patrol, which came out along the line at daybreak some fifty strong.
Later, we happily returned to camp after joining the railway patrol, which showed up along the line at dawn, about fifty strong.
Namanga, 27th Feb., 1916.
Namanga, Feb 27, 1916.
A small reconnaissance patrol climbed the densely bush-forested slope of Ol Doinyo Orok mountain to-day. Mountain-sides overcrowded with trees, cactus, and undergrowth, in tropical uncultivated confusion. Contrary to the usual in country of this nature, no roller-like game paths of the ponderous rhinoceros could be found breaking a way to the higher ground. The ascent was therefore begun up a small river-course, in a delightfully picturesque ravine down which trickled and murmured a stream of running water. Progress was made slowly up this water-course, for the way was continually obstructed by huge granite boulders, and cliff-like falls which were surmounted only by the aid of a rope. By stiff climbing we completed about half the ascent, and were then confronted with impassable cliffs over which scanty water trickled. The patrol then branched off the course of the stream, and attempted to find easier passage through the forest above the ravine on the[33] right. This forest, however, proved desperately difficult to penetrate, compelling us to continual stooping, and forcing of way, through cruel barriers of jagged, tearing thorn. Here, too, the ascent was very steep, and, at times, detours had to be made to avoid an unclimbable cliff face. Defeat was unpalatable; otherwise we must early on have given up the undertaking. As it was, we stuck grimly to our task, and finally reached the summit at 4.30 p.m.
A small reconnaissance patrol climbed the densely forested slope of Ol Doinyo Orok mountain today. The mountainside was packed with trees, cacti, and undergrowth in a chaotic tropical setting. Unlike typical areas like this, there were no paths made by heavy rhinoceroses leading to the higher ground. So, we started our ascent up a small riverbed, in a beautifully scenic ravine where a stream flowed and murmured along. Progress was slow as the watercourse was continuously blocked by large granite boulders and steep drops that could only be climbed with a rope. After some tough climbing, we managed about half the ascent, but then we faced steep cliffs with barely any water trickling down. The patrol then left the stream and tried to find an easier route through the forest above the ravine on the right. However, this forest turned out to be incredibly tough to get through, forcing us to constantly stoop and push our way through harsh, jagged thorns. The climb was very steep, and at times we had to take detours to avoid sheer cliff faces. Giving up was not an option; otherwise, we might have abandoned the effort early on. Instead, we persevered and finally reached the summit at 4:30 p.m.
On our ascent on the east bank of the river, a cave had been found which, by reason of newly cut sticks and an old fire, had evidently been used by enemy scouts, at the time of our advance into this area, a few days previously. Otherwise, the mountain held no signs of recent occupation.
On our climb up the east bank of the river, we found a cave that, due to newly cut sticks and an old fire, had clearly been used by enemy scouts during our advance into this area a few days ago. Other than that, the mountain showed no signs of recent habitation.
After resting a short time, and exploring the plateau on the summit, the descent was commenced. All might have gone well, but darkness came down before we were half-way out of the bush, and then our troubles really began. It was impossible to see more than a yard before one, and thorn and boulders and pitfalls played havoc with faces and limbs, as downward we clambered laboriously in the inky darkness. It was, at one time, proposed, in despair, to give up, and to camp where we were without blankets, but at that time some one made the inspired suggestion to use lighted faggots. This idea was carried into force, and by the aid of their uncertain[34] light we were able to grapple with, and partly avoid, the barriers of cruel fanged bush, and at last managed to extricate ourselves from the deep forest of shapeless, sightless jungle. But not until the entire patrol was torn and bleeding and sore, and completely, almost hopelessly, tired out. They were sadder and wiser men who wearily dragged into camp long after midnight, avowing everlasting denunciation on African jungle.
After resting for a short while and exploring the plateau at the top, we started our descent. Everything might have gone smoothly, but darkness fell before we were even halfway out of the brush, and that’s when our real troubles began. It was impossible to see more than a yard ahead, and thorns, rocks, and hidden holes wreaked havoc on our faces and limbs as we clumsily made our way down in the pitch-black dark. At one point, in our despair, we considered giving up and camping right there without any blankets, but then someone came up with the brilliant idea to use lit branches for light. We put this plan into action, and with their flickering light, we were able to deal with and mostly avoid the harsh thickets, eventually managing to escape the dense, sightless jungle. But by then, the whole group was scraped and bruised, completely exhausted, and nearly hopeless. They were a sadder and wiser crowd who wearily stumbled into camp long after midnight, vowing to never return to the African jungle again.
Nevertheless expeditions of this kind were commonplace enough to scouts who endeavoured to understand almost every landmark on our border that might harbour the enemy. Sometimes they were fruitless expeditions, sometimes they were the means of obtaining valuable information.
Nevertheless, expeditions like this were pretty routine for scouts who tried to learn about almost every landmark on our border that could hide the enemy. Sometimes they ended up being pointless trips, and sometimes they turned out to be a way to gather valuable information.
For the greater part of the year those frontier operations were carried on in the excessively hot, unchangeable climate of tropical Africa. Through the intensive heat of the piercing overhead sun, the routine work went on day after day, and month after month. Not until December was there change, and then there was a period of heavy torrential rains. But ere the month was out they had ceased again, and the rich green foliage of the acacias, which had sprung in a day to life, had begun to fade and lose their freshness; so soon does the blazing sun dry up the abundant rainfall, and scorch the very earth.
For most of the year, the frontier operations took place in the extremely hot, unchanging climate of tropical Africa. Under the intense heat of the blazing sun overhead, the daily routine continued day after day and month after month. It wasn't until December that things changed, and then came a period of heavy, torrential rain. But by the end of the month, the rain had stopped again, and the vibrant green leaves of the acacias, which had come to life overnight, began to wilt and lose their freshness; the scorching sun dries up the plentiful rainfall and burns the very ground all too quickly.

Kilimanjaro from South-West: 19,700 feet.
Kilimanjaro from South-West: 19,700 ft.
Locusts, and their following of storks, are heralds of the Rains, and near to that season[35] great clouds of them were seen. Remarkable swarms of locusts were witnessed on the 25th November and 5th December, 1915, and again on 21st February, 1916. Great clouds of them, darkening the very sky in their tens of millions, drifted down wind slowly, in a south-westerly direction, over camp on those dates; and above them, on the last occasion, high in the sky, followed a very large flight of black and white storks, sailing along, with the ease of a floating feather, with wing-still, wind-poised motion, apparently planing on the banking of the air; and now and then checking their onward flight, to swing slowly and gracefully in a circle, as if to hesitate and examine the ground far underneath them.
Locusts, along with their flock of storks, signal the arrival of the rains, and as that season approached[35] huge clouds of them were spotted. Notable swarms of locusts were observed on November 25 and December 5, 1915, and again on February 21, 1916. Massive clouds of locusts, darkening the sky by the millions, drifted slowly downwind to the southwest over the camp on those dates. Above them, during the last event, a large group of black and white storks soared high in the sky, gliding effortlessly like a floating feather, moving with still wings and a motion balanced by the wind, as if they were riding on the air currents. Occasionally, they would pause their flight, circling gracefully as if to look down and assess the ground far below.
At the time of the Rains, too, fresh snow fell on Mount Kilimanjaro, the highest mountain in Africa, with the elevation of over 19,700 feet. In 1915 the first fresh snowfall was on 25th November, and on the morning of that day a new white coat of snow mantled the peaks of Kibo and Mawensi, and well down their slopes.
At the time of the rains, fresh snow also fell on Mount Kilimanjaro, the highest mountain in Africa, standing over 19,700 feet tall. In 1915, the first fresh snowfall occurred on November 25th, and that morning, a new layer of white snow covered the peaks of Kibo and Mawensi, extending well down their slopes.
A native once told me that if he could climb to the far-off glistening snows, he would find rupees. And he seemed seriously to believe that the snows, which glinted silver-like in the sun, were unattainable wealth.
A local once told me that if he could reach the distant shining snows, he would find rupees. He genuinely seemed to believe that the snows, which sparkled like silver in the sun, represented unreachable riches.
On the frontier, when not scouting, or on patrol, or on picket, it sometimes fell to our lot to have a day in camp.
On the frontier, when we weren't scouting, patrolling, or on guard duty, we occasionally had a day in camp.
In camp, “Réveillé” was at 5.30 a.m.—just about daybreak. The able men then dressed, and, outside their tents, shook out their dust and insect-ridden blankets, in which they had slept on the bare hard ground. The lazy, and the seedy, and the really sick men, slept on fitfully until the last possible moment before the “Fall In,” at 6.30 a.m.; then reluctantly to turn out in cheerless spirit.
In camp, “Réveillé” was at 5:30 a.m.—right around sunrise. The capable men then got dressed and, outside their tents, shook out their dusty and bug-infested blankets, where they had slept on the hard ground. The lazy, the worn-out, and the truly sick men slept fitfully until the very last moment before “Fall In” at 6:30 a.m.; then they reluctantly got up in a gloomy mood.
On early morning parade “the roll” was first called. The sick were then excused from duty, and the remainder marched off with shovels and picks and axes to dig trenches and construct overhead shell-shelters, wherever the fortifications of our encampment required strengthening.
On the early morning parade, "the roll" was first called. The sick were then excused from duty, and the rest marched off with shovels, picks, and axes to dig trenches and build overhead shell shelters wherever our camp's fortifications needed reinforcing.
Such mornings passed quickly, and work went ahead, for, in the cool of the rising day, the labours were not unpleasant. Most men made light of their morning’s work, and enjoyed getting up a keen healthy appetite ere the “Fall Out” for 8 o’clock breakfast.
Such mornings went by fast, and work moved along, because in the cool of the early day, the tasks weren't too bad. Most guys took their morning work lightly and enjoyed building up a good, healthy appetite before the "Fall Out" for the 8 o'clock breakfast.
Breakfast consisted generally of a measured ration of bread, cheese, and tea: sometimes bacon replaced the cheese, sometimes jam.
Breakfast typically included a set amount of bread, cheese, and tea; sometimes bacon took the place of cheese, and other times jam was used instead.
The second morning parade fell in at 9 a.m., and again the men in camp were sent on to the fortifications. But now work was carried on in the heat of the tropic sun, for a soldier’s duties are at any hour of the day or night, and in any weather, in any hemisphere. They laboured on in the heat, swearing and joking (I think a soldier will joke, aye, even in[37] H⸺) and perspiring, and with faces and clothes smothered in the fine red lava sand, which was raised by the labouring picks and shovels, or which incessantly wafted down-wind in gusts off the bare compound of the encampment. But, nevertheless, the work went forward, for it had to go, and defences became duly more and more impregnable. About noon the working party fell out for lunch, which consisted of a ration of bread, jam, and tea.
The second morning parade began at 9 a.m., and once again the men in camp were sent to the fortifications. But now they worked under the blazing tropical sun, because a soldier's duties can happen at any time of day or night, in any weather, anywhere in the world. They toiled in the heat, cursing and joking (I think a soldier will joke, even in[37]H⸺) and sweating, with their faces and clothes covered in fine red lava sand, kicked up by their picks and shovels or blown in gusts from the bare ground of the encampment. Nonetheless, the work continued, because it had to, and the defenses became steadily more secure. Around noon, the work crew took a break for lunch, which included a ration of bread, jam, and tea.
Lunch over, the men rested until 4.30 p.m. Some fitfully slept under stifling hot canvas, others washed clothes down by the trough, or bathed themselves with water from a bucket, standing naked in the open; while still others gambled, mildly, over halfpenny nap and threepenny bridge.
Lunch finished, the men relaxed until 4:30 p.m. Some fitfully dozed under the stuffy canvas, others washed their clothes by the trough, or bathed themselves with water from a bucket, standing naked in the open; while still others played mild games of chance, betting with halfpenny nap and threepenny bridge.
The afternoon parade fell in at 4.30 p.m. and worked as before on trenches for another hour and a half. It was then time to “Fall Out” for dinner.
The afternoon parade started at 4:30 p.m. and continued working on trenches for another hour and a half. It was then time to "Fall Out" for dinner.
Dinner consisted always of badly cooked stew, an unchanging dish which became deadly monotonous, and which, in time, many men could not touch, their palate revolted so strongly against the unseasoned, uninviting mixture.
Dinner always consisted of poorly cooked stew, a dish that never changed and became incredibly monotonous. Eventually, many men couldn't even eat it; their taste buds revolted against the bland, unappetizing mix.
I have particularly mentioned food, because, even when rations were full—and they were often not—our soldiers were nearly always troubled with that subject throughout the East Africa Campaign. It is wonderful what men, living outdoors, can subsist on, but, at[38] the same time, I will never believe that the cut-and-dry army ration, as served in Africa, is sufficient for men carrying on arduous operations in an intensely tropical climate. All units experienced a tremendous amount of sickness, and I am certain, in my own mind—and many others agree with me—that at least half of the sickness was caused, directly or indirectly, from lack of full and proper nourishment for a prolonged period. Transport difficulties, and the greater wars in Europe, no doubt had a strong guiding influence with the commissariat; and for such, allowances must be made. I have but little inclination to raise the subject now, for the roughness of war is always to be expected and borne, but for the future it is well to write down the harsh experiences of the past so that others, in like undertakings, may gain an insight into such things, and prepare for them, or seek to obtain a reconstruction. Food was a big question in Africa, and, if such a campaign should be called for again in any far-off country, administrators would do well to give serious thought to a serious subject that might well in the end save the nation both life and expenditure.
I’ve specifically mentioned food because, even when rations were full—and they often weren't—our soldiers were almost always worried about it during the East Africa Campaign. It’s amazing what men living outdoors can survive on, but at[38] the same time, I can’t believe that the standard army rations served in Africa are enough for men engaged in tough operations in a really hot climate. All units faced a huge amount of sickness, and I firmly believe—and many others agree—that at least half of that sickness was due, either directly or indirectly, to a lack of proper nourishment over an extended period. Transport difficulties, along with the larger wars in Europe, definitely influenced the supply situation, and that’s something to consider. I don’t really want to dwell on this topic now because the harshness of war is something we have to expect and endure, but it’s important to document the tough experiences of the past so that others involved in similar situations can learn from them, prepare better, or look for improvements. Food was a major concern in Africa, and if such a campaign is ever needed again in a distant country, those in charge should seriously consider this important issue that could ultimately save lives and resources for the nation.
On the frontier, men had very few means of adding to their rations. Parcels from home, in many cases, found them most of the luxuries they ever enjoyed. Again, at some places a venturous Goanese trader set up small wood-framed shack-stores, and dispensed[39] to the troops a few odds and ends in very limited quantities. The chief luxuries (?) which the men sought I give below, and a comparison in African and English prices:
On the frontier, men had very few ways to enhance their rations. Packages from home often provided them with the only luxuries they ever experienced. Additionally, at some locations, a daring Goanese trader opened small wooden-framed stores and sold[39] a few miscellaneous items to the troops, but in very limited amounts. Below, I list the main luxuries the men desired, along with a comparison of prices in Africa and England:
Trader’s Price. | English Price, 1915. |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
s. | d. | s. | d. | |
Tea, per lb. | 2 | 6½ | 1 | 10 |
Sugar, per lb. | 0 | 6½ | 0 | 1½ |
Butter, per lb. | 1 | 4 | 1 | 2 |
Milk, condensed | 0 | 11 | 0 | 6½ |
Worcester Sauce | 2 | 0 | 0 | 9 |
Soap, per lb. | 0 | 10½ | 0 | 3½ |
Cigarettes, “King Stork,” per 10 packet | 0 | 2 | — |
On those groceries, or such-like, every penny of a man’s pay was often spent the day he received it. Whenever the trader received a fresh lot of goods the news would fly about camp, and, as soon as night-fall came and liberated the soldiers from duty, he would be besieged by toil-worn troops hungry for luxuries, and speedily everything in demand would be sold out.
On those groceries and similar items, a man would often spend every penny of his pay the same day he got it. Whenever the trader got a new shipment of goods, word would spread throughout the camp, and as soon as night fell and freed the soldiers from duty, he would be swarmed by exhausted troops eager for treats, and quickly everything popular would be sold out.
In one other way was it sometimes possible to obtain a change of diet: that was by game shooting. A good many buck, wart-hog, guinea-fowl, and partridges found their way into camp at one time or other, and furnished a few fortunate ones with a very welcome addition to the routine fare.
In another way, it was sometimes possible to change the diet: by game shooting. A decent number of bucks, warthogs, guinea fowl, and partridges would occasionally make their way into camp, providing a few lucky ones with a much-appreciated addition to the usual meals.
One of the first hunting outings which I experienced was with Capt. W., Lieut. F. C. Selous, and the “Doc.,” when I accompanied them on a trek to make a sketch of certain[40] country they were going into. We were at this time camped in the open upland bush near Kajiado. Mounted on mules we had travelled overnight to a selected camp. Selous—fine sportsman that he was—was as keen as ever on a hunt, and the party were merry as sand-boys.
One of the first hunting trips I went on was with Capt. W., Lieut. F. C. Selous, and the “Doc.” I joined them on a trek to create a sketch of some[40] land they were heading into. At that time, we were camped in the open upland bush near Kajiado. We had traveled overnight on mules to reach a designated campsite. Selous—being the great sportsman he was—was just as eager for a hunt, and the group was as cheerful as can be.
Next morning all were astir at daylight. Before breakfast some spur-fowl were shot close to the near-by water-hole, and fried for the meal. They were delicious eating. After breakfast the mules were saddled and mounted, and we rode onward. In the forenoon we sighted one lion—which escaped under cover of a thickly bushed valley—two wart-hog, three waterbuck, a few hartebeeste and mpala, and many giraffe. Selous had an unsuccessful shot at an mpala, but, otherwise, the game were allowed to go unmolested, as all were wild and no exceptionally good heads were singled out. We made the noon halt in rolling, somewhat open bush country and haltered the mules, to picket them there. After lunching the party went in divergent directions on foot. Capt. W. and self proceeded to the highest hill-crest in the neighbourhood, and I there settled for the afternoon to pencil a panoramic sketch of the country before me. Capt. W. then left me. Later I learned he had, on his return tramp to camp, shot a hartebeeste for meat. But game proved very wary. Selous and the “Doc.” returned without securing a single[41] head, though they had seen mpala, eland, giraffe, and a rhinoceros. Masai natives were grazing many cattle in this area at the time of our visit, and the game were evidently kept moving and wild by constant disturbance of the cattle and their cattle-herds. At any rate, as far as game heads, and meat, were concerned, it was not a successful outing. But it was all very enjoyable and a holiday from soldiering. To me it was a memorable outing because it recalls to mind one of my first meetings with Selous. It was the first of many meetings, for, in after days, we joined in many a successful hunt, the old hunter and the young attracted together by a mutual enthusiasm for Nature and the Open Road.
Next morning everyone woke up at dawn. Before breakfast, some spur-fowl were shot near the water-hole and fried for the meal. They were delicious. After breakfast, we saddled the mules and mounted up, riding onward. In the morning, we spotted one lion, which escaped into a thickly bushed valley, two warthogs, three waterbucks, a few hartebeests and impalas, and many giraffes. Selous took a shot at an impala but missed; otherwise, we let the animals be since they were all wild and we weren't focused on hunting particularly impressive trophies. We stopped for lunch in a somewhat open bush area and tied the mules to picket them there. After lunch, the group split up and went out on foot. Capt. W. and I headed to the highest hill in the area, and I set up there to draw a panoramic sketch of the landscape. Capt. W. then left me. Later, I learned he shot a hartebeest for meat on his way back to camp. However, the game was very skittish. Selous and the “Doc.” returned without getting a single head, even though they saw impalas, elands, giraffes, and a rhinoceros. Masai natives were grazing many cattle in the area during our visit, and it seemed the animals were kept on the move and skittish due to the constant disturbances from the cattle and their herders. So, in terms of hunting trophies and meat, it wasn’t a successful outing. But it was all very enjoyable and a break from soldiering. For me, it was a memorable trip because it reminds me of one of my first meetings with Selous. It was the first of many encounters, as later on, we teamed up for many successful hunts, the seasoned hunter and the young enthusiast brought together by a shared passion for Nature and the Open Road.
These, above, are a few notebook entries. It will be seen that a soldier’s life in 1915 was not without variety and adventure in a theatre of war of which the outer world, in those days, heard very little. Yet it was the beginning of a great undertaking which, in its turn, has been overshadowed, almost overlooked, on account of the gigantic world-war raging in Europe, and resounding on England’s doorstep.
These are a few notes from a notebook. It's clear that a soldier's life in 1915 was filled with variety and adventure in a war zone that the outside world heard very little about back then. Yet, it marked the start of a significant effort that has since been overshadowed, nearly forgotten, due to the massive world war occurring in Europe and echoing at England's doorstep.
Towards the end of 1915 rumours were prevalent that strong South African forces were to arrive in the country.
Towards the end of 1915, rumors were common that large South African forces were set to arrive in the country.
About the same time the Germans, who apparently had information of our movements, increased their activities on the border from Voi to Kilindini. Perhaps their biggest effort at interference was when a strong[42] force of Germans occupied the prominent hill position of Kasigau and threatened the Uganda Railway from the S.E. of Voi. Obviously, if they could break on to our only up-country railway and line of communication, at such a time, they had much to gain. However, in this they were forestalled. Forces were sent to oppose them in their mountain stronghold, on the heels of their arrival, and eventually they were forced to evacuate without accomplishing anything.
About the same time, the Germans, who seemed to have intel on our movements, stepped up their activities along the border from Voi to Kilindini. Their biggest attempt at disruption was when a strong[42] force of Germans took over the strategic hill position of Kasigau and threatened the Uganda Railway from the southeast of Voi. Clearly, if they could cut through our only up-country railway and communication line at that moment, they stood to gain a lot. However, they were thwarted. Forces were dispatched to confront them in their mountain stronghold right after they arrived, and ultimately, they were forced to withdraw without achieving anything.
At this period signs were not wanting of the coming of forces. Around the old camps extensive spaces were cleared of bush in readiness for camping grounds. Supplies of all kinds arrived daily, by train or by wagon transport, and were stacked in huge piles in the open. Everywhere, in the frontier camps, could be seen added activities and increased optimism.
At this time, there were clear signs of incoming troops. Large areas around the old camps were cleared of brush to prepare for camping grounds. Supplies of all kinds were arriving daily, whether by train or by wagon, and were piled up in huge stacks outdoors. Everywhere in the frontier camps, there was noticeable activity and a sense of growing optimism.
For two months this sort of thing had been going on, until one fine day—the 16th of January, 1916—the first large contingent of South African troops passed through Voi, and detrained at Maktau. The critical period was over; here was compensation at last for long months of waiting and watching.
For two months, this kind of thing had been happening, until one fine day—the 16th of January, 1916—the first large group of South African troops passed through Voi and got off the train at Maktau. The critical period was over; finally, there was compensation for long months of waiting and watching.
Daily the arrival of troops, horses, mules, and baggage went on, and daily our spirits rose at the prospect of the coming advance into the enemy’s country.
Daily, troops, horses, mules, and supplies continued to arrive, and each day our spirits lifted at the prospect of advancing into enemy territory.
CHAPTER III
Cattle thieves
Note.—The figures in this adventure are fictional: otherwise the setting and the theme are real.
Note.—The characters in this story are fictional; however, the setting and theme are real.
Saidi-bin-Mohammed, native of East Africa, had been to the war a year. When the English had gone to the borders of his country to face the German enemy, Saidi had followed his white master.
Saidi-bin-Mohammed, from East Africa, had been at war for a year. When the English went to the borders of his country to confront the German enemy, Saidi had accompanied his white master.
One day in June, about 5 o’clock—about that time of day most pleasant in Africa, when the sun is lowering in the west and losing its intensive piercing heat—Saidi, tall, and straight and athletic, was busied outside his small grass hut, cleaning his equipment and rifle with the interest and care of one who had pride in dearly loved possessions. Across the dry, bleached, much-trampled opening of the encampment, which lay in the midst of virgin bush-land, appeared the gaunt figure of a British officer. He stooped, as with age, and his dark, tanned face bore heavy traces of exposure and hardship, in the deep-lined furrows which covered his forehead, and in the fine lines that contracted to the corners of his tired eyes. But, though worn and lean, he had still about him[44] the bearing of resolute manhood—the bearing of one who is strong to endure and conquer, even under difficulties and a merciless tropic sun. Clive Clifford had, in the old days, been a pioneer of unbound frontiers, and a hunter of big game: to-day he was a famous scout; a man whose knowledge and whose word carried weight in the highest quarters of command.
One day in June, around 5 o’clock—at that time of day when the heat in Africa is most bearable, with the sun dipping in the west—Saidi, tall, straight, and athletic, was outside his small grass hut, cleaning his equipment and rifle with the focused attention of someone who takes pride in cherished possessions. Across the dry, sun-bleached, well-trodden area of the camp, which was nestled in untouched bushland, the thin figure of a British officer came into view. He stooped as if from age, and his dark, tanned face was marked by the harshness of exposure and struggle, evident in the deep lines across his forehead and the fine wrinkles that gathered at the corners of his weary eyes. Yet, despite looking worn and lean, he still carried the demeanor of a determined man—someone strong enough to endure and overcome, even in tough conditions and under a relentless tropical sun. Clive Clifford had, in his earlier days, been a pioneer of uncharted territories and a big game hunter; today, he was a renowned scout, a man whose expertise and word were valued in the highest levels of command.[44]
He approached Saidi, who smiled broadly seeing that his master, whom he held in high regard, came to him. Clifford spoke in the soft, halting consonants of the Swahili language, and addressed his “boy” in kindly manner, as a man speaking to a trusted servant. “Saidi,” he said, “get ready. We go out to-night, you and I, and stay out many days. Eat food now; and be ready to leave in an hour.”
He walked over to Saidi, who smiled widely at the sight of his master, someone he respected greatly. Clifford spoke in the gentle, hesitant sounds of Swahili, addressing his “boy” kindly, like a man talking to a trusted servant. “Saidi,” he said, “get ready. We’re going out tonight, just you and me, and we’ll be gone for several days. Eat something now, and be ready to leave in an hour.”
Some hours before, half a dozen Masai warriors had run into camp to report that enemy had stolen many of their cattle, and were driving them off across the border. Clifford heard the story. He knew the country the enemy were plundering, and volunteered at once to go in pursuit. It was an adventure dear to his heart.
A few hours earlier, half a dozen Masai warriors had rushed into camp to say that the enemy had stolen a lot of their cattle and was driving them off across the border. Clifford heard the story. He was familiar with the area the enemy was raiding and immediately offered to go after them. It was an adventure he cherished.
At dusk they quietly left the noisy, troop-filled camp—the master leading, Saidi following. They were mounted on wiry, donkey-like Somali mules, animals so small that they appeared disproportionately overburdened with their load and their well-filled saddle-bags. But in this they were deceptive. Clifford[45] knew them, from long experience, to have no equal in animal transport in the country. Tireless little animals they were, grit to the back-bone, and strong to endure long, heart-breaking treks.
At dusk, they quietly left the noisy, crowded camp—the leader in front, Saidi behind. They were riding on sturdy, donkey-like Somali mules, which were so small that they seemed overloaded with their cargo and full saddle-bags. But this was misleading. Clifford[45] knew from experience that they were unmatched for transport in the region. These tough little animals were resilient to the core and able to withstand long, grueling journeys.
Clifford was fully armed, with rifle and cartridge-filled bandolier; as was his boy. A “slouch” hat, a sleeveless khaki shirt, open at the neck; and a pair of shorts, leaving the scarred, sun-burned knees bare and free, was Clifford’s uniform. Undress, but near to coolness and comfort as possible—and protective in colour, for, when smothered in dust, as all would soon be, his light drill khaki would be as a tussock of sun-bleached grass or a hillock of sand, if danger bid him take cover....
Clifford was fully equipped, with a rifle and a bandolier full of cartridges; so was his boy. He wore a “slouch” hat, a sleeveless khaki shirt that was open at the neck, and a pair of shorts that left his scarred, sunburned knees exposed and free. This was Clifford's outfit—casual, yet as cool and comfortable as possible, while still offering some protection in color. When covered in dust, which everyone would be soon, his light drill khaki would blend in like sun-bleached grass or a small dune of sand, making it easier to take cover if danger appeared.
Some hours later, after making good time in the cool of early night, the travellers began to work clear of the low thorn-bush, and emerged into open, somewhat mountainous country. Clifford was travelling west now, and travelling fast; feeling his way over the country to some distant prearranged destination. Saidi, the expert guide, was out in the lead—for no white man has eyes or hearing equal to the black in his native country. Both travellers were dismounted and led their mules. They wound their way through tall valley grass, breast high and dust-laden; over pools of mud, long sun-baked and waterless; then out, finally, on to rising ground strewn with lava rock and volcanic boulders. It was weird wilderness country, barren of habitation—virgin[46] and waterless as on the day of Africa’s dawning.
Some hours later, after making good time in the cool early night, the travelers began to move away from the low thorn bushes and entered open, somewhat mountainous terrain. Clifford was heading west now and moving quickly, navigating the landscape toward some distant, prearranged destination. Saidi, the skilled guide, was out in front—no white person has the vision or hearing that a Black person has in their homeland. Both travelers were off their mules and leading them. They made their way through tall valley grass, which rose to their chests and was heavy with dust; over pools of mud that had been sun-baked and dry for a long time; and finally onto rising ground scattered with lava rock and volcanic boulders. It was an eerie wilderness, devoid of human habitation—untouched and as dry as it was on the day Africa was first born.[46]
The night progressed uneventfully. Nothing suspicious was encountered. No tracks of the cattle raiders were crossed. The air was breathlessly still, and it was oppressively hot in the valleys.
The night went by without any incidents. Nothing suspicious was spotted. There were no signs of the cattle raiders. The air was completely still, and it was incredibly hot in the valleys.
Toward midnight the waning moon drooped lower and lower on the horizon—and went out. Travelling then became slower and more wary; occasionally man or mule stumbled over a boulder painfully and noisily in the breathless darkness. No conversation passed between man and servant. Tirelessly they padded on, each certain of the other’s knowledge almost as animals are certain of the bypaths to their lair. For them the night held little mystery. They were startled not by the grim silhouettes of zebra, or hartebeeste, when, at a dozen yards, they chanced upon game herds which galloped off into the night like riderless squadrons. Nor did the whir of wings and frightened cackle of guinea-fowl, disturbed at their very feet, more than startle the mules to one brief backward jerk of their bridle reins.
Toward midnight, the fading moon sank lower and lower on the horizon—and disappeared. Traveling then became slower and more cautious; occasionally, a man or mule stumbled painfully and noisily over a rock in the suffocating darkness. No conversation occurred between the man and the servant. They quietly continued on, each confident in the other’s awareness, much like animals are sure of the paths to their dens. For them, the night held little mystery. They weren’t frightened by the dark shapes of zebras or hartebeests when they unexpectedly encountered herds that sprinted off into the night like riderless cavalry. Nor did the flutter of wings and startled calls of guinea fowl, disturbed right at their feet, do more than make the mules briefly twitch their reins backward.
Day was dawning when Saidi, who had for some hours been following an obscure track through the dark with his lynx eyes, gave a grunt of satisfaction as a gap loomed visible between two dull grey hills in front. Soon they entered a narrow pass and prepared to make camp in the hidden cavity between the hills.[47] Here was water, and camp, and the first halt in the march; for a dry rocky river-bed, cut by the torrents of the brief rainy season, ran down the pass, and there, in a deep pocket in the solid rock, worn smooth and circular as a gigantic porridge pot, was a pool of water, green-slimed and stagnant, it is true, but priceless, nevertheless, in the sun-parched desert. The mules were off-saddled, rubbed down, and fed; and picketed under cover of the hill-side—for they were now in country where the raiders might be encountered, and every precaution was being taken to lie low and outwit the enemy.
Day was breaking when Saidi, who had been quietly following a vague path through the darkness with his sharp eyes, let out a grunt of satisfaction as he spotted a gap between two dull grey hills ahead. Soon, they entered a narrow pass and got ready to set up camp in the hidden space between the hills.[47] There was water, a place to camp, and the first break in their journey; a dry, rocky riverbed, carved by the torrents of the short rainy season, ran down the pass. In a deep pocket in the solid rock, worn smooth and round like a giant pot, was a pool of water—green with slime and stagnant, but still invaluable in the sun-baked desert. The mules were unloaded, brushed down, and fed; and tied up under the cover of the hillside—since they were in a region where raiders could appear, every precaution was being taken to stay low and outsmart the enemy.
Saidi busied himself over a small smokeless fire, making tea for his master, while Clifford lay idly on the ground watching the doves and grass-finches, which in thousands were endlessly arriving at the water-hole to drink, fearless of human presence in their haste and need to quench their thirst.
Saidi focused on a small smokeless fire, preparing tea for his master, while Clifford lounged on the ground watching the doves and grass-finches. Thousands of them were continuously arriving at the water-hole to drink, unafraid of humans as they hurried to quench their thirst.
“Water far, Saidi,” said Clifford, pointing to the fluttering flock over the pool. “Birds come long distance to drink here?”
“Look over there, Saidi,” said Clifford, pointing to the flock of birds fluttering above the pool. “Do they travel a long way to drink here?”
“Yes, Bwana” (master), answered Saidi. “No other water nearer than one day.”
“Yes, Bwana,” replied Saidi. “No other water is closer than a day's journey.”
By turns Clifford and Saidi slept and kept watch throughout the day. The camp was in the foothills of a low range, east of the Guaso Nyero Valley. Away to the west, out to the Nguruman Mountains, blue in the farthermost distance, lay the far-reaching Guaso Nyero Valley; and it was on this great[48] plain, somewhere, that the enemy were raiding the Masai cattle. Clifford hardly expected to find trace of the enemy until after another march, when he would be well over the western side of the valley, and where he knew there was a sluggish stream and an abundance of water—that physical essential, to man and beast, anywhere in the land. But he was taking no risks—nothing for granted—for a little mistake meant life or death to the enterprise, if not to himself.
Clifford and Saidi took turns sleeping and keeping watch throughout the day. The camp was located in the foothills of a low range, east of the Guaso Nyero Valley. To the west, beyond the Nguruman Mountains that appeared blue in the far distance, lay the expansive Guaso Nyero Valley; and it was on this great[48] plain, somewhere, that the enemy was raiding the Masai cattle. Clifford didn’t expect to find any signs of the enemy until after another march, when he would be well over the western side of the valley, where he knew there was a slow-moving stream and plenty of water—essential for both humans and animals in this area. But he wasn’t taking any risks—nothing was a given—because even a small mistake could mean life or death for the mission, if not for himself.
So all day long watchful eyes scanned the western plain, but only to be rewarded with the familiar sight of occasional dust-clouds; sometimes kicked up by the feet of moving game, such as zebra, hartebeeste, wildebeeste, or buffalo; and sometimes the sport of a whirlpool gust of wind which swiftly sweeps the ground, finally to rear a thin spiral dust-column tapering from the ground to a point high in the sky.
So all day long, watchful eyes scanned the western plain, but they were only rewarded with the familiar sight of occasional dust clouds—sometimes kicked up by the feet of moving animals like zebras, hartebeests, wildebeests, or buffalo; and other times created by a swirling gust of wind that quickly sweeps across the ground, eventually forming a thin spiral column of dust rising from the ground to a point high in the sky.
Toward sundown three Masai were sighted, worming their way in and out of the long yellow grass toward the water-hole. They came from the west, and were travelling hurriedly, perhaps fearfully—for ever and anon the rear man of the trio would cast a hasty backward glance over his shoulder. Cunningly, in fear that foe might be at the water, they swung wide of the pass before approaching, and lay down while one of their number started to steal forward in the grass to investigate. But a shout from Saidi,[49] and then an exchange of a reassuring word or two, brought them speedily to their feet, and into camp.
As the sun set, three Masai were spotted making their way through the tall yellow grass toward the water hole. They came from the west and seemed to be moving quickly, possibly out of fear, as the last person in the group would occasionally glance nervously over his shoulder. Worried that an enemy might be by the water, they carefully avoided the usual path before approaching, lying down while one of them crept forward in the grass to take a look. However, a shout from Saidi,[49] followed by a few reassuring words, quickly got them on their feet and into camp.
Like all of the Masai race, they were strange, red-skinned fellows, those wandering cattle men of the open uplands; wholly naked but for a loin cloth, and physical pictures of the aboriginal of the plain. For arms, they had each a long assegai, and a large mat-laced shield. They were covered with dust—otherwise, their bearing conveyed nothing untoward. It would be difficult to guess that beneath those features, cool and collected, expressionless, almost sullen, there lurked the emotions of men who had been near to death an hour or two ago.
Like all the Masai people, they were unusual, red-skinned guys, those wandering cattlemen of the open uplands; completely naked except for a loincloth, and living representations of the original inhabitants of the plain. Each carried a long spear and a big shield made of woven mats. They were covered in dust—other than that, their demeanor showed nothing out of the ordinary. It would be tough to guess that behind those cool, calm, expressionless, almost grim faces, there were emotions of men who had been close to death just an hour or two earlier.
After they had all drunk copiously of water, at a little distance from Clifford, they squatted on the ground with their knees drawn up under their chins, and told their hurried, broken story.
After they had all drunk a lot of water, a short distance from Clifford, they sat on the ground with their knees pulled up to their chins and shared their rushed, fragmented story.
In their own language they arrived crudely and directly at essential facts.
In their own way, they straightforwardly reached the key facts.
“Germans, master, many Germans,” said their spokesman, showing, for the first time, a spark of excitement. “This day, when sun there”—pointing to the mid-horizon south-east—“our cattle quiet—we cooking food; at that time he come—one German, two German, three German, on horse—after him come plenty Askaris [native soldiers] driving many cattle—cattle footsore, for long way he made go too fast. One German ride among us—he[50] got small gun, and promise shoot to kill if we try to run away—Askaris come soon and bind our hands with cord; then one man stay to watch us. In little while Germans make fire and eat—plenty talk—plenty bottle [beer]—German pleased. By and by German sleep. By and by Askaris, who watch us, he sleep too—he plenty tired. Headman, he find stone beneath him and work cord binding hands against it. Sometime, cord cut—soon, then, we all free. We crawl in grass, far—afterwards we wait and watch. When the sun there” (pointing to sun’s position about three hours later) “German wake—find no boy. Plenty noise—Askari who watch us, he get plenty beating—afterwards they tie him prisoner—German afraid we run far and fast and go tell British. Soon German go—driving all cattle—our cattle too. But other cattle tired, master, he no go quick now; and German near his own country. He go Shombole and Lake Natron, one day’s trail, after that, soon he reach big German camp.”
“Germans, boss, lots of Germans,” said their spokesman, showing, for the first time, a bit of excitement. “Today, when the sun is there”—pointing to the mid-horizon southeast—“our cattle are calm—we're cooking food; at that time he comes—one German, two Germans, three Germans, on horseback—after them come lots of Askaris [native soldiers] driving many cattle—cattle footsore, because they’ve been pushed too fast over a long way. One German rides among us—he[50] has a small gun and promises to shoot to kill if we try to run away—Askaris soon arrive and tie our hands with rope; then one man stays to watch us. After a little while, the Germans start a fire and eat—lots of talking—lots of bottles [beer]—the Germans are pleased. Eventually, the Germans sleep. After a bit, the Askaris who are watching us, they fall asleep too—they are very tired. The headman finds a stone underneath him and works the rope binding his hands against it. After some time, the rope is cut—soon, then, we are all free. We crawl through the grass, far away—afterwards, we wait and watch. When the sun is there” (pointing to the sun’s position about three hours later) “the Germans wake up—find no boy. There’s a lot of noise—the Askari who is watching us gets beaten a lot—afterwards, they tie him up as a prisoner—the Germans are afraid we’ll run far and fast and go tell the British. Soon the Germans leave—driving all the cattle—our cattle too. But the other cattle are tired, boss, they can’t go fast now; and the Germans are near their own country. They head to Shombole and Lake Natron, a day’s trail, and after that, they’ll soon reach the big German camp.”
Clifford was lost in thought—the Masai had ceased talking, and the youngest of them, a mere lad, had fallen asleep, hunched up awkwardly, on the bare, hard ground, weary beyond further caring. Saidi, who had listened attentively to all, moved off and busied himself over a fire and his master’s evening meal. The customary evening breeze had not arisen, it was close and oppressively hot, and a subdued spirit lay over the land. Clifford restlessly[51] stirred the gravel beneath his feet, lost in his conjectures. He was wide awake and his keen, roving eyes betokened an intelligent mind stirred to unusual degree. The enterprise had taken on a serious aspect. Clifford had anticipated, if he were fortunate, he would run up against a small raiding party of one or two whites and a native soldier or two. His original difficulty, he thought, would be to track them, and overtake them. He found himself, instead, pitted against four whites and some dozen armed Askaris, whom he could head off, on their southward trail, in a single night’s march.
Clifford was lost in thought—the Masai had stopped talking, and the youngest among them, just a kid, had fallen asleep, awkwardly curled up on the bare, hard ground, completely worn out. Saidi, who had been paying close attention to everything, walked off and started tending to a fire and preparing his master's dinner. The usual evening breeze hadn’t picked up; it was still and uncomfortably hot, and a heavy atmosphere hung over the land. Clifford restlessly[51] stirred the gravel under his feet, deep in his thoughts. He was wide awake, and his sharp, wandering eyes reflected an intelligent mind unusually engaged. The mission had taken on a serious tone. Clifford had thought that, if he was lucky, he would encounter a small raiding group of one or two white men and a couple of native soldiers. He believed his main challenge would be tracking them down and catching up to them. Instead, he found himself facing four whites and about a dozen armed Askaris, whom he could intercept on their southbound trail in just one night’s march.
The odds were great—too great—but he was too far from his base to call for reinforcements; he must go on as he was, or return to camp mortified at having had the enemy within reach while admitting his inability to strike.
The odds were overwhelming—way too overwhelming—but he was too far from his base to call for backup; he had to keep going as he was, or head back to camp embarrassed for missing the chance to take on the enemy while showing he couldn't do it.
Clifford rose impatiently to his feet and paced to and fro.
Clifford stood up impatiently and started pacing back and forth.
But slowly a new resolution crept into his face and bearing, and at last his mind was made up. He called his boy. “Saidi,” he said, “I’m not going to stop here and go back; I’m going on. I may not fight, for the Germans are many; but I mean to get as near to the raiders as I can, and, for the rest, trust to luck and opportunity. You, Saidi, are free to go back if you please. I cannot order you to run the risks ahead against such odds. This is my ‘show.’”
But gradually a new determination appeared on his face and in his posture, and eventually, he made up his mind. He called his son. “Saidi,” he said, “I’m not going to stay here and turn back; I’m moving forward. I might not fight, since there are so many Germans, but I plan to get as close to the raiders as I can and, for the rest, rely on luck and opportunity. You, Saidi, are free to go back if you want. I can’t make you face the dangers ahead against such odds. This is my ‘show.’”
But Saidi was staunch and true. “Where master go, I want to go—me not afraid,” he said; and indeed he did not look one whit abashed—rather was there a new-found pride in his bearing.
But Saidi was steadfast and loyal. “Where you go, I want to go—I’m not afraid,” he said; and he didn’t look the slightest bit embarrassed—if anything, there was a newfound pride in his demeanor.
The undertaking thus promoted, Clifford, with mind relieved, partook of the substantial meal which Saidi had prepared. They then saddled the mules, and were ready again to take up the trail of the raiders. The exhausted Masai were given some food from Saidi’s saddle-bags and told to sleep at the water-hole for the night. They were directed to follow Clifford’s tracks in the morning, and remain at a discreet distance from the enemy, unless sent for.
The plan they had set in motion, Clifford, feeling more relaxed, enjoyed the hearty meal that Saidi had made. After that, they saddled the mules and were prepared to continue following the raiders' trail. The tired Masai were given some food from Saidi’s saddle-bags and told to rest at the water hole for the night. They were instructed to follow Clifford’s tracks in the morning while keeping a safe distance from the enemy unless they were called for.
On leaving camp Clifford headed out into the south-west, for it was his intention to cut across the German line of flight, well in front of them, and, before daybreak, to hide among the low kopjes east of Lake Natron. To carry this out he must travel hard all night. Accordingly the pace he set off at was determined and sustained. Man and beast perspired freely as they toiled onward; for relentlessly the night breeze held off, and the still, humid air hung, like the vapours of a hot-house, over the breathless valley. To add to the discomfort, the trotting mules raised, from the dust-laden grass, a fine dust which remained suspended in the air to irritate the nostrils and throats of the travellers, and induce a quenchless, vexing thirst. However,[53] until midnight Clifford held on his course unfalteringly. At that hour, just before the moon went down, he halted to rest and ease the saddle-girths of the tired mules.
On leaving camp, Clifford headed southwest because he planned to cut across the German line of escape, well ahead of them, and before sunrise, find a place to hide among the low hills east of Lake Natron. To do this, he needed to travel hard all night. So, he set off at a determined and steady pace. Both man and animal sweated profusely as they pressed on; the night breeze was relentless in its absence, and the still, humid air hung over the breathless valley like the steam in a greenhouse. To make things worse, the trotting mules kicked up dust from the dry grass, which stayed suspended in the air, irritating the noses and throats of the travelers and creating an unquenchable, annoying thirst. However,[53] until midnight, Clifford kept to his course without wavering. At that point, just before the moon set, he stopped to rest and adjust the saddle straps of the weary mules.
Half an hour later he resumed the journey; but on foot, now that it was pitch dark, the mules led, and faithful, tireless Saidi out in front trailing, with his keen eyes, over unseen landmarks, for the low hills his master had named.
Half an hour later, he continued the journey; but now on foot, since it was totally dark, with the mules leading the way and his loyal, tireless guide Saidi in front, using his sharp eyes to track invisible landmarks for the low hills his master had mentioned.
They were in rough country now—rough with awkward boulders and ragged lava rocks. Moreover, the travellers were repeatedly confronted with yawning chasms—deep, dry, tortuous river-beds—which barred their path. In the inky darkness to surmount these obstacles was difficult and delaying, and Clifford cursed them roundly while he “barked” his shins in scrambling up and down banks of unknown depth, forcing his way across in the wake of Saidi, whose presence he could feel rather than see.
They were in a tough area now—filled with clumsy boulders and jagged lava rocks. On top of that, the travelers kept facing wide gaps—deep, dry, twisting riverbeds—that blocked their way. In the pitch darkness, getting over these obstacles was hard and slow, and Clifford was loudly cursing them as he stubbed his shins while scrambling up and down steep banks of unknown depth, pushing his way through in the wake of Saidi, whose presence he could sense more than he could see.
To add to their difficulties, the mules were restless. They were in fear of lions, for twice, away northward, the night stillness had vibrated with the awesome whouh——whouh——whouh——whouh——whouh——whouh——wwho——wwho——wwho——wwho——wwho——wwho of the King of Beasts. The sound brought terror to the hearts of the mules, and delayed progress. But, at the same time, it brought a note of good cheer to the party, for to the experienced[54] ears of Clifford and Saidi the lions’ roar was a good omen, coming, as it did, from the north-west of their position: for they guessed that the lions were among the beasts of prey following in the track of the trekking cattle, ready to drag down and devour the weaker ones which became too exhausted to go on and were outcast from the herd. If the surmise was correct, Clifford felt sure he was cutting in well ahead of the cattle raiders—and only that result could compensate him for the toil of travelling this ghastly country in the dark.
To make things worse, the mules were restless. They were scared of lions, since twice, way to the north, the night silence had been broken by the terrifying whouh——whouh——whouh——whouh——whouh——whouh——wwho——wwho——wwho——wwho——wwho——wwho of the King of Beasts. The sound filled the mules with fear and slowed down their progress. However, it also brought a sense of hope to the group, because for Clifford and Saidi, who were experienced, the lions’ roar was a positive sign, especially since it came from the northwest of their location. They figured that the lions were among the predators following the trail of the traveling cattle, ready to take down and eat the weaker animals that got too tired to keep up and were left behind by the herd. If their guess was right, Clifford was confident he was getting ahead of the cattle raiders—something that would make all the effort of traveling through this dreadful terrain at night worthwhile.
About 4 a.m. Clifford, in spite of short halts, was feeling done up with his exertions in keeping pace with Saidi. Hardened though he was, he inwardly admitted he was about finished on this trek. He halted and whistled peculiarly to Saidi, who stopped likewise. Saidi came back to his master, apparently cool and tireless as ever, and sure of his untraced road. Clifford asked him how far he thought they were from the hills. In answer, Saidi pointed into the darkness a little to the left. “There, master,” he said, “close now—river we cross last, near to hills—soon we camp.”
About 4 a.m., Clifford, despite taking a few short breaks, was feeling worn out from trying to keep up with Saidi. Even though he was tough, he internally acknowledged that he was nearly done on this journey. He stopped and whistled oddly to Saidi, who also halted. Saidi returned to his master, looking as cool and tireless as ever, confident in his ability to navigate the unmarked path. Clifford asked him how far he thought they were from the hills. In response, Saidi pointed into the darkness a little to the left. “There, master,” he said, “we're close now—the river we cross last, near the hills—we'll camp soon.”
Thus cheered, they started on the final tramp; but Saidi’s hills were deceptive, his “short distance” stretched out to a good two miles before the tired party reached their chosen hiding-place.
Thus cheered, they started on the final trek; but Saidi’s hills were misleading, his “short distance” turned out to be a solid two miles before the exhausted group reached their selected hiding place.
At the first inkling of dawn, Clifford moved[55] well into the hills and secreted the mules in the bottom of a valley thickly grown with cactus. From there Clifford and Saidi made their way to a spur overlooking the plain on the west and north. Here they concealed themselves among some acacia bushes, after they had made sure that, in the event of discovery, there was a line of retreat down either slope of the spur to thicker cover—whence their hidden rifles could put up a reasonable defence against odds, if need be.
At the first light of dawn, Clifford moved[55] deep into the hills and hid the mules in a valley thick with cactus. From there, Clifford and Saidi made their way to a ridge overlooking the plain to the west and north. They hid among some acacia bushes after making sure that if they were discovered, there were escape routes down either side of the ridge to denser cover—where their hidden rifles could provide a decent defense against larger numbers, if necessary.
From where he stood in the early morning dawn, Clifford had a wonderful view of the wild life and of the country. Below him a small herd of graceful antelope, known as Grant’s gazelle, was browsing quietly in the immediate foreground of the plain—a plain of dry, buff-coloured grass which stretched some two miles to the west, to the shores of Lake Natron. In the intermediate distance was a great herd of unsymmetrical hartebeeste (buck of size and colour of red deer), and pony-like zebra, moving along, in ever-changing attitudes, busy on their morning feed, and lending life and colour to the peaceful scene. Along the shores of Lake Natron, white soda deposit glistened like silver in the lightening day, whilst the waters of the lake appeared dyed in pink where countless flamingoes rested. A mile or two up the valley, at the head of Lake Natron, and to the east of the swamp of tall green grass which is there, rugged old Shombole mountain stood[56] prominent with its furrowed surface of deep ravines and back-bone ridges, the whole overawed by the sheer cliff face, and the inaccessible plateau at the towering crest, of the most westerly range. In many places the outer slopes of Shombole were buff with the dry, yellow grass of the plains, but in the ravines, and on sheltered slopes, dark-green foliage grew where overcrowded masses of impenetrable cactus had found root, and an existence, amongst the rocks.
From where he stood in the early morning light, Clifford had a stunning view of the wildlife and the landscape. Below him, a small herd of elegant antelope, known as Grant’s gazelle, grazed quietly in the foreground of the plain— a stretch of dry, tan grass that extended about two miles west to the shores of Lake Natron. In the middle distance, there was a large herd of oddly shaped hartebeest (bucks the size and color of red deer) and pony-like zebras, moving about in changing poses, busy with their morning feeding, adding life and color to the serene scene. Along the shores of Lake Natron, white soda deposits shone like silver in the brightening day, while the waters of the lake seemed tinted pink where countless flamingos rested. A mile or two up the valley, at the head of Lake Natron, and to the east of the swamp filled with tall green grass, the rugged old Shombole mountain stood out, prominent with its furrowed surface of deep ravines and spine-like ridges, all overshadowed by the sheer cliff face and the inaccessible plateau at the towering crest of the most westerly range. In many areas, the outer slopes of Shombole were covered with the dry, yellow grass of the plains, but in the ravines and on sheltered slopes, dark-green foliage thrived where dense clusters of impenetrable cactus had taken root and survived among the rocks.
Meantime there was no sign of the enemy—nothing moved, except droves of game in this hunter’s paradise.
Meantime, there was no sign of the enemy—nothing moved except for herds of game in this hunter's paradise.
Clifford estimated that he was an hour or two ahead of the raiders, and soon he dozed in the cool of the morning—leaving Saidi on guard. He trusted the boy completely, for the experience of long months had proved him always faithful and fearless to serve. Faithful as a wonderful dog was Saidi, and “greater faith hath no man.” Saidi worshipped his master.
Clifford figured he was an hour or two ahead of the raiders, and soon he dozed off in the cool morning air—leaving Saidi on watch. He trusted the boy completely because months of experience had shown him to be consistently loyal and brave. Saidi was as faithful as a great dog, and “no greater love has anyone.” Saidi looked up to his master.
Some hours passed—Clifford had fallen into profound sleep after his long night’s exertion, for he was more easily tired now than in the old days before he knew the impairing ravages of fever. The heightened day found Saidi still at his post. But he was now tense and alert, and his eyes were eagerly fixed on a cloud of dust approaching from the north. There were the raiders! of that he was sure; for he had seen a horseman break off to the[57] right, clear of the dust, for a moment or two. However, he would not wake his master yet; the raiders were far out at present, and the cattle they herded moved very slowly.
Some hours went by—Clifford had fallen into a deep sleep after his long night of work, as he was more easily exhausted now than he had been back in the days before he experienced the debilitating effects of fever. As day broke, Saidi was still at his post. But he was now tense and alert, and his eyes were intently focused on a cloud of dust approaching from the north. Those were the raiders! He was sure of it; he had seen a horseman veer off to the[57] right, out of the dust, for a moment or two. However, he wouldn’t wake his master just yet; the raiders were still far away, and the cattle they herded were moving very slowly.
In a short time, however, he espied two horsemen riding forward, at an easy gallop, clear of the herd. They were probably coming on ahead to select their noon camp, confident that the plain was uninhabited but by themselves. Seeing this, Saidi woke Clifford, who was instantly on his feet, and eager to sight the enemy.
In a little while, though, he spotted two horsemen riding ahead at a steady pace, away from the group. They were likely on their way to find a spot for their lunch break, sure that the area was unoccupied except for them. Realizing this, Saidi woke Clifford, who quickly jumped up, eager to see the enemy.
Immediately a daring scheme of attack flashed through Clifford’s mind—the enemy were playing into his hands in separating their forces. Hastily he lifted his rifle, spoke a few excited words to Saidi, and started to steal through the grass down to the plain on the west. Once on the plain they scrambled and crawled, under cover of a dry, shallow rivulet, seeking to reach the probable line over which the advancing horsemen would pass. Over a mile they laboured, slowly, awkwardly, until, scratched, torn, and breathless with their mad haste, they lay still; near to the place on which the enemy were bearing.
Immediately, a bold attack plan popped into Clifford's mind—the enemy was playing right into his hands by splitting their forces. Quickly, he grabbed his rifle, exchanged a few excited words with Saidi, and began to sneak through the grass toward the plain to the west. Once on the plain, they scrambled and crawled under the cover of a dry, shallow stream, trying to reach the likely path that the advancing horsemen would take. They toiled for over a mile, slowly and awkwardly, until, scratched, torn, and breathless from their frantic rush, they finally lay still, close to the spot where the enemy was approaching.
As Fate would have it, the horsemen bore straight down on them, utterly unaware of danger. Clifford whispered to Saidi that he was to shoot the nearest horse at the same time as he (Clifford) fired. With their rifles in the grass, and with heads low, they watched[58] and waited. Grim was the expression on their faces now, all outward excitement had gone: nerves were set, and “steeled” against the coming effort. Suddenly—when the horses were barely fifteen yards away, Clifford whispered tersely, “Now!” Simultaneously, both rifles spoke, and all was violent struggle and confusion on the ground in front. Clifford stood upright and fired quickly again. Then, harshly, he called out a command in German, while like a flash his rifle swung to his right and remained aimed at its object. Unmoved, he ordered Saidi from his hiding-place. Both horses were down, and the nearest German; the other German had his hands up, covered by Clifford. Saidi removed the German’s rifle, which lay on the ground where it had been thrown when the horse, with its rider, fell. The prisoner was then speedily bound and gagged, so that he could not warn the others, and concealed in the rivulet ditch. The other German was dead, and both horses. The horses could not be moved, so, to disguise them from sight at a distance, the carcases were hastily covered with prairie grass.
As fate would have it, the horsemen charged straight at them, completely unaware of the danger. Clifford whispered to Saidi to shoot the nearest horse just as he (Clifford) pulled the trigger. With their rifles in the grass and their heads lowered, they watched[58] and waited. Their expressions were grim now; all excitement had vanished: their nerves were braced and "steeled" for the upcoming effort. Suddenly—when the horses were barely fifteen yards away, Clifford whispered sharply, "Now!" At the same moment, both rifles fired, and chaos erupted on the ground in front of them. Clifford stood up and fired again quickly. Then, harshly, he shouted a command in German, while in a flash, his rifle swung to the right and stayed aimed at its target. Unmoved, he ordered Saidi out of his hiding spot. Both horses were down, and one German soldier was nearest; the other German had his hands up, covered by Clifford’s aim. Saidi took the German's rifle, which had been thrown to the ground when the horse and rider fell. The prisoner was quickly tied up and gagged so he couldn't warn the others, then hidden in the ditch by the rivulet. The other German was dead, along with both horses. The horses couldn't be moved, so to keep them out of sight from a distance, their bodies were quickly covered with prairie grass.
Meantime the main body of the enemy was approaching, but, luckily, at a slow pace. The scene enacted had been lost to the other raiders, for a low rise lay between them and the ground, gently falling to the lake, where Clifford had ambushed the leaders. The rifle shots they must have heard, but, as they were not expecting enemy, they would probably[59] think that their comrades were after game, for meat for their natives, as was common practice.
In the meantime, the main group of enemies was getting closer, but fortunately, they were moving slowly. The other raiders had missed the action because a small hill blocked their view of the area, which sloped down to the lake where Clifford had surprised the leaders. They must have heard the gunshots, but since they weren't expecting any enemies, they probably thought their teammates were hunting for food for their locals, which was a usual practice.
After making certain that the prisoner was securely bound and concealed, and unable to move away, Clifford now moved hastily forward; his intention being to reach the protection of a small knoll about six hundred yards nearer to the approaching enemy and away from the condemning signs of catastrophe. But before he got there, dust, over the rise, warned him and his boy to take cover. So they lay on the open veldt, in the hay grass, not daring to move to better cover, for, at any instant now, horsemen, or keen-sighted Askari, might appear in view. Lying there, Clifford gave his orders to Saidi, who grinned still over the success of their first attack. “Fire like H⸺, Saidi! at Askaris—make plenty noise—make him think plenty British here. Make him run!”
After making sure the prisoner was securely tied up and hidden, unable to move, Clifford quickly pressed forward. He aimed to reach the protection of a small hill about six hundred yards closer to the approaching enemy and away from the signs of impending doom. But before he could get there, dust rising over the hill warned him and his boy to take cover. So they lay on the open grassland, in the hay grass, too cautious to move to better cover, since at any moment, horsemen or sharp-eyed Askari could appear. Lying there, Clifford gave orders to Saidi, who was still grinning from the success of their first attack. “Fire like hell, Saidi! at the Askaris—make plenty of noise—make them think there are a lot of British here. Make them run!”
Clifford was confident of the outcome now, and eager for the fray. By an extraordinary piece of luck the white opposition had been evened up: and now he had the advantage of surprise, and the consequent target for his deadly rifle.
Clifford was sure of the outcome now and ready for the fight. By an amazing stroke of luck, the white opposition had been balanced out: and now he had the advantage of surprise, along with a clear target for his deadly rifle.
Slowly the raiders appeared in view over the rising ground, and drew on. Together the Germans scanned the plain ahead, but beyond a word or two they, apparently, did not trouble about the non-appearance of their comrades—they thought, no doubt, that theirs[60] was only a momentary disappearance behind some low ridge in the distance.
Slowly, the raiders came into view over the rising ground and moved forward. The Germans looked over the plain ahead, but besides a word or two, they didn’t seem to worry about their comrades not showing up—they probably thought that theirs[60] had just momentarily disappeared behind some low ridge in the distance.
The raiders sat their horses idly, and watched the tired cattle being herded on; they swore at their Askaris and urged them, time without number, to lash on the many laggards. Apparently they were weary of their work, and tired of the trek.
The raiders sat on their horses, watching the exhausted cattle being driven along. They cursed their Askaris and repeatedly urged them to whip the slowpokes into motion. It seemed they were fatigued by their work and worn out from the journey.
Clifford and Saidi were waiting breathlessly. The herd was a bit to the right, but was going to pass them at about fifty yards. Steadily they drew on. Again the rifles were ready in the grass; again Clifford’s terse, “now!” was whispered, and startling shots rang out. And then the scene was like a battle. Shots poured from their hidden haven in the grass, as fast as they could load and fire, simply to disguise their strength and frighten the blacks.
Clifford and Saidi were waiting anxiously. The herd was slightly to the right but was about to pass them at around fifty yards. They steadily prepared themselves. Once more, the rifles were ready in the grass; once again, Clifford whispered a sharp, “now!” and loud shots echoed. The scene turned chaotic, like a battle. Shots erupted from their concealed spot in the grass as quickly as they could load and fire, just to mask their numbers and intimidate the locals.
Clifford had brought down his first man, but the second white he missed, as his startled horse plunged and threw the rider. For a time the German replied vigorously to their fire, but luckily he couldn’t see through the grass, and no bullet got home. Suddenly he rose and scrambled on to one of the horses and galloped off. Twice Clifford fired and missed, but at the third shot the German crumpled up and slid limply from his mount. Clifford now ran forward, and caught the remaining horse; Saidi following at his heels. Shots whistled and cracked around them, but all were wide of the mark; for the Askari[61] is a poor marksman. Into the blacks rode Clifford, reckless and wild, driving them to panic and confusion. Two went down with his first shots, the rest, five in number, leapt from the grass and fled in frantic disorder. One more fell, sprawling, to Clifford’s marksmanship, and another was winged. But by that time the remainder had spread and got farther afield, and Clifford gave up the chase, afraid to get too far away from Saidi, who might be in difficulties.
Clifford had taken down his first man, but he missed the second one as his startled horse reared up and threw him off. For a while, the German shot back at them, but fortunately, he couldn't see through the grass, and none of his bullets hit. Suddenly, he got up, scrambled onto one of the horses, and took off. Clifford fired twice and missed, but on the third shot, the German collapsed and slid off his horse. Clifford rushed forward and caught the remaining horse, with Saidi following closely behind. Bullets whizzed and cracked around them, but all missed; the Askari[61] are not great shots. Clifford rode into the group of Black soldiers, reckless and wild, causing panic and chaos. Two went down with his initial shots, while the remaining five jumped out of the grass and fled in a frantic rush. One more fell, hitting the ground, thanks to Clifford's aim, and another was injured. But by then, the others had spread out and gotten farther away, so Clifford called off the chase, worried about getting too far from Saidi, who might be in trouble.
Returning, Clifford found Saidi broadly smiling, as was his wont when greatly pleased. He had accounted for three Askaris. Clifford praised the boy—though he seldom gave praise to a native—and told him, now, to make “plenty big feed” for himself, and then to sleep—the boy had had no rest since the day before.
Returning, Clifford found Saidi grinning widely, like he always did when he was really happy. He had managed to account for three Askaris. Clifford complimented the boy—though he rarely praised a native—and told him to make "a big meal" for himself and then get some sleep—the boy hadn’t rested since the day before.
While Saidi busied himself lighting a fire, Clifford counted the cost.
While Saidi focused on starting a fire, Clifford assessed the expenses.
One German was dead, one wounded. Four Askaris were dead, and three wounded. After he had gone back and brought the prisoner to camp, Clifford attended to the wounded. When that gruesome work was finished, he sought a vantage-point on a rise, and, from there, sent three piercing whistles out over the plain.
One German was dead, one was injured. Four Askaris were dead, and three were hurt. After he returned with the prisoner to camp, Clifford took care of the injured. When that difficult task was done, he looked for a high point on a hill, and from there, he blew three sharp whistles across the plain.
He was soon rewarded by the sight of natives, showing in the grass, about a mile to the east. They were the three Masai left behind overnight; and he signalled to them to come on.
He soon spotted some locals in the grass about a mile to the east. They were the three Masai who had been left behind overnight, and he signaled for them to come over.
In a short time the Masai came up.
In no time, the Masai showed up.
Fear was first in their approach, then astonishment, when they sighted the destruction of the enemy, and Clifford and Saidi in complete possession of the cattle. Their usually passive faces broke into broad smiles, they gesticulated excitedly in their exclamations over the extraordinary scene; and, finally, they came, one by one, before Clifford, to voice their timid gratitude, and to salaam profoundly, as vassals to their lord. He was, in their eyes, indeed a mighty and wonderful white chief.
Fear was the first thing they felt, followed by astonishment when they saw the enemy's destruction, with Clifford and Saidi fully in control of the cattle. Their usually expressionless faces lit up with wide smiles, and they excitedly waved their arms as they reacted to the incredible scene. Eventually, they came one by one in front of Clifford to express their shy gratitude and to bow deeply, showing respect as if he were their lord. To them, he was truly a powerful and amazing white chief.
A “chit” was written to G.H.Q. asking for a mounted patrol to be sent out to conduct the cattle back to a safe area, and a Masai runner was dispatched with it to camp—with instructions, also, to send word to his tribe to furnish some men to dig graves.
A “chit” was written to G.H.Q. asking for a mounted patrol to be sent out to bring the cattle back to a safe area, and a Masai runner was sent with it to camp—with instructions to also inform his tribe to send some men to dig graves.
The remaining Masai counted the cattle. They numbered close on seven hundred head—a substantial meat ration for the Europeans over the border, if the raid had succeeded. Clifford directed the Masai to drive the cattle slowly back to the Guaso Nyero River, and to wait for him at the bend beyond the northern slopes of Mount Shombole. Before leaving, they released the hidden mules, and drove them also to water.
The remaining Masai counted the cattle. They had nearly seven hundred head—a significant meat supply for the Europeans across the border if the raid had been successful. Clifford instructed the Masai to slowly lead the cattle back to the Guaso Nyero River and to wait for him at the bend beyond the northern slopes of Mount Shombole. Before leaving, they let the hidden mules go and took them to water as well.
Down the dry dust-thick lanes of the camp stalked the well-known figure of the famous scout—the lean, the brown, the worn bushman, scarred and tired with exposure and climate—a thing of the wild world and the silent places—unassuming, almost shy. But, on a thousand lips the news flew among the troops that Clive Clifford was back—and glad men came from their tents to cheer him past.
Down the dusty, dry paths of the camp walked the familiar figure of the famous scout—the lean, tanned, worn bushman, scarred and exhausted from the elements and the weather—a part of the wild and the quiet places—modest, almost shy. But word spread quickly among the troops that Clive Clifford was back—and happy men emerged from their tents to cheer him on.
And Saidi, unsaddling the mules in the horse lines, hearing the welcome, smiled in content.
And Saidi, taking the saddles off the mules in the horse lines, heard the warm greeting and smiled with satisfaction.
The dusty road through dense tropical thorn-bush followed the “lie” of the mountain, and to approach Longido West you came round the bend from the west, and swung easterly, to find the camp, an irregular, partly cleared space in the midst of trees. The camp, with cunning purpose, was under cover, for it was within the timber line, which hung densely in colour and form along, and all around, the mountain base. Beyond, at no great distance to the south and west, the bush terminated, and open yellow veldt stretched far out to the hill-marked distance where sheltered the considerable town of Arusha.
The dusty road through dense tropical thornbush followed the shape of the mountain. To get to Longido West, you turned around the bend from the west and headed east to find the camp, which was an irregular, partially cleared area surrounded by trees. The camp was intentionally hidden since it was below the tree line, which grew thick in color and shape along the base of the mountain. Just a short distance to the south and west, the bush ended, and open yellow grassland stretched far out to the hills, where the significant town of Arusha was located.
The whole was a wilderness country, neither bush nor veldt held human creature! All that lived was of nature’s giving! In the forest of thorns, and by the mountain-fed streamlet which gave the camp sparingly of priceless water, bird, insect, and plant life, in myriad forms, were habited in abundance. Beyond the jungle of low-stature trees, the veldt lay in expressionless vagueness and silence, with but the slow, dark movement of[65] a small number of ostrich and wildebeeste, and the flight of a ranging vulture, to attract and hold the wandering eye.
The whole area was a wild country, with no signs of human life in the bushes or grasslands! Everything living was a gift from nature! In the forest of thorns and by the stream fed by the mountains, which provided the camp with precious water, there was an abundance of bird, insect, and plant life in countless forms. Beyond the thicket of short trees, the grasslands lay in vague silence, with only the slow, dark movement of a few ostriches and wildebeests, and the flight of a wandering vulture, to catch and hold the eye.
And it was here that our forces were congregating, over the German border, under the south-western continuance of Longido Mountain. We had been days in coming, and we had come from many places—British, South African, Indian, and native African—and we knew by the unwonted stir of traffic that there was “something on.” A day passed, two days, and still the gathering grew! Troops and transport—ox wagons, mule wagons, and motors—and the hundred-and-one oddments that accompany a large force, came into view at the clearing entrance, passed down the road and camped, and thenceforth became part of us. In time, it came to be the evening of the second day, and a great stir arose in camp.
And it was here that our forces were gathering, over the German border, under the southwestern extension of Longido Mountain. We had spent days getting here, coming from many places—British, South African, Indian, and native African—and we could tell by the unusual hustle that something important was happening. A day passed, then two, and the crowd kept growing! Troops and supplies—ox wagons, mule wagons, and trucks—and all the various items that come with a large force came into view at the clearing entrance, moved down the road, and set up camp, becoming part of us. Eventually, it was the evening of the second day, and a big commotion arose in the camp.
Orders were out: we were to commence the advance to-morrow! Suppressed excitement was in the air! Down the dust-smothered road, as I passed to camp, there trooped to water a hurrying continual line of thirsty, road-tired, sad-visaged horses, mules, and oxen, accompanied by gesticulating, chattering, khaki-clad attendants. The men were discussing the news, and the prospect ahead, in many different ways and in different tongues of English, Dutch, Hindu, and Swahili. It was nigh to the common hour of peacefulness—that is, peace as near as it is ever realised in[66] the army—when half-clad, begrimed, talkative soldiers grub and wash up around the evening camp fires. But to-night there was no peace. Sergeants were calling out orders on every rustle of the wind, fatigue parties were falling-in here, there, and everywhere. Final preparations were in full swing, and—what use to deny it?—fuss and confusion held sway, as if in devilish glee. Rations, the most vital care of the army, were discussed and arranged. Kits to go, 25 lb. per man, including his blanket and spare boots, and surplus kits to be left behind were packed and loaded on wagons, or stored. Sick men, and men not particularly robust, were sorted out and detailed for garrison, for commanders realise that only the very fittest can endure the hardship of a long trek in Africa. Finally all was arranged and the sleep of night settled on the camp.
Orders were out: we were to start the advance tomorrow! There was a buzz of suppressed excitement in the air! Down the dusty road, as I made my way to camp, a steady stream of thirsty, tired horses, mules, and oxen headed for water, accompanied by animated, chattering, khaki-clad attendants. The men were sharing news and discussing the future in many different ways and in various dialects of English, Dutch, Hindi, and Swahili. It was close to the usual time of calm—that is, calm as much as it’s ever achieved in[66] the army—when half-dressed, grimy, talkative soldiers gathered around the evening campfires to clean up. But tonight there was no calm. Sergeants were calling out orders at every rustle of the wind, fatigue parties were forming up here, there, and everywhere. Final preparations were in full swing, and—let's be honest—chaos and confusion reigned, as if with wicked delight. Rations, the most crucial concern of the army, were being discussed and organized. Kits to take, 25 lbs. per person, including their blanket and extra boots, were packed and loaded onto wagons, or stored away. Sick men and those not particularly strong were sorted out and assigned to garrison duty, as commanders know that only the very fittest can handle the hardships of a long trek in Africa. Finally, everything was arranged, and the night settled over the camp.
Next day we were off to the south on a narrow dust-laden track. We were an infantry column, a column made up of variously dressed soldiers of different races, a column of various kind and equipment, eloquent of the brotherhood of colonies. We streamed out in column of route, after scouts had preceded us by half an hour or so. The 129th Baluchis, olive-hued Indian soldiers in turbans and loose-kneed trousers, were in advance; then their maxim battery of gunners and side-burdened, bridle-led mules. Then came the 29th Punjabis, another regiment of similar kind, followed closely by some battalions of South African[67] artillery—a bold array of gun-carriages and ammunition wagons, each drawn by eight span of sturdy South-American-bred mules, and driven by reckless Cape boys mounted on the line of near mules. Then followed more infantry, the 25th Royal Fusiliers, of familiar face and colour, of our own kind, but soiled and sunburnt with long exposure; the 1st King’s African Rifles, well-trained natives of stalwart appearance, khaki-clad as the rest, but with distinctive dark-blue puttees and light close-fitting headgear. And so on, and so on, down the line, except that one might mention the ammunition column in the rear, a long line of two-wheeled carts, drawn by two span of patient, slow-gaited oxen. In the rear, trailing far behind, came the miscellaneous transport—some motors, large four-wheeled mule-wagons, Scotch carts, and water carts, an assortment of varied, somewhat gipsy-like kind. The wagons, which were most in evidence, and which carry from three thousand to four thousand pounds, were drawn by ten span of mules, or by sixteen to twenty span of oxen, and all were ordered and driven by capable management of men from South Africa, who had long experience in trekking in their own country. In all it was probably a column of a fighting strength of from 4,000 to 5,000 men, with its necessary large following of accoutrements.
The next day, we headed south on a narrow, dusty trail. We were an infantry column, made up of soldiers from different backgrounds, dressed in various uniforms, showcasing the unity of our colonies. After our scouts had gone ahead for about half an hour, we moved out in formation. The 129th Baluchis, Indian soldiers in olive-colored uniforms, turbans, and loose trousers, led the way; then came their Maxim battery and mules burdened with gear, guided along by their handlers. Following them were the 29th Punjabis, another regiment of a similar kind, closely followed by some battalions of South African artillery—a striking lineup of gun carriages and ammunition wagons, each pulled by eight robust South American mules, driven by daring Cape boys riding on the near mules. Next up was more infantry, the 25th Royal Fusiliers, recognizable and worn from long exposure to the elements; the 1st King’s African Rifles, well-trained natives in khaki, distinct with their dark blue puttees and snug headgear. And the line continued, including an ammunition column at the rear—a long line of two-wheeled carts pulled by two teams of patient, slow-moving oxen. In the back, trailing far behind, was the varied transport—some vehicles, large four-wheeled mule wagons, Scotch carts, and water carts, creating a somewhat gypsy-like assortment. The most noticeable wagons, which carried between three to four thousand pounds, were drawn by ten teams of mules or by sixteen to twenty teams of oxen, all managed and driven by skilled South African men with extensive trekking experience in their own land. Overall, it was likely a column with a fighting strength of around 4,000 to 5,000 men, along with a considerable follow-up of equipment.
When the column reached far out into the grass-grown, sandy plain—for it was open[68] highland here—one could look back, almost as far as the eye could distinguish, and see the course of the column, as the fine line of a sinuous thread drawn across the blank space of an incomplete map! To-day, the map was marked; to-morrow, the thin dust-line would be gone onward, and the desert veldt would again lie reposed in vagueness.
When the column extended far out into the grassy, sandy plain—since it was open highland here—you could look back as far as your eyes could see and see the path of the column, like a fine line of a winding thread drawn across the blank space of an unfinished map! Today, the map had markings; tomorrow, the thin dust line would be gone, and the desert veldt would once again rest in obscurity.
Thus did we leave our harbour of safety to venture far into the enemy’s country on “the long trek”; to travel amidst dust, and dryness, and heat, for many days.
Thus, we left our safe harbor to journey deep into enemy territory on "the long trek"; to travel through dust, dryness, and heat for many days.
It was on a Sunday morning, the 5th of March, 1916, that the advance began. This column leaving Longido was to operate round the west of Kilimanjaro and finally converge on Moschi, the terminal of the Usambara railway—the only railway in the northern area of German territory. The column was acting in conjunction with large forces operating, also on the border, away to the east of Kilimanjaro: forces which were largely South African, and that were opposite the long-standing enemy line defending Taveta and barring the main thoroughfare into German territory. This marked the commencement of the offensive campaign under General Smuts—an offensive that time proved was to last twenty-one months before German East Africa was to be cleared of the enemy and completely in our hands.
It was a Sunday morning, March 5, 1916, when the advance began. This group leaving Longido was set to operate around the west side of Kilimanjaro and eventually meet up in Moschi, the end point of the Usambara railway—the only railway in the northern part of German territory. The group was working alongside large forces operating on the border, further east of Kilimanjaro: forces that were mainly South African, positioned against the long-standing enemy line defending Taveta and blocking the main route into German territory. This marked the start of the offensive campaign under General Smuts—an offensive that, as time showed, would last twenty-one months before German East Africa was cleared of the enemy and fully under our control.
However, as I have said, one Sunday morning, at the beginning of March, found us moving[69] out on the big game, eagerly, and with a great gladness to be “up and doing.”
However, as I mentioned, one Sunday morning at the start of March, we found ourselves out on the big game, excited and really happy to be “up and doing.”
The column travelled east along the line of Longido Hill, then struck south across the flat, sandy plain before us until the shelter of the Sheep Hills was reached. Here the column was halted under the northern slopes of the hills, thus making use of the protection which they afforded from observation from the south—for the south held ever the danger of the enemy. The column had trekked about eight miles across trackless country, making a road as they went merely by the commotion and pressure of wheels and of thousands of feet of troops and their transport animals. Marching was unpleasant in the soft, powdered dust which lay ankle-deep underfoot, and was kicked in the air in a hanging cloud to choke both throat and nostrils, and adhere to every visible part of one’s clothing.
The column moved east along the line of Longido Hill, then headed south across the flat, sandy plain in front of us until we reached the shelter of the Sheep Hills. Here, the column came to a stop under the northern slopes of the hills, taking advantage of the protection they provided from observation coming from the south—since the south always posed a threat from the enemy. The column had traveled about eight miles through uncharted territory, creating a path as they went, marked only by the disturbance and pressure of wheels and thousands of troops and their transport animals. Marching was uncomfortable in the soft, powdery dust that covered the ground to ankle depth, rising in clouds that choked our throats and nostrils, and stuck to every visible part of our clothing.
Under the Sheep Hills we lay in the heat of the sun, waiting our orders. At 6.30 p.m. the column moved out on a long night march. A two hours’ halt was called at midnight, but otherwise we trekked steadily on all through the night. At midnight, detachments went off on our left flank to attack at dawn the enemy post on Ngasseni Hill. The enemy were engaged, but the fight was short-lived, and in due course the hill was occupied by our troops. The main column encountered no opposition, though opposition had been expected at the Engare Naniuki water.
Under the Sheep Hills, we lay in the sun, waiting for our orders. At 6:30 p.m., the group set out for a long night march. We took a two-hour break at midnight, but otherwise, we kept moving steadily through the night. At midnight, some units went off to our left flank to attack the enemy post on Ngasseni Hill at dawn. The enemy was engaged, but the fight was brief, and eventually, our troops occupied the hill. The main group faced no opposition, even though we had expected some at the Engare Naniuki water.
The column camped at 10.30 the following morning at water at Engare Naniuki. We had travelled all night into the south over a level sandy plain, covering, roughly, twenty miles. Entrenchments were dug in camp, and the swamp grass, bordering the water-holes, was burnt. Camp was unmasked to all eyes, friend or foe, by a continually rising cloud of fine chalk-like lava sand. Profusion of troops and transport were everywhere, and made an animated picture while moving here and there on quest of their unending duties.
The column set up camp at 10:30 the next morning by the water at Engare Naniuki. We had traveled all night south over a flat sandy plain, covering about twenty miles. They dug trenches in camp, and the swamp grass around the water holes was burned. The camp was visible to everyone, whether friend or foe, due to a constantly rising cloud of fine, chalky lava sand. Troops and transports were everywhere, creating a lively scene as they moved around, attending to their never-ending tasks.
I picked up two young hares (Sungura) in camp, paralysed with fear at finding themselves surrounded by such overwhelming commotion. Overhead, many flocks of sand-grouse passed in the morning and evening; apparently they haunt these plains in their migrations.
I spotted two young hares (Sungura) in camp, frozen with fear at being surrounded by all the chaos. Above, large groups of sand-grouse flew by in the morning and evening; it seems they frequent these plains during their migrations.
The following morning we moved out at 8 o’clock and made slow progress during the march. The column skirted the river-course of Engare Naniuki and passed through open country. A long delay was caused getting the column across the “drift” at Nagasseni Bridge, when we intercepted the Aruscha—Engare Nairobi road; the river was, here, about 25 feet wide and the water swift flowing. The bridge over the river had been destroyed before our arrival. The column, in the late afternoon, camped, when across the Engare Naniuki, at Nagasseni.
The next morning we left at 8 o’clock and made slow progress during the march. The group followed the river path of Engare Naniuki and passed through open land. We had a long delay getting the group across the “drift” at Nagasseni Bridge, where we intersected the Arusha—Engare Nairobi road; the river was about 25 feet wide here and the water was flowing quickly. The bridge over the river had been destroyed before we arrived. The group set up camp in the late afternoon after crossing the Engare Naniuki at Nagasseni.
Nagasseni, which had been hastily evacuated, was a prominent hill with a small boma and[71] fort on the crest commanding the river and the bridge. At 2.30 in the morning the camp was stirred afoot, and the column moved out in the dark an hour later. The travelling was east, then south-east, through fairly level country commanded by many cone-shaped bare kopjes. We are still free of bush country. To-day we march through forsaken desert, sparsely grass-grown, and of a surface nature of metallic lava crustings. A small party of enemy was engaged, on our left front, about noon. The enemy fired on our mounted advance scouts from a low kopje which they occupied. But our scouts had previously sighted the enemy, and had sent back word to the column. Mountain Battery guns, already trained on the target, opened fire the instant the enemy showed his hand, and with deadly shooting put the enemy to flight in no time, followed by rounds of vicious shrapnel. It proved to be a mere outpost of enemy reported at thirty-five strong.
Nagasseni, which had been quickly evacuated, was a notable hill featuring a small boma and a fort on the top, overseeing the river and the bridge. At 2:30 in the morning, the camp began to stir, and the column set out in the dark an hour later. We traveled east, then southeast, through fairly flat terrain marked by numerous cone-shaped, barren hills. We were still free from bush country. Today, we march through an abandoned desert, with sparse grass and a surface made of metallic lava crusts. Around noon, a small group of enemies engaged us from our left front. The enemy fired at our mounted scouts from a low hill they were on. However, our scouts had spotted the enemy earlier and sent word back to the column. The Mountain Battery guns, which were already aimed at the target, opened fire the moment the enemy revealed themselves, and with precise shooting, they routed the enemy quickly, followed by rounds of vicious shrapnel. It turned out to be just a small outpost of thirty-five enemy fighters.
All are beginning to wonder where we are to “bump” the enemy. Is there to be no resistance offered to an advance from this side of Kilimanjaro? Has an advance here been thought impossible? Is it completely a surprise?
All are starting to wonder where we’re going to “bump” into the enemy. Is there going to be no resistance against an advance from this side of Kilimanjaro? Has an advance here been considered impossible? Is this entirely a surprise?
Soon after the short moment of excitement, above mentioned, Geraragua River was reached, and camp was pitched on the north bank. Here our position was entrenched, and camp for the night prepared.
Soon after the brief moment of excitement mentioned earlier, we reached the Geraragua River, and we set up camp on the north bank. Here, we fortified our position and got the camp ready for the night.
Next day we spent in camp while a convoy returned to Engare Nairobi to assist in bringing forward rations, which were being delayed owing to the heavy half-broken tracks. Near here, at Kakowasch, an enemy camp, hastily evacuated, was found among the bush of the Kilimanjaro foothills. This was set fire to and burned so that the grass huts could not be reoccupied.
Next day, we stayed in camp while a convoy went back to Engare Nairobi to help bring in supplies, which were delayed because of the rough, damaged roads. Nearby, at Kakowasch, we discovered an enemy camp that had been quickly abandoned and hidden in the brush of the Kilimanjaro foothills. We set it on fire so the grass huts couldn't be used again.
The following day the column moved out at noon—our destination said to be Ngombe, which is across the Aruscha line of the enemy’s retreat from Moschi, should the eastern forces attack it from the Taveta side. We travelled until dark through level country, pimpled with numerous pigmy hills; breaking road through the country as we went. About darkening we entered bush country, which offered splendid concealment to the enemy, but they did not put in an appearance. About this time, however, some of our artillery, who were having difficulty in getting along on the heavy tracks, were attacked by the enemy in the open, some distance in our rear. Forward, with the column, the rifle-fire was heard, and the boom of our thirteen-pounders. Detachments were ordered to retire and reinforce the rear. Our battalion went back about three miles, but did not go into action, as the enemy by that time had been beaten off. Again we moved on in the darkness, and about 3 a.m. rejoined the column. It had been uncertain, awkward marching, the night was very dark, the track[73] broken, and heavy with dust. About the time we rejoined the column it began to rain. A halt was called, and we slept in our tracks, for the remaining three hours, until daylight—then up and away again. It was bitterly cold sleeping in the open in the rain, but we were too dog-tired to care. A number of horses and mules are now dying by the roadside with horse sickness and tsetse fly. Mosquitoes numerous since entering the bush. Marched about eighteen miles to-day.
The next day, the column set off at noon—our destination was said to be Ngombe, which is on the other side of the enemy's retreat line from Moschi, in case the eastern forces attacked from the Taveta side. We traveled until dark through flat terrain, scattered with small hills, clearing the path as we went. As it got darker, we entered bush country that provided excellent cover for the enemy, but they didn’t show up. Around this time, some of our artillery units, struggling to navigate the rough tracks, were attacked by the enemy in the open, a bit behind us. We could hear rifle fire and the sound of our thirteen-pounders in front. Detachments were ordered to fall back and reinforce the rear. Our battalion retraced about three miles but did not engage, as the enemy had already been driven off by then. We moved forward again in the darkness, and around 3 a.m., we caught up with the column. The march had been uncertain and awkward; it was very dark, the path was broken, and heavy with dust. Just as we rejoined the column, it started to rain. We paused and slept where we were for the last three hours until dawn—then it was time to get up and go again. It was extremely cold sleeping outside in the rain, but we were too exhausted to care. Several horses and mules are now dying on the roadside from horse sickness and tsetse fly. Mosquitoes have been numerous since we entered the bush. We marched about eighteen miles today.
Saturday, 11th March.—Just one week since we left Longido. Marched at 2 p.m., heading south through the bush, with Kilimanjaro Mountain on our left, and Meru Mountain on our right. Towards dusk, on reaching open country, the column swung easterly and crossed the plain, pursuing a line parallel with the southern slopes of Kilimanjaro, but well away from the mountain. The German town of Moschi was sighted away to the north-east, and eager were the eyes that witnessed it, because there was probably our objective and the enemy. About dusk, scouts engaged in a short bout of firing with opposing scouts, but soon the bush was “all clear.” Marched until 9 p.m. and camped, before Kilimanjaro, on River Sanja. Fires were observed between us and Moschi, and were thought to be those of the East African Mounted Rifles, who were reconnoitring nearer in to the mountain base. Marched about fifteen miles to-day.
Saturday, March 11.—It's been just a week since we left Longido. We started marching at 2 p.m., heading south through the bush, with Kilimanjaro Mountain on our left and Meru Mountain on our right. As dusk approached and we reached open land, the group shifted east and crossed the plain, following a path parallel to the southern slopes of Kilimanjaro but staying well away from the mountain. We spotted the German town of Moschi off to the north-east, and our eyes were eager, knowing that was likely our target and the enemy. Around dusk, scouts had a brief exchange of gunfire with opposing scouts, but soon the area was deemed “all clear.” We marched until 9 p.m. and set up camp by the River Sanja, with Kilimanjaro in view. We noticed fires between us and Moschi, likely those of the East African Mounted Rifles, who were scouting closer to the mountain base. We covered about fifteen miles today.
“Stand to” was at 5 o’clock on Sunday[74] morning, but dawn broke undisturbed. A few shots were fired by our sentries overnight at prowling scouts. Part of column moved out at 9 a.m.; and returned in evening, without having been in action. Our present camp is on the Aruscha road, about five miles from Ngombe. The column is now about sixty miles away from its starting-point at Longido.
“Stand to” was at 5 a.m. on Sunday[74] morning, but dawn came peacefully. Our sentries fired a few shots at wandering scouts overnight. Part of the column left at 9 a.m. and came back in the evening, without engaging in any action. Our current camp is on the Aruscha road, about five miles from Ngombe. The column is now roughly sixty miles away from its starting point at Longido.
Marched on Monday for Masai Kraal, hoping there to intercept the enemy’s retreat from Moschi. Reached Ngombe about 11 a.m. A number of houses were still inhabited, by Goanese and Greeks, and they had white flags erected to protect themselves from attack. The small river Kware flowed through the village. Transport and considerable artillery were left behind here, while the column continued eastward on the low road or, more properly, track, to Moschi. The bush is now becoming more luxuriantly tropical in country that is apparently well watered. Marched until 2 a.m. in the dark, through rain, and over a track narrow and unused. On camping everyone was so done up that fires were allowed for warmth, and to make tea. Few of us could sleep, we were so very wet, and the remainder of the night was spent cowering over our fires in poor endeavour to keep some circulation alive in our numbed bodies. Marched about fifteen miles to-day.
Marched on Monday towards Masai Kraal, hoping to intercept the enemy's retreat from Moschi. Arrived at Ngombe around 11 a.m. Several houses were still occupied by Goanese and Greeks, and they had raised white flags for protection against attack. The small Kware River flowed through the village. Transport and significant artillery were left behind here while the column moved eastward along the low road, or more accurately, a track to Moschi. The vegetation is becoming more lush and tropical in this apparently well-watered area. We marched until 2 a.m. in the dark, through rain, and along a narrow, unused track. When we set up camp, everyone was so exhausted that we lit fires for warmth and to make tea. Few of us could sleep because we were extremely wet, and the rest of the night was spent huddled around our fires in a poor attempt to keep some warmth in our numb bodies. We marched about fifteen miles today.
The following day, in the early morning, our course was changed, and the column marched direct for Moschi, news having been received[75] that the town had been evacuated and was occupied by South African forces from the eastern column. During the march our column forded four rivers in the course of the day—the Kikafu, the Weruweru, the Kiladera, and the Garanga. It is slow, patience-trying work transporting animals and wagons through such river-drifts; not one or two heavily burdened mules, not one or two wagons, had to be coaxed down steep banks, and across the ford, and up the opposite bank, but the endless number of an entire column. However, in the end the last river was passed, and we marched into Moschi just after dark, a weary and footsore column; both man and beast thoroughly done up. Torrential rain fell all night, and all were very thankful for the shelter of the various buildings and barns into which we were crowded. But even then our sleep was a broken one, lying on the cold hard floor, or on the ground, without blanket covering. For the past three days we have been without our kits or blankets, only our bare rations having been transported with us in our haste onwards.
The next day, early in the morning, we changed our course, and the group marched straight to Moschi after hearing that the town had been evacuated and was now held by South African forces from the eastern column. During the march, we crossed four rivers throughout the day—the Kikafu, the Weruweru, the Kiladera, and the Garanga. It was a slow and frustrating process getting animals and wagons through such fords; we had to coax not just one or two heavily loaded mules or wagons down steep banks, across the ford, and up the other side, but the endless number belonging to the entire column. Eventually, we crossed the last river and marched into Moschi just after dark, tired and sore; both the men and the animals were completely worn out. It rained heavily all night, and everyone was grateful for the shelter of the various buildings and barns where we were packed together. Even then, our sleep was restless, lying on the cold hard floor or the ground without any blankets. For the last three days, we had been without our kits or blankets; only our bare rations had been brought along with us in our hurry to move forward.
Moschi—which is the Swahili for “smoke,” and which aptly refers to the mists daily hanging over Kilimanjaro mountain-top—had been captured without any resistance, though it had been thought that the enemy would make a long stand there. It proved an extensive, well-built town, nestling in the pleasant and picturesque surroundings of the Kilimanjaro[76] foothills. A mile or so above the new town were the old fort and residences of Old Moschi. Coffee and rubber were extensively grown in the district, and well-developed plantations abounded in the neighbourhood of the town. There was a large civil population left in the town at the time of occupation, principally natives, Goanese, and Greeks.
Moschi—which means "smoke" in Swahili, perfectly describing the mists that hang daily over the top of Kilimanjaro—was captured without any resistance, even though people expected the enemy to put up a strong fight there. It turned out to be a large, well-constructed town, nestled in the beautiful and scenic surroundings of the Kilimanjaro[76] foothills. About a mile above the new town were the old fort and residences of Old Moschi. Coffee and rubber were widely grown in the area, with well-established plantations surrounding the town. At the time of occupation, there was a significant civilian population remaining in the town, primarily consisting of locals, Goanese, and Greeks.
On the 15th, 16th, and 17th March we lay in Moschi resting, while it daily, and gaily, rained in torrents. Apparently the rainy season had begun in this locality.
On March 15th, 16th, and 17th, we stayed in Moschi taking a break, while it poured rain every day in a lively manner. It seemed that the rainy season had started in this area.
On the evening of the 18th, however, all was again stir and movement, and the column marched out at dusk on the good made road that strikes south-east to Muë Hill. We marched pleasantly all night, for it was dry overhead and the moon was full. We reached Muë Hill at 4 a.m. and slept on the roadside for a brief three hours; clad only in our shirts, as we had marched out. After our brief spell of rest the wagons and pack-mules were loaded up, and we stood ready to march at a moment’s notice. While waiting, some dead horses were burnt by the roadside, for the poor animals continue to die in considerable numbers each day, and if not burnt soon create, in the heat of the sun, a vile penetrating smell, repulsive to all who pass. The column marched out at 1 p.m. in a southerly direction on the road to Kahe, which was a railway station some distance down the Moschi-Tanga line. Our advance guard engaged the enemy in the thick[77] bush, which bordered either side of the road, at about 3 p.m. and firing kept up steadily for about half an hour. From there on we intermittently engaged the enemy, who were retiring in good order and taking up fresh positions about every half-mile.
On the evening of the 18th, everything was again bustling, and the column marched out at dusk on the well-maintained road heading southeast to Muë Hill. We marched comfortably all night since it was dry above us and the moon was full. We reached Muë Hill at 4 a.m. and slept by the roadside for a quick three hours, dressed only in our shirts, just as we had marched out. After our short rest, the wagons and pack-mules were loaded up, and we stood ready to move at a moment’s notice. While waiting, some dead horses were burned by the roadside, as the poor animals continued to die in large numbers each day, and if not burned quickly, they created a terrible smell in the heat of the sun, which was repulsive to everyone who passed. The column marched out at 1 p.m. heading south on the road to Kahe, which was a railway station further down the Moschi-Tanga line. Our advance guard engaged the enemy in the thick bush that flanked the road at around 3 p.m., and firing continued steadily for about half an hour. After that, we intermittently engaged the enemy, who were retreating in good order and taking up new positions about every half-mile.
About 2 p.m. aeroplanes from the eastern forces were sighted coming out from Taveta, and they flew over our front. They were trying to locate the enemy’s position ahead, and the direction of their retirement. All the afternoon heavy big-gun firing was heard, seemingly from somewhere west of Kitowo Mountains. The eastern column is evidently in action to-day, while we, too, are at last in touch with the main enemy forces. Camped for the night at Store—an open space with a few long-limbed cocoa-nut palms therein, and enclosed on all sides by thick forest, with the Defu River immediately on our right. No blankets to-night, and no fires possible on account of the proximity of the enemy. Camp fired on on three occasions overnight, but disturbances were short-lived. These alarms were at 2 a.m., 4 a.m., and at daylight.
About 2 p.m., planes from the eastern forces were spotted coming out of Taveta, flying over our front. They were trying to find the enemy's position ahead and track their retreat. All afternoon, we could hear heavy artillery fire coming from somewhere west of the Kitowo Mountains. The eastern column is clearly in action today, and we are finally in contact with the main enemy forces. We camped for the night at Store—a clearing with a few tall coconut palms and surrounded by dense forest, with the Defu River immediately to our right. No blankets tonight, and we can't have fires because the enemy is close by. Our camp was fired upon three times overnight, but the disturbances were brief. These alarms occurred at 2 a.m., 4 a.m., and at daylight.
The following day we remained in camp. No rations until noon, for owing to bad river-drifts, and wagon accidents in the darkness, the toiling transport had been outpaced, and left far behind, on the past two days of trekking. Much rejoicing among the breakfastless men when rations turned up. Aeroplanes scouting south of us in forenoon. The enemy, under[78] the command of Kraut, is said to be holding the entire front on the Ruwu River, between Kahe Station (extreme west of line) and the marshes west of Mokinni Mountain (extreme east of line).
The next day we stayed in camp. No food until noon, because due to bad river crossings and wagon problems in the dark, the struggling supply routes had been outpaced and left far behind over the last two days of traveling. There was much celebration among the hungry men when the rations finally arrived. Airplanes were scouting to the south in the morning. The enemy, commanded by Kraut, is said to be holding the entire front on the Ruwu River, between Kahe Station (far west of the line) and the marshes west of Mokinni Mountain (far east of the line).
About 5 p.m. an enemy patrol crept up to the river where our troops were bathing and watering their animals, and opened fire on them. Confusion ensued on the river-bank. Unarmed bathers beat a precipitous retreat; mules and horses broke away in all directions. One of our men, stark naked, rushing back to our trench line for his arms, was amusingly confronted by the General and the Colonel of our battalion, who stopped him to inquire the cause of the disturbance. The poor fellow felt much abashed, and, no doubt, wished the ground would open up and swallow him. The firing soon ceased, and the excitement it had caused gradually quietened down. But peace was doomed to be short-lived, for at 8 a.m. at a suddenly given signal, tremendous fire swept the camp and startled everyone to frightful wakefulness. Bugle calls of the enemy rang out immediately after the first burst of firing, and thenceforward a deafening, close-grappling, vicious battle held forth. Time after time the enemy came on at our trench line, always to be held up and driven back. In all they made about twenty charges in frontal attack, and were once almost into our line. The engagement raged without pause for about four hours. The frontal attack,[79] which could be rapidly reinforced from the road from the south, was the heaviest, but both flanks, at the same time, underwent considerable pressure, though from a farther range. German bugles sounded the advance from time to time, whenever there was a lull in the firing, as if the moment’s pause had been to take in breath for a fresh effort; and when one bugle sounded, the call would be caught up and repeated all around us in the darkness of the bush. The enemy fire, fortunately for us, was bad, for it was mostly too high, also many bullets were obstructed in their flight through the dense forest. Otherwise, our casualties must have been extremely heavy, for many of the column were without any trench cover, and lay exposed on the open ground. As it was our casualty return, eventually, was only three killed and seventeen wounded, and a number of horses destroyed, while, next day, the enemy were reported to have had fully one hundred casualties.
About 5 p.m., an enemy patrol snuck up to the river where our troops were bathing and watering their animals and started firing at them. Chaos broke out on the riverbank. Unarmed bathers scrambled to get away, and mules and horses ran off in all directions. One of our guys, completely naked, hurried back to our trench line to grab his weapons and found himself amusingly stopped by the General and the Colonel of our battalion, who wanted to know what was going on. The poor guy felt really embarrassed and probably wished he could just disappear into the ground. The firing stopped soon after, and the excitement gradually faded. But the peace didn’t last long, because at 8 a.m., with a sudden signal, a massive barrage hit the camp, waking everyone up in a panic. Enemy bugle calls sounded right after the first shots, and from that point on, a deafening, fierce battle broke out. Over and over, the enemy charged our trench line but were always pushed back. They made about twenty frontal attacks and almost got into our line once. The fighting went on relentlessly for about four hours. The frontal assault, [79] which could quickly be reinforced from the road to the south, was the most intense, but both flanks faced significant pressure as well, though from a greater distance. German bugles signaled the advance from time to time whenever there was a lull in the fighting, as if the brief pause was just to catch their breath for another push; and when one bugle sounded, the call was echoed and repeated all around us in the darkness of the bush. Luckily for us, the enemy's aim was poor, as most shots went too high, and many bullets got stuck in the dense forest. Otherwise, our losses would have been much heavier, since many in our column had no trench cover and were exposed on open ground. In the end, our casualty report showed only three killed and seventeen wounded, along with several horses lost, while the next day, the enemy was said to have incurred around one hundred casualties.
Next day—the memorable 21st of March, 1916—in the early morning, our column was reinforced from the eastern command with two battalions of South African Infantry, armoured cars, and some field guns. Orders had been received to attack Kahe. Our right was to be on the main road, when we advanced into battle. It transpired that General Van Deventer’s mounted brigade had passed through Moschi last night, and was to advance on the right flank and attack west and south[80] of Kahe Station, while, at the same time, the eastern column was to operate along the line of the Himo River on the left flank.
The next day—the significant 21st of March, 1916—in the early morning, our group was strengthened by two battalions of South African Infantry, armored cars, and some field guns from the eastern command. We had received orders to attack Kahe. Our right side was to be on the main road as we moved into battle. It turned out that General Van Deventer’s mounted brigade had gone through Moschi the night before and was set to advance on the right flank to attack to the west and south of Kahe Station, while the eastern column was meant to operate along the Himo River on the left flank.[80]
Our column moved out at 9 a.m. Contact with the enemy was very soon found thereafter. At 11 a.m. our artillery opened fire on the enemy positions, while meantime our fighting line had formed and advanced slowly until about 400 to 800 yards off the enemy’s entrenched and prepared positions in the bottle-neck formed by the Soko-Nassai River at its junction with the Defu River. Here our forces were held, and the battle raged bitterly for some hours. Some of the enemy machine-guns were faultlessly handled, and inflicted heavy casualties. The fight was across a dead-level open grass space, terminating in bush at either fighting line. It was in the bush, on the enemy’s side, that their death-dealing machine-guns were concealed, and throughout the day our artillery failed to search them out. I saw those machine-gun emplacements later—there were two outstanding ones—and one proved to be on a raised platform, eight feet above ground, and skilfully concealed amongst the trees; the other was in a dug-out pit, with a fire-directing observation post in a tall tree standing just behind it. Where each gun had stood lay a huge stack of empty cartridge-cases, telling clearly that their gunners had found a big target. But where the raised gun had been, blood in all directions, and torn garments, and dead natives,[81] told that not without payment had they held their post. But I digress. The battle raged unceasingly until dusk, with all its grime, and thirst, and heart-aching bloodshed. With darkness the firing ceased, as if by mutual consent, and immediately we commenced to strengthen our hastily dug trenches—dug during the action with bayonets, knives, hands—anything. And there they laboured, those grim, dirt- and blood-bespattered men of the firing lines while movement became general on all occupations. Ambulances and doctors were being sought on all sides, while many men passed along looking for water, in desperate need of quenching their thirst. In that bush forest, after dark, wandering parties, unfamiliar with the encampment as it lay after battle, seemed to be looking for every regiment, and water-cart, and doctor in creation. Late into the night the labours of readjustment and of organisation went on, while in the trenches dog-tired men, one by one, dropped off to sleep. About midnight peace settled over the camp, and the remainder of the night passed without further disturbance. At dawn, patrols went out and found the enemy had evacuated the entire front of prepared entrenchments, and had retired rapidly south under cover of the bush and the darkness. At the same time, news came in that General Van Deventer’s mounted troops had occupied Kahe Station, and the two commanding kopjes to the south.
Our column moved out at 9 a.m. We soon made contact with the enemy. By 11 a.m., our artillery started firing at the enemy positions while our combat line formed and gradually advanced to about 400 to 800 yards from the enemy’s entrenched positions at the narrow point where the Soko-Nassai River meets the Defu River. Our forces were held up here, and the battle raged fiercely for several hours. Some of the enemy machine guns were expertly operated and caused heavy casualties. The fight occurred across a flat, open grassland that ended in bushes at both fronts. It was in the bushes on the enemy’s side where their deadly machine guns were hidden, and throughout the day our artillery failed to locate them. I later saw those machine gun positions—there were two prominent ones. One was on a raised platform, eight feet above the ground, and skillfully hidden among the trees; the other was in a dug-out pit, with a fire-direction observation post in a tall tree just behind it. Where each gun had been set up was a huge pile of empty cartridge cases, clearly indicating that their gunners had aimed at a large target. But where the raised gun had been, blood scattered in all directions, along with torn clothes and dead locals, showed that they had held their position at a high cost. But I digress. The battle continued relentlessly until dusk, filled with grime, thirst, and heartbreaking bloodshed. As darkness fell, the shooting stopped as if by agreement, and we immediately began to reinforce our hastily dug trenches—excavated during the action with bayonets, knives, hands—anything we could use. Those grim, dirt- and blood-covered men of the front lines continued to work while movement became general across all tasks. Ambulances and doctors were being sought everywhere, while many men wandered about looking for water, desperately needing to quench their thirst. In that bush forest after dark, groups unfamiliar with the encampment, now transformed after battle, seemed to be searching for every regiment, water cart, and doctor they could find. Late into the night, efforts for readjustment and organization continued, while in the trenches, exhausted men gradually drifted off to sleep. Around midnight, peace settled over the camp, and the rest of the night passed without further disturbance. At dawn, patrols went out and discovered the enemy had abandoned their entire line of entrenchments and had retreated quickly south under the cover of the bush and darkness. At the same time, we received news that General Van Deventer’s mounted troops had occupied Kahe Station and the two commanding hills to the south.
At 9 a.m. our battalion moved forward and took up a new defensive line, facing the south, across the Ruwu River. South of the Ruwu River, on the left flank of the enemy’s position, lay the ruins of a 4·1 naval gun, laboriously transported inland from the Koenigsberg battleship, which, in the early days of the war, our naval forces had crippled and rendered unseaworthy after chasing it to its lair in the mouth of the Rufiji River. About 7 o’clock on the previous night all had heard a terrific explosion, and there now lay the wreckage of it. The gun had been set up completely and with ingenious labour. Iron girders carried the heavy plank platform which received the deck mountings of the gun. Tools, and ironmongery, and rope, of ship-board nature, lay about the gun in profusion. In all construction the equipment and labour were thorough and workmanlike. The labour of carrying the material from Kahe Station, and the labour of erection, must have been colossal, one would think almost impossible. The observation post for the gun—a crow’s-nest platform with a rude ladder access—was in a high thorn tree towering above all its neighbours; and during the late battle, from this look-out, they had been able to direct the fire of the gun on to both Van Deventer’s column and our own. Close to the gun were the many grass huts of an encampment of some weeks’[83] standing, while all about those dwellings were native stores of mealie-meal, peas and beans, and calabashes and empty bottles, the leavings of a settled camp suddenly unsettled.
At 9 a.m., our battalion moved forward and established a new defensive line facing south, across the Ruwu River. South of the Ruwu River, on the left side of the enemy’s position, were the remains of a 4.1 naval gun, which had been painstakingly moved inland from the Koenigsberg battleship. In the early days of the war, our naval forces had damaged it and made it unusable after chasing it to its hideout at the mouth of the Rufiji River. Around 7 o’clock the previous night, everyone had heard a massive explosion, and now the wreck was visible. The gun had been completely set up with impressive effort. Heavy iron girders supported the wooden platform that held the gun’s deck mountings. Tools, iron parts, and ropes typical of ships were scattered around the gun in abundance. The overall construction was thorough and well-executed. The work of transporting the materials from Kahe Station and the effort in setting everything up must have been immense, almost unimaginable. The observation post for the gun—a crow’s-nest platform with a simple ladder—was situated in a tall thorn tree that overshadowed all the others. During the recent battle, they had used this lookout to aim the gun's fire at both Van Deventer’s column and our own. Nearby the gun were several grass huts from a camp that had been established for several weeks; surrounding those huts were native stores of cornmeal, peas, beans, calabashes, and empty bottles, remnants of a camp that had been abruptly disturbed.[83]
The bridges over the Soko-Nassai and the Ruwu Rivers had been partially destroyed, and a party of us was selected to repair them, as soon as camp was established. Much of the old bridge timber was reclaimed from the floating ruins, wherever it was found to have jammed down-stream, and this saved us much labour, for otherwise make-shift timber would have had to be cut from the surrounding trees. Toward the end of the day the reconstruction was successfully completed. A rail was then run along either side of those bridges, and laced with broad banana leaves, so that transport animals would not see the drop to the river surface underneath. Grass and earth were then laid over the planking of the bridge, and again this was to assist the timid mules and cattle to face the crossing of an obstacle that they all instinctively feared.
The bridges over the Soko-Nassai and the Ruwu Rivers had been damaged, and we were chosen to fix them as soon as we set up camp. We reclaimed a lot of the old bridge timber from the floating debris wherever we found it stuck downstream, which saved us a lot of effort; otherwise, we would have had to cut makeshift timber from the nearby trees. By the end of the day, we had successfully finished the reconstruction. A rail was then added on both sides of the bridges, covered with broad banana leaves so that transport animals wouldn't see the drop to the river below. We then laid grass and dirt over the planking of the bridge to help the nervous mules and cattle deal with crossing a gap that they all instinctively feared.
On 23rd and 24th March, the column remained camped at Ruwu River. The day after the battle some interesting information was obtained from prisoners and is here noted: Two companies of the enemy were at Engare Nairobi at the time of our march from the border, and were to have held up our advance on Moschi. They retired on Moschi without offering any prolonged or determined resistance, and it transpired that the Major in[84] command was severely reprimanded by the O.C. there; and took it so much to heart that he committed suicide the same night.
On March 23rd and 24th, the column stayed camped at the Ruwu River. The day after the battle, some interesting information was gathered from prisoners, which is noted here: Two enemy companies were at Engare Nairobi when we marched from the border, and they were supposed to block our advance on Moschi. They withdrew to Moschi without putting up any significant or determined resistance. It turned out that the Major in [84] command was severely reprimanded by the O.C. there, and he took it to heart so much that he committed suicide that same night.
Sixteen companies—varying from 150 to 260 rifles per company—retired on Kahe from Moschi district.
Sixteen companies—ranging from 150 to 260 rifles per company—retired at Kahe from the Moschi district.
The night attack on Store on the 20th inst. was made by three companies, while seven were held in reserve at Kahe. The enemy are stated to have had information that our strength was four infantry battalions. If that is correct, they were exceedingly courageous, or very foolish, to attack a force more than double their averred strength.
The night attack on Store on the 20th was carried out by three companies, while seven were kept in reserve at Kahe. It's reported that the enemy had information suggesting our strength was four infantry battalions. If that’s true, they were either incredibly brave or seriously reckless to attack a force more than twice their claimed size.
In the action before Kahe the enemy were said to have employed eight companies. After the engagement they were reported to have retired from the Ruwu front on to Lembeni, which is some twenty miles farther south on the railway. It is estimated that twenty companies have congregated at Lembeni, and that another stand is likely to be made there.
In the battle near Kahe, the enemy was said to have used eight companies. After the clash, they were reported to have pulled back from the Ruwu front to Lembeni, which is about twenty miles further south on the railway. It's estimated that twenty companies have gathered at Lembeni, and another stand is likely to happen there.
A doctor in the R.A.M.C. told me our casualties in the Kahe action were about 200. German intelligence notes, captured later, showed that their casualties had been eighteen Europeans and 146 Askaris. So that, if one recalls that we were attacking the enemy in their prepared positions, without cover for our troops, the result was not discouraging. Moreover, as I have said, their machine-guns were most skilfully handled and accounted for a large percentage of our casualties.
A doctor in the R.A.M.C. told me our casualties in the Kahe action were about 200. German intelligence notes, captured later, showed that their casualties were eighteen Europeans and 146 Askaris. So, considering that we were attacking the enemy in their prepared positions, without cover for our troops, the outcome wasn’t too discouraging. Furthermore, as I mentioned, their machine guns were very skillfully operated and caused a significant portion of our casualties.
During the two days in camp at Ruwu, block-houses were built at the bridge crossing, for the rains had seriously commenced, and the line was here to be held until it was feasible to continue the advance. During the rains it would be impossible to go on, for the country would then be impassable for transport and guns; indeed much of it would be under water. Moreover, it was necessary to lay the railway line on from our base at Maktau to link up with the railway terminus at Moschi. So, meantime, a battalion of Baluchis were detailed to hold the line on the Ruwu, while the column retired to Moschi, which had the advantage of being on higher and dryer ground, and was nearer to the base of supplies. On 25th March the column commenced the return march, through heavy rain, and on terrible roads. The rain had coagulated the loose dust into a sticky holding mud that adhered, like a weight of lead, to the marching feet. Late at night, after a very trying march, the column reached Muë Hill and camped below the hill in an open space which resembled a marsh, for it was six inches deep in mud and water. In this way we lay down and slept as best we could, and passed a bad night.
During the two days we spent at the camp in Ruwu, we built blockhouses at the bridge crossing because the rain had really started, and we needed to hold this position until we could move forward again. It would be impossible to continue during the rainy season since the area would become impassable for transport and artillery; in fact, much of it would be underwater. Additionally, we needed to extend the railway line from our base at Maktau to connect with the railway terminus at Moschi. Therefore, a battalion of Baluchis was assigned to hold the line at Ruwu while the column withdrew to Moschi, which was better as it was on higher, drier ground and closer to our supply base. On March 25th, the column began the return march through heavy rain and on terrible roads. The rain had turned the loose dust into a sticky mud that clung to our marching feet like lead. Late at night, after a challenging march, the column reached Muë Hill and set up camp below the hill in an open area that looked like a marsh, as it was six inches deep in mud and water. We lay down and tried to sleep as best we could, enduring a difficult night.
Next day, which was Sunday, we marched at dawn; again through mud and rain. Many of our battalion fell out to-day, unable to go on, and were picked up by the following ambulances. No evening meal last night, and no breakfast this morning; and the men are feeling[86] the acute strain that has been put on their endurance. We reached Moschi about noon, and the battalion was billeted in deserted buildings in the town.
Next day, which was Sunday, we marched at dawn; again through mud and rain. Many in our battalion dropped out today, unable to continue, and were picked up by the following ambulances. No dinner last night, and no breakfast this morning; the men are feeling[a id="Page_86"> the intense strain that has been put on their endurance. We reached Moschi around noon, and the battalion was housed in abandoned buildings in the town.
And there our travels for a time ended, for it transpired that we were fated to lie in Moschi for a month and a half while it rained incessantly. The first trek was over, a trek that, since crossing the frontier, had entailed, for our column, a march of some 148 miles.
And that's where our journey paused for a while, because we were stuck in Moschi for a month and a half while it rained non-stop. The first trek was finished, a trek that, since crossing the border, had involved a journey of about 148 miles for our group.

ADVANCE from FRONTIER to MOROGORO
ADVANCE from FRONTIER to MOROGORO
On 14th May, 1916, I received orders to take the entire transport from Kibosho, west of Moschi, back to Mbuyuni, on the Taveta side, where the column was rapidly outfitting for another advance. The rains were over. Our rest at Moschi was at an end.
On May 14, 1916, I got orders to take the entire transport from Kibosho, west of Moschi, back to Mbuyuni, on the Taveta side, where the column was quickly preparing for another advance. The rains were done. Our break in Moschi was over.
After a few days’ hurried preparation we marched out from Mbuyuni in the afternoon of the 18th of May, and continued on the way all through the night. It was a memorable march. I happened to be temporarily in charge of battalion transport, and had to set out with a batch of “green” mules which had been allotted to me on the previous day, and some of which had never had a saddle on. All through the trek it was incessantly a case of chasing escaped mules across country, repairing broken harness, and resaddling the rearing, frightened, stubborn brutes. I, and my comrades, spent the whole night on horseback, rounding up runaways, on the outskirts of the column, and we had our hands full. During our labours, four mules were completely lost in the dark; they had been either overrun[88] and left far behind, or they had been caught by others. However, we got into camp in the end with two over our complement, for others had experienced the same difficulties as ourselves all along the column; and when in a tight corner, there is a popular old army maxim which says that “the Lord helps those that help themselves.” So we had helped ourselves, when we found stray animals without an owner. This first day out was the worst, in dealing with the transport animals, and very soon hard work and experience had won them all over to steady-going patient beasts of burden.
After a few days of rushed preparation, we left Mbuyuni in the afternoon on May 18th and continued our journey all night. It was an unforgettable march. I was temporarily in charge of the battalion's transport and had to set off with a group of "green" mules assigned to me the day before, some of which had never worn a saddle. Throughout the trek, I constantly chased after mules that had escaped across the terrain, repaired broken harnesses, and resaddled the rearing, scared, stubborn animals. My comrades and I spent the entire night on horseback rounding up the runaways at the edge of the column, and we were busy the whole time. During our efforts, four mules completely went missing in the dark; they might have been overrun and left far behind or caught by others. However, we eventually reached camp with two extra mules, as others along the column faced similar challenges, and when in a tough spot, there's an old army saying that "God helps those who help themselves." So we took matters into our own hands when we found stray animals without an owner. This first day was the hardest in dealing with the transport animals, but soon enough, hard work and experience turned them into steady, patient beasts of burden.
The column marched in stages from Mbuyuni to Taveta, from Taveta to Himo River, and from Himo River to Kahe; the battle-field of the 21st of March, and the line at which operations ceased when the rains overtook us. From Mbuyuni to Kahe was a trek of forty-two miles, and it was accomplished in three days, which was good going for a burdened column over bad roads.
The column moved in stages from Mbuyuni to Taveta, then from Taveta to Himo River, and finally from Himo River to Kahe; the battlefield of March 21st, and the point where operations stopped when the rains caught up with us. The journey from Mbuyuni to Kahe was a trek of forty-two miles, which we completed in three days—a solid effort for a heavily loaded column on rough roads.
At Kahe we rested a day and marched at midnight on 22nd-23rd May. The column was now trekking through bush and following the course of the Pangani River, about a quarter of a mile east of its banks. Thus, we hold well west of the Usambara Railway, but are travelling parallel to it. This is a sound manœuvre, for our position here will always worry the enemy in front of our forces operating on, or near, the railway in conjunction with[89] us. It is clearly seen that, should the enemy on the railway make a stand, they would at once be threatened with a flank or rear movement from this side, unless they had sufficient forces to oppose, and hold, both columns. The country through which we are passing is flat, and mostly grown with thorn bush. There are no hills, excepting the distant ranges far out on our right and left. The soil here is sandy, and sometimes lava-strewn. Signs of game are plentiful. The column marched for ten hours before, in the forenoon of the following day, halt was called, and we camped. All were tired out, for, under any circumstances, a night march is trying; but we had been losing sleep for some days now, and were feeling strained accordingly. Regarding night marching, it is extraordinary how difficult it becomes to keep awake, either marching or on horseback, when monotonously plodding along. Commonly you will see a man dozing on his feet, but marching unsteadily on, and if the man in front of him should have occasion to halt, the sleeping man behind will walk forcibly into him, as an unseeing pedestrian may bump into a lamp-post.
At Kahe, we took a day to rest and started marching at midnight on the night of May 22nd-23rd. The group was now trekking through the bush, staying about a quarter of a mile east of the Pangani River. We are positioned well to the west of the Usambara Railway, but we are traveling parallel to it. This is a smart strategy, as our location here will consistently trouble the enemy in front of our forces operating on or near the railway alongside[89] us. It's clear that if the enemy on the railway decides to make a stand, they’ll immediately face the threat of a flank or rear attack from us, unless they have enough troops to handle and keep both columns at bay. The area we’re passing through is flat, mainly covered in thorn bushes. There are no hills except for the distant ranges on our right and left. The soil here is sandy and, in places, scattered with lava. There are plenty of signs of wildlife. The column marched for ten hours before we called a halt in the morning of the following day and set up camp. Everyone was exhausted; a night march is challenging under any circumstances, but we had been losing sleep for several days and were feeling the toll. When it comes to night marching, it’s amazing how hard it gets to stay awake, whether walking or on horseback, when you’re trudging along monotonously. Often, you’ll see someone dozing on their feet, stumbling along unsteadily, and if the person in front stops suddenly, the sleepy person behind will walk straight into them, just like a distracted pedestrian might bump into a lamppost.
During the early morning, on to-day’s march, an astonishing incident occurred. Some of us, on the transport line, were suddenly startled by the rush of an animal from the bush, and were amazed to witness a buck jump clean across the road, over the top of a double line of mules. Half a dozen white men and some[90] natives saw this almost unbelievable feat. The buck landed on the far side of the road only two yards away from me, and I think it was a hartebeeste, but in the half-light I was unable to be quite certain of the species.
During the early morning of today's march, something incredible happened. Some of us on the transport line were suddenly shocked by an animal darting out from the bushes, and we were amazed to see a buck leap completely over a double line of mules. About six white men and a few locals witnessed this nearly unbelievable event. The buck landed just two yards away from me on the other side of the road, and I think it was a hartebeest, but in the dim light, I couldn't be completely sure of the species.
The following day, though we started at 3 a.m., the column had only got forward about eight miles when halt was called in the evening. Heavy bush had been encountered and was responsible for our slow progress, for laboriously a roadway had to be cut before the column could pass onwards. After camp was established, working parties went out ahead to continue hacking a clear way onward. About midnight we loaded our transport up, and moved out on the march about 3 a.m. We trekked all day slowly forward, and did not camp until after dark. It was a long, hard day, and everyone is feeling the pinch of meagre rations and want of sleep. The trail, being obstructed by heavy bush, continued bad, until in the afternoon the column emerged into an open grass-grown valley and made headway thenceforward smoothly and rapidly. To-day we have passed well beyond, and outflanked, Lembeni, on the railway—the point at which the German forces congregated on retiring from Kahe. Apparently the enemy have cleared.
The next day, even though we started at 3 a.m., the group had only made it about eight miles by evening when we called for a break. We dealt with thick bush that slowed us down because we had to cut a path before we could move forward. Once we set up camp, work crews went out to clear a way ahead. Around midnight, we loaded our supplies and set out again around 3 a.m. We trudged along all day and didn’t set up camp until after dark. It was a long, tough day, and everyone felt the strain of limited rations and lack of sleep. The path was still rough due to the thick bushes until in the afternoon, when we finally came into an open grassy valley and moved forward smoothly and quickly from there. Today, we have gone well past and outflanked Lembeni, near the railway—the spot where the German forces gathered as they fell back from Kahe. It looks like the enemy has cleared out.
The following day, the 26th of May, the column did not trek until 1 p.m., so that all, thank God, had the opportunity of securing[91] a complete night’s sleep. Much refreshed and more cheerful was the column that marched out to-day. Late in the evening we camped near the Pangani River, about opposite Same Station, which lay away to the east of us on the railway. The weather continues rainless, and very hot.
The next day, May 26th, the group didn’t start moving until 1 p.m., so thankfully, everyone had the chance to get a full night’s sleep. The column that set out today was feeling much more refreshed and cheerful. Late in the evening, we set up camp near the Pangani River, right across from Same Station, which was to the east of us on the railway. The weather remains dry and very hot.
27th May.—Trekked all day—a hot and wearisome march. The country we passed through was level and open, and we pushed on rapidly. The enemy are, apparently, fleeing far, for no resistance has been encountered, and our pace is accordingly as fast as man and beast can stand. Last night, ten Askaris and one white were captured in a patrol encounter.
27th May.—We hiked all day—it was a hot and exhausting journey. The land we traveled was flat and open, and we moved quickly. The enemy seems to be retreating far ahead, as we’ve faced no resistance, allowing us to go as fast as both people and animals can manage. Last night, ten Askaris and one white soldier were captured during a patrol encounter.
28th May.—This Sunday morning we were astir at 3 a.m. and trekked until the late afternoon. The pace, and the heat, and the lack of water between camps are beginning to wear down the endurance of man and animal. The men were very tired, and cheerless, when they reached camp to-day; they had been loaded with equipment and on their feet for thirteen hours, and were almost past exerting themselves to cook food and look after their odd accoutrements. The oxen and mules, too, were about “all in” ere they reached the end of to-day’s trek, and the poor brutes, who must needs endure all in dumb suffering, get little enough care when the men who look after them are so very tired out at the end of such a day as this. Still passing through[92] good game country. One herd of buffalo and many zebra were seen to-day.
28th May.—This Sunday morning, we were up at 3 a.m. and hiked until the late afternoon. The pace, the heat, and the lack of water between camps are really wearing down the endurance of both people and animals. The men were very tired and downcast when they got to camp today; they had been carrying gear and on their feet for thirteen hours and were almost too exhausted to cook food and tend to their gear. The oxen and mules were also pretty worn out by the time they finished today’s trek, and the poor animals, who have to suffer in silence, get very little care when the men looking after them are so worn out at the end of a day like this. Still, we passed through[92] some good game country. One herd of buffalo and many zebras were spotted today.
29th May.—At 4 a.m. loaded up transport ready to march, but did not move off until two hours later. No rations this morning; supplies are stuck on the road behind. When the battalion marched out I received orders to stay back in camp to try to secure rations. This was accomplished during the forenoon, and I then proceeded forward with three food-loaded carts drawn by poor jaded oxen that were very far gone—during the drive forward two completely exhausted oxen had to be turned loose and a make-shift arranged by lightening one cart and driving it with a single span of oxen.
29th May.—At 4 a.m., we loaded up the transport and got ready to march, but we didn’t leave until two hours later. There were no rations this morning; our supplies are stuck on the road behind us. When the battalion marched out, I was ordered to stay back at camp to sort out the rations. I managed to get that done in the morning, and then I moved forward with three carts full of food pulled by tired, worn-out oxen that were really struggling. While driving forward, two completely exhausted oxen had to be let loose, and we had to make a temporary fix by lightening one cart and driving it with just one pair of oxen.

The Neck at “German Bridge”: Engagement 30th May, 1916.
The Neck at “German Bridge”: Engagement May 30, 1916.
Meantime the enemy had been shelling the column ahead with one of their 4·1 naval guns, in position on the railway. When I approached the column, they were halted in extended formation in the bush. Before reaching them I had to cross an extensive open sandflat where the carts raised a cloud of dust, and this caught the enemy’s eye, for suddenly their gun—which had ceased firing for a space—boomed forth, and their shells, one by one, whizzed wickedly in close proximity. Some fifteen to twenty shells were sent at us before we had crossed that open space, but none found the mark, though three of them landed, straight in the centre of the trek, uncomfortably close in front. When we got through, it amused us to think that those innocent old[93] carts had drawn the enemy’s fire—perhaps we were mistaken for artillery, or the dust-cloud of moving troops. On joining the battalion there was general rejoicing at the sight of rations, and something to eat was issued forthwith. About sunset the column drew off to the right, and camped near the river. To-day, instead of heading south as usual, we have followed the river-course almost due east, and have approached close to the railway and the South Pare Mountains. The advance troops of our column are to-day in touch with the enemy. We have been placed with the reserve force and remain in readiness close behind. The enemy’s position is at the entrance of the narrow neck formed by the meeting of the Pangani River and the hills at the south end of the Pare Mountains. Through this narrow fairway goes the Usambara Railway on its route to Tanga.
Meanwhile, the enemy had been shelling the column ahead with one of their 4.1 naval guns positioned on the railway. When I got closer to the column, they were stopped in an extended formation in the bush. Before reaching them, I had to cross a large open sandflat where the carts kicked up a cloud of dust, and this caught the enemy’s attention. Suddenly, their gun—which had stopped firing for a while—boomed again, and their shells, one after another, whizzed dangerously close. About fifteen to twenty shells were fired at us before we crossed that open space, but none hit the target, though three landed directly in the center of the trail, uncomfortably close in front of us. Once we got through, we found it amusing that those innocent old[93] carts had drawn the enemy’s fire—maybe they mistook us for artillery or the dust cloud from moving troops. Upon joining the battalion, there was a general celebration at the sight of rations, and we were immediately given something to eat. Around sunset, the column turned right and set up camp near the river. Today, instead of heading south as usual, we followed the river almost due east and got close to the railway and the South Pare Mountains. The advance troops of our column are in contact with the enemy. We have been placed with the reserve force and are standing by right behind them. The enemy’s position is at the entrance of the narrow neck formed by the meeting of the Pangani River and the hills at the south end of the Pare Mountains. The Usambara Railway passes through this narrow passage on its way to Tanga.
Next day, 30th May, the troops in front, under General Sheppard, attacked the enemy positions across the neck, and fighting continued throughout the day; the 2nd Rhodesians bearing the brunt of the battle. Close on darkness the enemy force retired, and escaped overnight. Casualties were fairly severe on both sides, for the fighting was stubborn, and the enemy stuck gamely to their positions. While our column was thus attacking, the eastern column—on the railway—had, some distance back, gone over the Pare Mountains and closed in on Buiko from[94] the eastern side of the range, thus threatening to surround the enemy, in the neck, if they should determine to hold on there.
The next day, May 30th, the troops in front, led by General Sheppard, launched an attack on the enemy positions across the neck, and the fighting carried on throughout the day; the 2nd Rhodesians took the brunt of the battle. Just before dark, the enemy force withdrew and managed to escape overnight. Casualties were quite severe on both sides, as the fighting was fierce, and the enemy held onto their positions bravely. While our column was attacking, the eastern column—along the railway—had, some distance back, crossed over the Pare Mountains and approached Buiko from the eastern side of the range, threatening to encircle the enemy if they decided to stay put there.
Meantime, everyone in reserve, though keenly disappointed not to be called into the fight, made the most of a halt that was needed by all, while starving oxen and mules were fully watered, and turned loose to graze on the scant grass and low woody shrubs which grew on the ill-nourished sandy surface in the somewhat open bush.
Meantime, everyone on standby, although really disappointed not to be called into battle, took full advantage of a much-needed break. Starving oxen and mules were given plenty of water and released to graze on the sparse grass and low bushes that grew on the poor-quality sandy ground in the relatively open area.
No fires were permissible, since smoke might give our position away, and draw artillery fire or a night attack; and accordingly our grub consisted of “straight” bully and biscuit, and water, a fare we were very familiar with now.
No fires were allowed, since smoke could reveal our location and attract artillery fire or a night attack; so our food consisted of “straight” bully beef and biscuits, along with water, a meal we were quite used to by now.
In the small hours of the following morning we loaded up the wagons and pack-mules, and moved out again. But we did not go any considerable distance before halt was called on the battle-ground of yesterday. The battalion to which I belonged was then ordered ahead, but the transport remained behind, and I with it, much to my disgust—we were very keen in those days, and no one liked to miss the smallest chance of a fight.
In the early hours of the next morning, we packed up the wagons and mules and set out again. However, we didn't go far before we stopped at the battlefield from yesterday. The battalion I was part of was ordered to move ahead, but the transport stayed back, and I was stuck with it, much to my frustration—we were really eager in those days, and nobody wanted to miss even the slightest opportunity for a fight.
While in camp I looked over the enemy’s positions of yesterday. The entrenchments were all newly dug, and a splendid bridge was half constructed over the Pangani River. Apparently this was to have become a very strong position had time been allowed for its[95] completion, and here we realised the wisdom of our forced marching. General Smuts in pressing on is giving the enemy little time to rest, and prepare for our on-coming. We have marched 145 miles, from Mbuyuni to Buiko, in the past thirteen days, and, since leaving Kahe, have had to break trail through uninhabited country, most of it standing thorn-bush forest. And, so that one may realise the extreme length of our day, I have been particular in recording the hours at which we started out on those treks. It will be seen that sometimes we trekked all night, sometimes we started at midnight, but most often it was a case of getting up at 2 a.m. or 3 a.m., or 4 a.m. in the cold, chill night, and away soon after.
While in camp, I reviewed the enemy's positions from yesterday. The trenches were all freshly dug, and a great bridge was half-built over the Pangani River. This would have been a strong position if there had been time to finish it, and it highlighted the wisdom of our forced marches. General Smuts is keeping the pressure on, giving the enemy little time to rest and prepare for our advance. We have marched 145 miles from Mbuyuni to Buiko over the last thirteen days, and since leaving Kahe, we’ve had to forge paths through uninhabited areas, mostly dense thorn-bush forests. To illustrate the length of our days, I’ve kept track of the departure times for those treks. As you’ll see, sometimes we walked all night, sometimes we set off at midnight, but most frequently, we were up at 2 a.m., 3 a.m., or 4 a.m. in the cold, early morning, and we were on our way soon after.
However, our arrival at Buiko next day marked a pause in operations, for we were destined to remain in that locality for the next eight days, while the German railway was being repaired to this point, and our insufficient supplies were augmented.
However, our arrival at Buiko the next day marked a pause in operations because we were meant to stay in that area for the next eight days while the German railway was being repaired to this point, and our lack of supplies was being improved.
The enemy had passed on through Buiko in their flight, and it was unoccupied by either them or civilian inhabitants. It was a small station composed of a few stone-built houses with cactus-fenced compounds, but with an extensive railway siding, and siding sheds. After resting here four days, the battalion crossed the Pangani River, opposite Buiko, by pontoon bridge, and were then employed in cutting a road, through dense bush, back[96] north to the almost completed “German Bridge” at the entrance to “the neck.”
The enemy had moved through Buiko in their retreat, leaving it empty of both them and civilians. It was a small station made up of a few stone houses with cactus-enclosed yards, but it had a long railway siding and storage sheds. After resting there for four days, the battalion crossed the Pangani River, across from Buiko, using a pontoon bridge, and then worked on cutting a road through thick bush heading north to the nearly finished "German Bridge" at the entrance to "the neck."[96]
Where the open valley grass—which stretched north and south, following the river’s course—joined with the rugged edge of the bush, we had pitched camp, and it was here that, short of rations, a comrade and I ventured to hunt for meat for the pot.
Where the open grassland—stretching north and south along the river—met the rough edge of the bush, we set up camp, and it was here that, running low on supplies, a friend and I decided to go hunting for meat for dinner.
It was about 4.30 on the second morning in camp. I turned over luxuriously in my blankets, and lay on my back blinking hazily at the overhead stars. It was within that dreamless hour before rising time, when the many disturbances of night on war service had passed away, and given place to peaceful rest and deep, delicious comfort and content. Half consciously I saw that dawn was breaking, and was aware that overnight I had promised to go on a surreptitious game hunt at daylight. What a fool’s promise I thought that now! and I nestled snugly into the blankets for just “five minutes more.”
It was about 4:30 on the second morning in camp. I rolled over comfortably in my blankets and lay on my back, blinking sleepily at the stars above. It was that dreamless time before waking up, when the many disturbances of the night during military service had faded away, replaced by peaceful rest and deep, delightful comfort. Half aware, I noticed the dawn was breaking and remembered that I had promised to sneak out for a game hunt at daybreak. What a foolish promise that seemed now! I snuggled deeper into my blankets for just "five more minutes."
“Buck! Come on!”
“Buck! Let’s go!”
Rudely I was startled to active wakefulness, as the words of Lieutenant Gilham broke into my slumbers in a low voice.
Rudely, I was jolted awake as Lieutenant Gilham's voice interrupted my sleep.
“Right!” I called back as I sat upright. It was full daylight. Gilham was pulling his boots on in his lair under a bush a few yards away. We grinned at each other and dressed rapidly, silently; we knew the value of stealth.
“Right!” I called back as I sat up. It was broad daylight. Gilham was putting on his boots in his spot under a bush a few yards away. We grinned at each other and got dressed quickly and quietly; we understood the importance of being stealthy.
Rations were low. Flour, and half a pound[97] of bully beef, had been yesterday’s issue, and Gilham, a veteran from South Africa, had come to me with the scheme to clear into the bush at daylight on the morrow. It was against orders to shoot, and perhaps against orders to leave the camp, but, being old hunters, and hungry, the old instinct got the better of discipline, and we had agreed to “chance it” in the morning.
Rations were low. Yesterday’s supplies included flour and half a pound[97] of canned meat, and Gilham, a veteran from South Africa, approached me with a plan to head into the bush at dawn the next day. It was against orders to shoot and possibly against orders to leave the camp, but being seasoned hunters, and hungry, our instincts took over discipline, and we decided to “take the risk” in the morning.
All ready! Gilham lit a cigarette—that was in the days when we still had a few—lifted a service rifle, and started off, with a nod to me to come on. Signing to my black boy, Hamisi, I followed out, between the line of sleeping trek-tired soldiers, who lay along the west front of our perimeter. Immediately we were in the dense thorn-bush and wending our way laboriously, carefully, westward through the cruel-fanged jungle of countless cactus needles and grasping hook-thorns. It was the familiar type of African bush—dry, waterless, gravel and sand surface, grown with low wide-branching thorn-trees at fairly open intervals, filled in with a dense undergrowth of smaller shrubs, sisal, cactus, and grasses, until only narrow sand washes, or game paths, remain open, for short intervals, here and there. Through this one wends his way, zigzagging, dodging, stooping, and always on the look-out to move along the line of least resistance.
All set! Gilham lit a cigarette—back when we still had some—picked up a service rifle, and started off, giving me a nod to follow. I signaled my assistant, Hamisi, and we made our way out, weaving through the line of tired soldiers who were sprawled out along the western edge of our perimeter. We quickly entered the thick thornbush, slowly and cautiously making our way west through the painful jungle of sharp cactus needles and claw-like thorns. It was the typical African bush—dry, without water, with a surface of gravel and sand, dotted with low, wide-spreading thorn trees at decent intervals, and filled with dense undergrowth of smaller shrubs, sisal, cacti, and grasses, leaving only narrow sandy pathways, or game trails, open for short stretches here and there. You had to navigate through it, zigzagging, dodging, stooping, and always on the lookout for the easiest way through.
It is rough going, as rough as one will meet with in many travels. If one who has not experienced it can think of a hard mountain[98] climb, or of a long march at the end of twenty miles, or of stiff canoe-going up-river, one may realise something of the stress of endurance. For the rest—the scratching, patience-trying obstacles—if you would picture the worst of them—the thorn-tree Mgoonga—imagine half a dozen groups of Stewart tackle clutching along your arm or leg or helmet, while another lot threatens to tear your shirt back to rags. When you are hooked, you cannot free yourself by forcing forward; you must draw gingerly back, and extricate each barb with commendable patience; be impatient, and you will instantly be hooked up worse than ever. I will carry memories of Mgoonga as long as I live. But the bush is not all dense, and this morning, after an hour’s travelling, we found more open spaces, along which one could sometimes look to right or left or in front, for fifty yards or so. We were then well out from camp, and, with a cross wind from the south aiding us, we judged we could safely fire our rifles without fear of sound of report reaching back to head-quarters.
It’s pretty tough out here, as tough as you’ll find in many journeys. If someone who hasn’t gone through it can picture a hard mountain climb, or a long walk after twenty miles, or paddling a canoe upstream, they might get an idea of the strain of endurance. As for the rest—the irritating and patience-testing obstacles—if you want to picture the worst of them, think of the thorny Mgoonga tree. Imagine a bunch of Stewart tackle grabbing onto your arm, leg, or helmet, while another set threatens to rip your shirt to shreds. Once you get snagged, you can’t just push forward to get free; you have to carefully pull back and remove each barb with great patience. If you get impatient, you’ll end up snagged even worse. I’ll remember Mgoonga for the rest of my life. But the bush isn’t all thick, and this morning, after an hour of travel, we found more open spaces where we could look to the right, left, or ahead for about fifty yards. We were well away from camp, and with a crosswind from the south helping us, we figured we could fire our rifles safely without worrying that the sound would travel back to headquarters.
In whispers we agreed “all clear,” and the locks of our rifles clicked, as cartridges were slipped into place, ready for action, while the boy dropped fifty yards behind, as we moved ahead in Indian file, silently, alertly, Gilham leading. We were hungry, and we meant to have meat!
In hushed tones, we agreed "all clear," and the locks on our rifles clicked as we loaded our cartridges, ready for action, while the boy stayed back fifty yards as we moved forward in single file, silently and attentively, with Gilham leading. We were hungry, and we were determined to get some meat!
We had not gone more than half a mile, when suddenly a single buck jumped from[99] behind a bush, close in, and showed for an instant, in full view, as it bounded behind the cover of the jungle. One breathless instant, and it was gone, untouched. There had been no time to shoot, though we had seen enough to name it a Lesser Koodoo doe, a delicate, graceful thing, near to the size of a red deer, with prominent widespread ears. Eagerly we had realised the valued prize; keenly we realised it had vanished—alarmed, and impossible to follow. In undertone I “swore,” and Gilham muttered “bad luck,” each in mind appraising the venison’s goodly proportions, and hungry friends waiting rations in camp. Regrets were vain. More keen than ever, we moved on again, the actual sight of game whetting our appetite for a kill. But no! the Fates were unkind. At the end of two miles of careful stalking we halted, and had not fired a shot. Spoor in plenty had been encountered, principally the sharp-pointed sand-print of Mpala hoofs or the untidy scraping and burrowing of a family of wart hog. Many were fresh tracks, and promised the momentary appearance of game, but the shadow of the bush held motionless and lifeless, blank cover from which the treasures we sought had travelled at first suspicion of danger’s footfall. Twice we had flashed large flocks of guinea-fowl, magnificent birds and king of spoil for shot-gun in Africa; but, armed with rifles only, we were this day in mind to be impatient with the flutter and[100] disturbance of their cackling, and heavy-winged rise from cover, when we rudely chanced in upon their morning breakfasting. And so, as duty demanded our presence in camp at 9 a.m., we were halted at the turning-point—empty-handed and disconsolate. Gilham wasn’t saying much. He never did when hunting, but one might judge he was mourning his luck, as none too gently he rolled an uncouth cigarette out of notepaper and rough-cut Boer tobacco. While he smoked, we decided to circle up-wind, southward to begin with, and then, when clear of our outbound line, to strike for camp over fresh ground.
We hadn’t gone more than half a mile when suddenly a single buck jumped out from behind a bush, close by, and was in full view for a brief moment before it bounded back into the jungle. In that one breathless instant, it was gone, untouched. There was no time to shoot, but we’d seen enough to identify it as a Lesser Koodoo doe, a delicate and graceful creature, about the size of a red deer, with wide, prominent ears. Eagerly, we recognized the prized animal; we were acutely aware that it had disappeared—startled, and impossible to track. Under my breath, I cursed, and Gilham muttered “bad luck,” both of us mentally measuring the venison's good size and thinking of our hungry friends waiting for food back at camp. Regrets were pointless. More determined than ever, we kept moving, the actual sight of the game heightening our desire for a kill. But alas! The Fates were unkind. After two miles of careful stalking, we stopped without firing a single shot. We came across plenty of tracks, primarily the sharp-pointed sand prints of Mpala hooves or the messy scrapes and burrows from a family of warthogs. Many tracks were fresh and hinted at the potential appearance of game, but the shadows of the bushes remained still and lifeless, a blank cover from which the treasures we sought had fled at the slightest hint of danger. Twice we had startled large flocks of guinea-fowl, magnificent birds that are the prize for shotgun hunters in Africa; however, armed only with rifles today, we were impatient with their fluttering and the disturbance of their cackling as they took off unexpectedly during their morning feeding. So, since we needed to be back at camp by 9 a.m., we reached our turning point—empty-handed and disheartened. Gilham wasn’t saying much. He never did when hunting, but it was clear he was regretting his luck as he rolled a rough cigarette from notepaper and coarse Boer tobacco. While he smoked, we decided to circle upwind, starting southward, and then, once we were clear of our outbound path, to head back to camp over fresh ground.
We were soon off again. The sun was now up and beginning to make itself felt in the bush. In an hour it would be stifling hot in those enclosed surroundings. We had not gone far—a half-mile or so—and we were crossing some open bush—abreast in open order—when a low whistle from Gilham, on my right, warned me to halt my cautious walk abruptly. He was not in view, but I caught the movement of his rifle rising, and almost instantly the report followed. Fifty yards ahead a buck jumped from behind a bush and stood face on, startled; fearful astonishment and bewilderment apparently making it unable to run for its life. Hurriedly, too hurriedly! I fired—and missed to the left, and off went our quarry bounding through the bush, we following at a run, not certain the animal was unscathed, and hoping it might be[101] wounded. But the buck had vanished, and no sight of blood rewarded an inspection of his tracks. We had missed. Fools we felt, and deserved our self-condemnation—too keen! over-anxious! the certain temperament to make even the old hand miss “a sure thing.”
We were off again soon. The sun was up and starting to heat up the bush. In an hour, it would be stifling hot in those enclosed surroundings. We hadn't gone far—about half a mile—and while crossing some open bush—side by side—Gilham, to my right, gave a low whistle that warned me to stop my cautious walk. He wasn't in sight, but I noticed his rifle moving up, and almost immediately, I heard the shot. Fifty yards ahead, a buck jumped out from behind a bush and stood there, startled; it seemed too confused and frightened to run for its life. In my haste—too much haste!—I fired and missed to the left, and our quarry dashed through the bush, with us sprinting after it, uncertain whether it was hurt and hoping it might be wounded. But the buck had disappeared, and a search of its tracks revealed no blood. We had missed. We felt like fools and blamed ourselves—too eager! too anxious! The kind of attitude that can make even an experienced hunter miss “a sure thing.”
The buck had attracted my notice. During our fourteen months of patrolling the German-East-British-East frontier I had not seen its kind before. It was a buck like an Mpala antelope, but it stood slightly taller, and was of extremely delicate build, while the neck was noticeably very long and very slender; the horns curved back, as with the buck Mpala, but were more closely set together than with that species. Gilham named it a Gerenuk antelope.
The buck caught my attention. During our fourteen months of patrolling the German-East-British-East frontier, I hadn't seen one like it before. It looked like a Mpala antelope but was slightly taller and had a really delicate build. Its neck was long and slender, and the horns curved back like those of the Mpala, but they were closer together than in that species. Gilham called it a Gerenuk antelope.
Again we moved on, and by and by drew near to the distance from camp where we dare not fire. Suddenly a shot rang out, again from Gilham, on my right. I could neither see him nor his object as the bush was dense, and I paused anxiously. A moment, and a cheery shout rang out—“All right, come on!” and I hurried over to find my partner proudly surveying a prostrate Gerenuk doe, for, strangely enough, it was again this novel species which Gilham had spotted and dropped with a bullet high in the shoulder. It was a beautiful beast, though a doe, killed by fate of the pot-hunter’s need, slender and delightfully delicate of build, with a coat of close, short, glossy hair, dark chocolate brown, above the central sides,[102] where a distinctive horizontal line clearly separated the darker upper parts from those a shade or two lighter below. Many were our ejaculations of joy over our prize! Here was meat at last!—and venison!—fit reward for our strenuous stalk. Proudly now we would steal in upon our camp comrades and revel in a goodly feed all round. For one day at least bully beef would not plague our palate.
Again we moved on, and eventually got close to the point from camp where we couldn’t risk a fire. Suddenly, a shot rang out, once more from Gilham, on my right. I couldn’t see him or what he was aiming at because the bushes were thick, and I paused nervously. After a moment, a cheerful shout echoed—“All right, come on!” and I rushed over to find my partner proudly looking at a fallen Gerenuk doe. Strangely enough, it was this unique species that Gilham had spotted and dropped with a shot high in the shoulder. It was a beautiful creature, even though it was a doe, sacrificed for the pot-hunter’s needs—slender and delightfully delicate in build, with a coat of short, glossy hair, a dark chocolate brown on top and a distinctive horizontal line that clearly separated the darker upper parts from the slightly lighter ones below.[102] We had plenty of joyful exclamations over our prize! Here was meat at last!—and venison!—a fitting reward for our hard work. Now we could sneak up on our campmates and enjoy a hearty meal together. For at least one day, we wouldn’t have to endure bully beef.
Without loss of time we cut the meat up, loaded the black boy, and, carrying the remainder ourselves, we set off for camp, deciding we were now too close in to shoot further.
Without wasting any time, we chopped up the meat, loaded it onto the black boy, and carried the rest ourselves as we headed to camp, deciding we were now too close to shoot anymore.
Nearing camp, half an hour later, we put up at intervals, singly, numbers of dainty dodging Dik Dik, the smallest African antelope, which lairs and jumps off like a British hare, and which in size it barely exceeds. These little animals are usually sought with shot-guns, and give very tricky shooting. They are a much-prized table delicacy.
Nearing camp, half an hour later, we stopped at intervals, spotting several nimble Dik Diks, the smallest African antelope, which hides and leaps away like a British hare, with a size that's only slightly larger. These little animals are typically hunted with shotguns and offer quite a challenging shot. They are a highly valued delicacy.
Our entrance to camp was a masterpiece of secret movement, and bush-cutting parade found us on duty outwardly severe but inwardly rejoicing over our morning’s outing. And so had we a glimpse of sport in this famous big-game land while we passed on trek, keen on the trail of even bigger game.
Our arrival at camp was a perfectly executed covert operation, and the bush-cutting parade made us look serious on the outside, but inside we were thrilled about our morning adventure. This way, we got a taste of the excitement in this renowned big-game region as we continued our trek, eager to hunt even bigger game.
On 9th June, the entire column—which had crossed the river from Buiko and had assembled at our bush camp on the previous day—again marched out on trek, and continued down the Pangani. In the late afternoon,[103] the advanced troops at the head of the column engaged rear-guards of the enemy, and heavy fighting for a time ensued before the native village of Mkalamo. Our position then was about opposite Wilhelmstal and Mombo, two of the principal stations of the Usambara Railway.
On June 9th, the whole group—which had crossed the river from Buiko and gathered at our bush camp the day before—set out on the trek again and continued down the Pangani. Later in the afternoon,[103] the leading troops at the front of the group clashed with the enemy's rear guards, and heavy fighting broke out for a while near the village of Mkalamo. At that time, we were positioned roughly across from Wilhelmstal and Mombo, two major stations on the Usambara Railway.
On entering Mkalamo, next day, it was found to be a village composed of a few wrecked trading stores—burnt down by the enemy—and a large number of grass-built native Shambas. Here an important light trolley-line, from Mombo, crossed the Pangani and passed through the village, and on into the bush where it continues a course to Handeni, which is a town, some thirty miles farther south, on the broad trade road from the mouth of the Pangani into the interior. The fighting took place last evening a short distance north of the village, and the rear-guard action of the enemy was, apparently, solely to hold us off until darkness, for it is reported now that over 2,000 enemy were here yesterday, and that they evacuated the village and neighbourhood overnight. Rumours are persistent that the remainder of the Usambara line down to Tanga is almost completely clear of German forces, and that all enemy are now making for the Central Railway. The length of railway line from Mombo out to Tanga on the east coast is about seventy-five miles. It should greatly assist the forwarding of supplies if the port of Tanga and this section of railway[104] fell into our hands; if it is not already seriously destroyed.
On entering Mkalamo the next day, it was found to be a village made up of a few destroyed trading stores—burnt down by the enemy—and a large number of grass-built native Shambas. An important light trolley line from Mombo crossed the Pangani and passed through the village, continuing into the bush toward Handeni, which is a town about thirty miles farther south along the main trade road from the mouth of the Pangani into the interior. The fighting happened last evening a short distance north of the village, and the enemy's rear-guard action was apparently just to hold us off until dark. It’s reported that over 2,000 enemy troops were here yesterday and that they left the village and surrounding area overnight. Rumors are ongoing that the rest of the Usambara line down to Tanga is almost entirely free of German forces, and that the remaining enemy is heading for the Central Railway. The length of railway line from Mombo to Tanga on the east coast is about seventy-five miles. It would greatly help in getting supplies through if the port of Tanga and this part of the railway[104] fell into our control, assuming it hasn't already been badly damaged.
But it soon became evident that General Smuts intended to continue the pursuit south, toward the Central Railway, without waiting for the complete clearing of the remainder of the line.
But it quickly became clear that General Smuts planned to keep chasing south toward the Central Railway without waiting for the entire line to be fully cleared.
We remained two days at Mkalamo, holding on while operations on the railway in this neighbourhood progressed. On 12th June we marched some six miles forward to the angle of the Pangani River where it changes direction and flows east to the sea, and there we again halted for a couple of days. Rations have been short for the past two weeks, and transport difficulties are evidently increasing behind. Moreover, most of the bridges on the railway from Moschi have been destroyed, or partly destroyed, by the enemy, so that there is delay in making use of any railway line, until hasty repairs are completed.
We stayed at Mkalamo for two days, waiting while the railway operations in this area moved forward. On June 12th, we marched about six miles to the bend in the Pangani River where it turns and flows east toward the sea, and there we stopped again for a couple of days. Rations have been low for the past two weeks, and transportation issues are clearly getting worse. Additionally, most of the bridges on the railway from Moschi have been damaged or partially destroyed by the enemy, so there’s a delay in using any railway line until quick repairs are finished.
Regarding food we are limited at present to flour, and bully beef, and tea, and sugar, no bacon, no jam, no biscuit—and bare flour, without bacon fat or lard to cook it with, is almost a “straw” ration, for flour and water dropped into a dry canteen lid doesn’t make anything digestible or palatable. But if one is hungry it is eaten, and really the men were wonderfully patient over their “dough-nuts,” and such scanty grub, even though they grew lean—for you know the popular old song beginning: “What’s the use of worrying?”[105] which is the never-dying axiom of our ever plucky soldiers. Being much in need of meat now, I went out hunting in the afternoon of both days, but without success. Many tracks of rhinoceros were crossed in this neighbourhood, but small game is apparently very scarce. Some day, in hunting in proximity to the enemy, I expect the game will be Germans instead of buck, but it’s worth that risk of adventure, and if Germans are about in the bush, it’s as well to know it.
Right now, our food options are limited to flour, canned beef, tea, and sugar. There’s no bacon, no jam, no biscuits—and plain flour, without bacon fat or lard to cook it with, is almost like a “straw” ration. Just mixing flour and water in a dry canteen lid doesn’t make anything digestible or tasty. But when you’re hungry, you eat it, and honestly, the men were incredibly patient with their “dough-nuts” and such meager food, even though they were getting thin—because you know the old song that starts: “What’s the use of worrying?” which has always been the steadfast motto of our brave soldiers. I was really in need of meat, so I went out hunting in the afternoons of both days, but I didn’t have any luck. I came across many rhino tracks in the area, but small game seems to be pretty scarce. One day, when hunting near the enemy, I expect the game will be Germans instead of animals, but it’s worth that risk of adventure, and if there are Germans in the bush, it’s good to know it.
15th June.—Réveillé at 4 a.m., and soon after the column marched out. This morning we bid good-bye to the Pangani River, after having followed its course for 135 miles, and headed south in the direction of the far-off Central Railway, and Morogoro—to reach which a great area of wilderness bush would have to be penetrated. Marched to-day over unmade dust-deep tracks, and camped in the bush at night after advancing some sixteen miles. Rations dwindling; flour, tea, and sugar only issued to-day.
15th June.—Woke up at 4 a.m., and shortly after, the column set out. This morning, we said goodbye to the Pangani River, having followed it for 135 miles, and headed south towards the distant Central Railway and Morogoro—where we would need to cross a large stretch of wild bush. We marched today on unpaved, dusty paths and set up camp in the bush at night after covering about sixteen miles. Supplies are running low; only flour, tea, and sugar were distributed today.
The following day we continued onward, and, after completing some twelve miles, camped at 8 p.m., at Gitu, north-west of the considerable station of Handeni, on to which the eastern column was advancing. Rations to-day, ½ lb. bully beef, coffee, and biscuits.
The next day we kept going, and after covering about twelve miles, we set up camp at 8 p.m. in Gitu, northwest of the major station of Handeni, which the eastern column was moving toward. Today's rations were ½ lb. of canned beef, coffee, and cookies.
Next day the column continued onward into the south, and during the day emerged from wilderness bush into a country of plentiful small-croft cultivation—the first country of[106] this kind that we have encountered since leaving Moschi. Native huts and mealie patches were on all sides amongst the bush, which is now fairly open and of fertile growth.
The next day, the group moved southward, and throughout the day, they transitioned from dense wilderness into an area with abundant small-scale farming—the first terrain of[106] this type we've seen since leaving Moschi. Native huts and maize fields surrounded them, nestled among the now relatively open and fertile bush.
Toward noon we crossed the broad, well-made caravan road which comes from the coast station of Pangani, and runs far west into the interior. Soon after crossing this road we climbed into low hill country, and camped at Ssangeni, a native village west of Handeni—some houses of which were now visible, about eight miles distant, at the foot of an isolated, prominent, cone-shaped kopje. To-day’s meagre rations, sugar (no tea), 1 lb. meat, and biscuits.
Toward noon, we crossed the wide, well-built caravan road that comes from the coastal station of Pangani and extends far west into the interior. Shortly after crossing this road, we climbed into low hills and set up camp at Ssangeni, a native village west of Handeni—some houses of which were now visible, about eight miles away, at the base of a distinctive, cone-shaped hill. Today's meager rations consisted of sugar (no tea), 1 lb of meat, and biscuits.
Sunday, 18th June.—Lay all day in position occupied last night. South African troops went out from the column in the early morning under operation orders. Recent information as to the enemy’s strength estimates that the force opposed to us, in the Handeni neighbourhood, is twelve companies of infantry, two 4·1 naval guns, and fourteen maxim machine-guns.
Sunday, June 18th.—I stayed in the same position I was in last night all day. South African troops left the column early in the morning following operation orders. Recent intel on the enemy’s strength estimates that the force against us in the Handeni area consists of twelve infantry companies, two 4.1 naval guns, and fourteen Maxim machine guns.
19th June.—In camp. To-day the news reached us that Handeni had been occupied by General Sheppard’s column, and also that the South Africans operating from our column had engaged the enemy near here yesterday, and inflicted some casualties, but the enemy would not long stand their ground, and fought their familiar bush-covering retreating fight. To-day, from the native habitations, some[107] food was collected by our hungry troops. My orderly obtained some welcome delicacies in the following strange manner: he bartered an old shirt for two chickens, an under-vest for seven eggs, and an old football sweater for six vegetable-marrows. Money held little inducement to the natives here; they were in great need of clothing, and it was apparel they sought. They say that sugar and clothes are finished in the German camps.
June 19th.—In camp. Today we got news that General Sheppard’s column has taken control of Handeni. We also learned that the South Africans from our column engaged the enemy nearby yesterday and caused some casualties. However, the enemy didn’t hold their ground for long and retreated through the familiar cover of the bush. Today, our hungry troops gathered some food from nearby villages. My orderly managed to acquire some much-needed treats in an unusual way: he traded an old shirt for two chickens, an under-vest for seven eggs, and an old football sweater for six vegetable marrows. Money didn’t really entice the locals here; they were in desperate need of clothing, which is what they were after. They say that sugar and clothes have run out in the German camps.

German Paper Rupee.
German Paper Rupee.
Crude, locally minted brass coins and printed paper one-rupee notes were plentiful among the natives, here and elsewhere. Those they have received from the Germans since war began in payment for food collected, by native consent or by force. If the war failed for the German this very doubtful currency would be unredeemable and valueless, and so the ignorant natives were warned that it was poor, if not totally false, this wealth which they held.
Crude, locally made brass coins and printed one-rupee notes were common among the locals, here and in other places. They had received these from the Germans since the war started in exchange for food gathered, either with the locals' consent or by force. If the war didn't go well for the Germans, this questionable currency would become worthless and unexchangeable. So, the uninformed locals were cautioned that this wealth they possessed was unreliable, if not entirely fake.
On the 20th and 21st of June we remained at Ssangeni. In the evening of the 20th advanced South African troops engaged the enemy ahead, and heavy conflict ensued, and lasted some two or three hours. Later, one of the returned wounded reported that the South African casualties were 15 killed and 75 wounded, and that the enemy had had some 200 casualties, but none of this information was authentic, though it was sufficient to show that a sharp encounter had taken place.
On June 20th and 21st, we stayed at Ssangeni. In the evening of the 20th, South African troops moved forward and engaged the enemy, leading to a heavy clash that lasted about two to three hours. Later, one of the wounded soldiers who returned reported that the South African losses were 15 dead and 75 injured, while the enemy suffered around 200 casualties. However, none of this information was confirmed, though it clearly indicated that a serious confrontation occurred.
Next day, the 22nd of June, the column accomplished a long march forward, trekking on from 9 a.m. until 8 p.m., with but one hour halt, and camped, at the end of the day, at the native village of Kangata some twenty-five miles ahead of our last camp. It was a long, hot, trying day, and particularly wearisome when sheer exhaustion laid hold of the heavily burdened soldiers toward the evening of the day. On the march, the column passed through Ssonjo about noon, having travelled easterly across country on a native bush-path until the Handeni-Ssonjo road had been intersected. Our course thenceforth had been due south. The retreating enemy, falling back from Handeni, held up our advance by occasional sharp short-lived rear-guard actions—bursts of firing on the advance guard—and the country, which was bush-grown on either side of the narrow native road, was well suited to their hide, and strike, and run away manœuvres.
The next day, June 22nd, the group made a long march, traveling from 9 a.m. until 8 p.m., with just one hour of rest, and set up camp at the native village of Kangata, about twenty-five miles from our last camp. It was a long, hot, challenging day, especially exhausting as the heavily loaded soldiers felt the weight of fatigue by the evening. During the march, the group passed through Ssonjo around noon, having traveled east across the countryside on a native bush path until we intersected with the Handeni-Ssonjo road. From there, we headed straight south. The retreating enemy, falling back from Handeni, slowed our progress with occasional sharp, brief rear-guard actions—sudden bursts of firing at the advance guard—and the terrain, covered in bush on either side of the narrow path, was ideal for their tactics of hiding, striking, and fleeing.
A number of oxen and horses were left dead on the roadside to-day. No “feed” ration is available for issue to transport animals at present, and this unfortunate state of affairs is telling heavily on the live-stock. Our own rations have been somewhat better during the last three days.
A number of oxen and horses were left dead on the roadside today. No “feed” rations are available for transport animals right now, and this unfortunate situation is really affecting the livestock. Our own rations have been a bit better over the last three days.
On the 23rd of June rations of meat and flour were cooked before the column marched at 4 a.m. We were in for a long trek, and were told to expect a fight at the end of it. Our objective was the bridge-head, and the hills[109] commanding it, where the bush-road crossed the Lukigura River, and where the enemy had dug in. The eastern column was, in conjunction, to advance down the narrow native road, which runs through the bush from Handeni to Makindu at the northern end of the populated Nguru Mountains, while we were to circle away wide to the west and attack at the heart of the hill position. All night we trekked, excepting for one halt at midnight. It was slow, monotonous work for this column, which must have stretched to a sinuous length of miles; for it was necessary, on account of the density of bush and jungle growth, to feel the way along in single file, on a narrow native bush-path over which a native guide was leading us to our goal. Moving, then halting till the kink in the line straightened out, then on again, so dragged the night hours wearily on; and progress was made, though we travelled as sheep in a strange defile, led we knew not where. After midnight bitter cold set in and chilled our scanty shirt-clad bodies, and when dawn broke the red-hot sun was for once welcomed in Africa, as it warmed us to life again. But still, when the day dawned, the trekking column held onwards, and all through the day we marched, until 4.30 p.m.—and then to battle. I have never seen men more utterly tired and woebegone than our men at the time of their approach on Lukigura River. They had been marching twenty-four and a half hours, kit-laden and[110] without substantial food; and yet, when they went into battle all fatigue was forgotten, or they were careless of further physical trial; and they fought like madmen—and as heroes.
On June 23rd, we cooked meat and flour before the column marched at 4 a.m. We were in for a long trek and were told to expect a fight at the end. Our goal was the bridgehead and the hills[109] that overlooked it, where the bush road crossed the Lukigura River and where the enemy was fortified. The eastern column was supposed to advance down the narrow native road that runs through the jungle from Handeni to Makindu at the northern end of the populated Nguru Mountains, while we were to circle wide to the west and attack the heart of the hill position. We trekked all night, except for one break at midnight. It was slow, monotonous work for our column, which must have stretched for miles; due to the thick bush and jungle growth, we had to move in single file along a narrow path guided by a local leading us to our destination. We moved, then paused until the line straightened out, then continued, dragging through the night hours wearily; we made progress, although we were like sheep in a strange path, led we didn’t know where. After midnight, the bitter cold chilled our scantily clad bodies, and when dawn broke, the scorching sun was welcomed in Africa as it warmed us back to life. But even as the day dawned, the trekking column kept moving onward, and we marched all day until 4:30 p.m.—and then to battle. I've never seen men more utterly exhausted and downcast than ours as they approached Lukigura River. They had been marching for twenty-four and a half hours, weighed down with their gear and without substantial food; yet, when they entered battle, all fatigue was forgotten, or they were indifferent to further physical trials; they fought like madmen—and like heroes.
It was for us a short, hot engagement, and the height and the village of Kwa-Direma were stormed at the point of the bayonet, and in our hands ere the fall of dusk. It transpired that the enemy had confined all their attention to the bush-road from Handeni, down which the eastern column was advancing, and they were taken completely by surprise when our attack pounced on them from the west, and inflicted complete defeat and heavy loss. Meantime the eastern column attacked below, on the road in the bush, east of Kwa-Direma, and carried the bridge-head over the Lukigura River, inflicting further punishment on the beaten enemy.
It was a brief, intense engagement for us, and we captured the heights and the village of Kwa-Direma at bayonet point, all before nightfall. It turned out that the enemy had focused all their efforts on the bush road from Handeni, down which the eastern column was moving, and they were totally caught off guard when we launched our attack from the west, leading to their complete defeat and heavy losses. Meanwhile, the eastern column attacked from below, along the bush road to the east of Kwa-Direma, and took control of the bridgehead over the Lukigura River, dealing even more damage to the defeated enemy.
During the early part of the night our new positions on the hill-crest were shelled by the enemy’s naval guns. A few casualties resulted, but most of the shells were high and went over the hill to burst in the vacant bush below.
During the early part of the night, our new positions on the hilltop were targeted by the enemy’s naval guns. There were some casualties, but most of the shells landed high and went over the hill, exploding in the empty brush below.
The next few days were spent in camp at Kwa-Direma. Here I made some sketches of the position and neighbourhood for G.H.Q., and spent some time in the bush, much of which was breast-high in tangled undergrowth and rank grass, but which nevertheless showed traces of where the enemy had scattered and hidden at the time of our attack.
The next few days were spent in camp at Kwa-Direma. Here, I made some sketches of the area and its surroundings for G.H.Q., and I spent some time in the bush, much of which was chest-high with tangled undergrowth and thick grass, but still showed signs of where the enemy had scattered and hidden during our attack.
Here, one morning, my porters captured a small antelope—Harvey’s Duiker, ♀—even at the door of my native-erected grass hut, where it had rushed in fear and bewilderment on being disturbed near by.
Here, one morning, my porters caught a small antelope—Harvey’s Duiker, ♀—right at the door of my grass hut that my people built, where it had rushed in out of fear and confusion after being startled nearby.
Here, also, I had some practice with a 1-in. Krupp gun which we had captured in the late engagement. Though completely out of date, it was a vicious and accurate little piece, and, as long as the captured ammunition lasts, it has been decided to have it added for service to the Machine-gun Section of which I am in charge. A day later, too, I took part in some tests of armoured-car armour plate, at the request of Major Sir John Willoughby. The armour plate withstood the blow of the Krupp gun shell at 100 yards range, and was merely dented. We then tested the German made-up iron-plate shield on the Krupp gun. Our service rifle failed to penetrate the plate, but a ·245 high-velocity sporting rifle of Sir John Willoughby’s put a neat hole clean through it.
Here, I also practiced with a 1-inch Krupp gun that we had captured in the recent engagement. Even though it was completely outdated, it was a powerful and precise little piece. As long as we have enough captured ammunition, it was decided to add it to the Machine-gun Section that I’m in charge of. A day later, I also participated in some tests of armored car armor plate at the request of Major Sir John Willoughby. The armor plate withstood a hit from the Krupp gun shell at a range of 100 yards and only got dented. We then tested the German-made iron-plate shield on the Krupp gun. Our service rifle failed to penetrate the plate, but a .245 high-velocity sporting rifle belonging to Sir John Willoughby shot right through it.
Sunday, 2nd July.—And for once, as it rarely is on service, it has been a quiet day, and like a Christian “day of rest.” And being a Sunday it recalls our homes, from which we are longing very much for news. Mails reach us at very long intervals of a month or more, and for weeks we have been hoping for home news. The column has lain a week at Kwa-Direma, and we are said to be waiting here until supplies come up in quantity. We have[112] had no full ration since getting here, and we are all feeling the effect of the shortage. From two natives, whom I persuaded two days ago to go to their home in the hills to forage for food for me, I have to-day purchased, in exchange for old clothing, some mealie-meal flour and thirteen fowls. Great the rejoicing, for this is, in these bad days, a windfall for myself and some of the men. One hen, a white-plumaged one, I kept a few days, and by then it had proved so friendly and tame that I decided to spare its life and keep it as a pet. Thereafter, here and on trek, it caused much amusement and comment. It lived with me a few months before it was stolen by someone whose hunger overcame his scruples, and each day, whether on trek or in camp, it laid me an egg. Very peculiarly this hen learned to come to roost wherever I lay, and, more curious still, it was never at a loss as to my whereabouts when released among the feet of hurrying soldiers in strange surroundings at the end of a trek. On trek she was generally tied down in a horse-bucket, and carried by my native servant.
Sunday, July 2nd.—For once, as is rarely the case on duty, it’s been a calm day, truly like a Christian “day of rest.” Being Sunday reminds us of home, and we’re really eager for any news. The mail arrives only at long intervals—sometimes a month or more—and we’ve been waiting for updates from home for weeks. The column has been stationed at Kwa-Direma for a week, and it's said we’re waiting here until enough supplies come in. Since arriving, we haven’t had a full ration, and we're all feeling the impact of the shortage. From two locals I convinced to go home and scout for food for me a couple of days ago, I’ve today traded some old clothes for mealie-meal flour and thirteen chickens. There was great joy because, during these tough times, this is a lucky break for me and some of the men. I kept one hen, a white-feathered one, for a few days, and it became so friendly and tame that I decided to spare its life and keep it as a pet. From then on, whether we were on the move or in camp, it provided a lot of amusement and chatter. It lived with me for several months before someone stole it, their hunger overcoming their morals, and each day, whether we were traveling or stationary, it laid me an egg. Interestingly, this hen learned to roost wherever I lay down, and remarkably, it never lost track of where I was, even amidst the hurried soldiers in unfamiliar surroundings at the end of a trek. While traveling, she was usually tied in a horse bucket, carried by my native servant.
The next few days passed uneventfully, except that much time was given over, on my part, to increasing the proficiency of the machine-gunners and to the training of mules, both old and new, to complete familiarity with their saddles and loads. Once during those days the camp was sniped at night, but in the darkness no damage was done.
The next few days went by without any major events, except that I spent a lot of time improving the skills of the machine-gunners and getting the mules, both old and new, completely comfortable with their saddles and loads. Once during that time, the camp was shot at at night, but no damage was done in the darkness.
On 7th July we loaded up and marched out south-west, on the bush-road over the Lukigura River. In the afternoon Makindu, which had already been occupied by General Sheppard’s column, was reached, and there we camped. Immediately on camping we were shelled by the enemy for about an hour, but little damage was done.
On July 7th, we packed up and headed southwest along the dirt road over the Lukigura River. In the afternoon, we arrived at Makindu, which had already been taken by General Sheppard’s group, and that's where we set up camp. As soon as we settled in, the enemy started shelling us for about an hour, but thankfully, not much damage was done.
Makindu, this village on the Msiha River, which we had reached and where we were destined to stay for a time, is still some seventy-five miles north of our objective—Morogoro, and the Central Railway. But a great trek has been accomplished, for we are now 260 miles from Mbuyuni, our starting-point on the frontier. Needless to say this exceedingly long line of communication has made the transport of supplies a tremendous undertaking, therefore it was not unreasonable that, for the next month, we lay at Makindu while transport difficulties were mastered and clearly organised, and the shorter line, in from Tanga by rail, was opened and brought to our assistance.
Makindu, the village on the Msiha River where we arrived and were meant to stay for a while, is still about seventy-five miles north of our goal—Morogoro and the Central Railway. But we've made significant progress, having traveled 260 miles from Mbuyuni, our starting point on the border. It goes without saying that this long supply route made transporting supplies a major challenge. So, it wasn't surprising that we stayed in Makindu for the next month while we sorted out the transport issues and got everything organized, along with the shorter route opened up from Tanga by rail to help us out.
This long pause, too, was beneficial to the overstrained troops. Speaking of our own battalion, they were very far through in physique at the time we reached Makindu, and in numerical strength they were, all told, under 200 strong. True, they were “the flower of the flock” in endurance, this remnant of the 1,200 which sailed from England, but even they were withered, and withering, with[114] long fight, on short commons, against unhealthy soul-exhausting climate. Nine officers remain who have gone through all since the beginning, including the doctor, the O.C., and the second-in-command.
This long pause was also good for the overstrained troops. Speaking of our battalion, they were in pretty bad shape by the time we got to Makindu, with less than 200 men left. It's true they were the best of the original 1,200 that sailed from England in terms of endurance, but even they were worn out and fading after a long fight on limited supplies in an unhealthy, exhausting climate. Nine officers remain who have been with us since the beginning, including the doctor, the commanding officer, and the second-in-command.[114]
At Makindu we had our first prolonged experience of shell-fire, for throughout our occupation of this place we were continually shelled by the enemy’s naval guns, and sometimes suffered considerable loss. The enemy’s fire was throughout particularly accurate, as if the camp were directly under observation from some undetected look-out in the high ranges of the Nguru Mountains, on our south-west—which, at some points, had an extreme elevation of some 6,100 feet. It was here seen that the native Africans were very nervous and fearful of shell-fire, and their raw instincts with difficulty stood the strain. It is a trying thing for anyone to wait idly inactive for a shell’s vicious death-dealing on-coming, but it is much more trying to the half-wild senses of a black man than to a white man. We had no artillery with a range sufficient to reach the enemy’s naval guns, so that the only retaliation on our part was accomplished by dropping bombs from our aeroplanes. As soon as the enemy ceased firing, invariably our ’planes went up, and, when over the German positions—cunningly though they were concealed in the bush—bombs were dropped on every likely target. It became amusing when the intention of the opposite foe became clear, this persistent[115] blow for blow “strafe” between the enemy guns and our aircraft.
At Makindu, we had our first extended experience with shelling. Throughout our time here, we were constantly bombarded by the enemy’s naval guns, and there were times when we suffered significant losses. The enemy’s fire was notably accurate, as if the camp was under constant surveillance from an undiscovered lookout in the high ranges of the Nguru Mountains to our southwest, which reached heights of about 6,100 feet. It was obvious that the local Africans were very anxious and scared of the shelling, and their raw instincts struggled to cope with the pressure. Waiting passively for a shell to come crashing down is tough for anyone, but it’s much harder on the half-wild instincts of a Black person than it is for a white person. We had no artillery that could reach the enemy's naval guns, so our only response was to drop bombs from our airplanes. As soon as the enemy stopped firing, our planes took off, and when they were overhead the German positions—skillfully hidden in the bush—bombs were dropped on every potential target. It became somewhat entertaining when the enemy’s strategy became clear, this ongoing “eye for an eye” exchange between the enemy guns and our aircraft.
At Makindu two delayed mails were received, and great was the rejoicing; even though some of the letters were six months old.
At Makindu, two delayed mail deliveries arrived, and there was much celebration, even though some of the letters were six months old.
It was at Makindu, too, that, one evening, my pet white hen, which had been with me since the fight at Lukigura River, killed a small snake 15 inches long. This I had never seen done before by domestic fowl. She was very timid and wary in pecking at the snake until very sure she had stricken it to death, whereafter, with much exertion, she swallowed it whole as if it were a worm. She is indeed a funny old hen. Still she never gets lost amongst all the confusion of camp life, and each night she comes home, often after roaming far, to roost within a yard or two of me.
It was at Makindu, too, that one evening, my pet white hen, who had been with me since the fight at Lukigura River, killed a small snake that was 15 inches long. I had never seen a domestic bird do that before. She was very timid and cautious as she pecked at the snake until she was sure it was dead, and then, after a lot of effort, she swallowed it whole as if it were a worm. She really is a funny old hen. Despite all the chaos of camp life, she never gets lost, and every night she comes back home, often after wandering quite far, to roost within a yard or two of me.
While at Makindu I did some reconnaissance and sketching for G.H.Q., and saw much of the bush country beyond the camp. The following notes of one such reconnaissance will serve to give an idea of its nature and the type of country.
While at Makindu, I did some scouting and sketching for G.H.Q. and explored a lot of the bush country beyond the camp. The following notes from one of these explorations will provide an idea of its nature and the type of terrain.
Reconnaissance Patrol
Recon Patrol
With View to Flanking Enemy’s Position in Ruhungu Hills
To surround the enemy's position in the Ruhungu Hills
Patrol undertaken to investigate country on east flank out to the track crossing from Massimbani to Legero, which is well behind the German position. Patrol left Makindu at[116] 4 a.m. on the 1st of August, 1916, and returned to Makindu 3 p.m. on the 3rd of August, 1916. Our southerly direction, from point of setting out, was held on a bearing of 160 degrees throughout the advance to Massimbani track. The distance, reckoned by time, from starting-point to Massimbani track is about twelve miles. The distance to intermediate grass track crossing from Mssente to Ruhungu is about 4¼ miles. The first seven miles is good and fast-going for vehicle road through open forest—little forest cutting should be necessary, and no grading. The last five miles of the total distance passes through some parts of less open forest, and some timber felling will be necessary in places. In this locality a few narrow “islands” of dense bush—lying east and west—will be encountered, but these may always be evaded by keeping round their western extremities. No rivers, or soft river-beds were encountered; throughout the surface soil is dry and hard. Where the Mssente track was crossed, the bearing on to the Ruhungu position was 260 degrees. Said bearing follows down an open grass valley which is unobstructed by forest and in full view of Ruhungu hills. The mountain range appeared close at the Mssente track, at most some two to four miles distant, but the range viewed from the Massimbani track appeared far off, and as if viewed from a lower level. By eye I judged the distance here to be eight to ten miles, and later, sketching out the course of[117] the patrol, I find it to be 8½ miles. The impression given me, and this is borne out, was that in avoiding Massimbani village we were very wide of the hills and the enemy’s line of communication to his positions in front. In regard to this I might state that, after crossing over the Mssente track about a mile, a bearing of 5 degrees to 7 degrees would draw in more closely to the mountain foothills, and might have better results. From the Massimbani track a long, fairly low range of hills was apparent in the distance, tailing off south beyond the prominent peak of Kanga (elevation 3,280 ft.). The Mssente track was a mere path in the grass and had no appearance of being much in use. The broad Massimbani track is apparently one of long standing, and had appearance of being much used by the enemy, though no movement was observed while for some hours we lay hidden on watch. There was no telephone line on the Massimbani track.
Patrol conducted to explore the area on the eastern side, heading out to the track crossing from Massimbani to Legero, which is well behind the German position. The patrol left Makindu at [116] 4 a.m. on August 1, 1916, and returned to Makindu at 3 p.m. on August 3, 1916. Our southern direction, from the starting point, maintained a bearing of 160 degrees throughout the journey to the Massimbani track. The distance, estimated by time, from the starting point to the Massimbani track is about twelve miles. The distance to the mid-point grass track crossing from Mssente to Ruhungu is about 4¼ miles. The first seven miles consist of good, fast ground for vehicle travel through open forest—little tree clearance should be necessary, and no grading. The final five miles of the total distance go through denser parts of the forest, and some tree cutting will be necessary in places. In this area, a few narrow “islands” of thick bushes—lying east and west—will be encountered, but these can easily be avoided by skirting their western edges. No rivers or soft riverbeds were found; the surface soil throughout is dry and hard. Where the Mssente track was crossed, the bearing towards the Ruhungu position was 260 degrees. This bearing follows down an open grass valley that is unobstructed by forest and offers a clear view of the Ruhungu hills. The mountain range seemed close at the Mssente track, roughly two to four miles away, but from the Massimbani track, the range looked distant, as if viewed from a lower elevation. By sight, I estimated the distance here to be eight to ten miles, and later, when sketching out the patrol's route, I found it to be 8½ miles. The impression I got, which is confirmed, was that by avoiding the Massimbani village, we were quite far from the hills and the enemy’s communication line to his positions ahead. Regarding this, I should mention that after crossing the Mssente track about a mile, a bearing of 5 to 7 degrees would bring us closer to the mountain foothills, potentially yielding better results. From the Massimbani track, a long, relatively low range of hills was visible in the distance, extending south beyond the prominent peak of Kanga (elevation 3,280 ft.). The Mssente track was just a narrow path in the grass and appeared to be little used. The wide Massimbani track seems to be well-established and has the appearance of being frequently used by the enemy, although no movement was noticed while we patiently observed from cover for several hours. There was no telephone line along the Massimbani track.
On the return journey the patrol held slightly easterly until, after going three miles, the Lukigura River was struck. The course of the river was then followed for about 2½ miles. Kwa-Beku, where shown on field map, was not observed. Kraals were seen on the opposite side of a lagoon on the river, after we had followed its course for about a mile, and signs of grazing cattle were noticed near here, but the huts across the river appeared uninhabited. The route by the course of the Lukigura River[118] is obstructed by dense patches of jungle, and the going is bad. If it were necessary to approach the river for purpose of securing water for animals and troops, I would state that a short distance north of the Massimbani track, say two miles, the open forest runs out to the river-bank and access to water could here be easily accomplished.
On the way back, the patrol headed slightly east until, after traveling three miles, we reached the Lukigura River. We followed the river for about 2½ miles. Kwa-Beku, marked on the field map, was not seen. We spotted kraals on the opposite side of a lagoon on the river after tracking its course for about a mile, and we noticed signs of grazing cattle nearby, but the huts across the river seemed unoccupied. The route along the Lukigura River[118] is blocked by thick patches of jungle, making it difficult to navigate. If we needed to get to the river for water for animals and troops, I would recommend that a short distance north of the Massimbani track, about two miles, the open forest reaches the riverbank, allowing for easy access to water.
Such was a manner of unravelling the mystery of the important and unknown details of the map in this ever new and strange country.
Such was a way of uncovering the mystery of the important and unknown details of the map in this always new and strange country.
5th August, 1916.—At 3.30 a.m. the camp was astir—to-day we were to march, to-day we were again to begin active operations. After great overnight operations, this morning we trekked out from Makindu on the road back to Kwa-Direma, for it transpired that we were, as Divisional Reserve, to take part in an encircling right flank movement through the Nguru Mountains between the main block of hills and the Kanga-Kilindi range, on the eastern side of which the enemy stronghold sheltered. Arriving at Kwa-Direma about midday, we found a large concentration of forces there composing General Hannyngton’s Brigade and part of the Divisional Reserve. Previous to our arrival mounted South African troops under General Brits had already left to commence the advance through the hills.
August 5, 1916.—At 3:30 a.m., the camp was bustling—today we were set to march, today we were finally going to start active operations again. After intense preparations overnight, this morning we headed out from Makindu on the route back to Kwa-Direma, as it turned out we, as the Divisional Reserve, were to be part of a flanking movement to the right through the Nguru Mountains, positioned between the main block of hills and the Kanga-Kilindi range, on the eastern side of which the enemy stronghold was located. When we reached Kwa-Direma around midday, we found a significant number of forces assembled there, including General Hannyngton’s Brigade and part of the Divisional Reserve. Before we got there, mounted South African troops under General Brits had already set off to begin the advance through the hills.
The following two days I have no wish to recall, but that they are necessary to this narrative. We began, and laboured incessantly to advance our column of troops and[119] transport into hill country that proved to be quite impassable, for any but unburdened man or beast, owing to its succession of deep valley bottoms and steep untracked hills. But nevertheless we laboured on for two days, on such strenuous work as cutting roads through forest, laying corduroy logging over swamp marsh, and, at the hills, inspanning two to three complete teams of mules or oxen to drag each wagon with excessive effort up the stupendous grades. At the end of the second day, after we had in all covered some eight to ten miles, the project was abandoned, and we received orders to return the way we had come.
The next two days are ones I don't want to remember, but they’re important for this story. We started working hard to move our troop column and[119] supplies into the hilly terrain, which turned out to be nearly impossible to navigate for anyone or anything burdened down, due to the series of deep valleys and steep, unmarked hills. Still, we kept pushing for two days, doing exhausting tasks like cutting roads through the forest, laying logs over swamps, and at the hills, using two to three full teams of mules or oxen to haul each wagon up incredibly steep inclines. By the end of the second day, having covered only about eight to ten miles, we decided to abandon the project and were ordered to head back the way we came.
Next day we again reached Kwa-Direma, and none were sorry to be out of those hills. Meantime the operations that had been going on, on both flanks, with a view to attacking or surrounding the Ruhungu positions unaccountably failed to get to grips with the enemy, who, probably in fear of a rear attack, succeeded in secretly evacuating their stronghold while the mounted troops were working their way through the hills. This was to all a big disappointment, but the extremely awkward nature of the country proved again the enemy’s disconcerting ally and for him his saving. This operation was, perhaps, meant to be our greatest effort to force a decision—at least so did we, at the time, regard it.
The next day we reached Kwa-Direma again, and nobody was sorry to leave those hills behind. In the meantime, the operations happening on both flanks, aimed at attacking or surrounding the Ruhungu positions, inexplicably failed to engage the enemy, who, likely fearing a rear attack, managed to secretly evacuate their stronghold while the mounted troops were navigating through the hills. This was a huge disappointment for everyone, but the extremely difficult nature of the terrain turned out to be the enemy’s surprising ally and ultimately saved them. This operation was probably meant to be our biggest effort to force a decision—at least that’s how we saw it at the time.
On the 9th of August we were back in Makindu, and on the 10th we proceeded along the road toward the Ruhungu position. Soon[120] we found the road completely blocked by great trees that had been felled across it by the enemy, and in some places the road was also mined. Slowly we went forward throughout the day, investigating the level bush and the hill-sides as we went. Once about fifty enemy were sighted, and lost again in the bush. Once a mounted patrol of Sepoys fell in with the enemy, who surprised them when dismounted, and they lost their horses, and then their heads, while an advancing line of our men raked the bush with rifle-fire beyond them. Next day those horses, six of them, were found running free in the bush, and were caught and returned to their owners, one or two of them suffering from bullet wounds.
On August 9th, we returned to Makindu, and on the 10th, we continued along the road toward the Ruhungu position. Soon[120] we discovered that the road was completely blocked by large trees that the enemy had cut down and placed across it, and in some areas, the road was also mined. We moved forward slowly throughout the day, checking the flat bush and the hillsides as we went. At one point, we spotted about fifty enemy soldiers, but they quickly disappeared into the bush. On another occasion, a mounted patrol of Sepoys encountered the enemy, who caught them off guard while they were dismounted, and they lost their horses, and ultimately their lives, as a line of our troops opened fire on the bush behind them. The next day, six of those horses were found roaming freely in the bush; they were caught and returned to their owners, with one or two showing signs of gunshot wounds.
In the late afternoon we built a boma (bush fence) protection and camped for the night on the road; and again moved forward in the morning into the Ruhungu position. Progress was slow while the position, which was a very strong one in its systematic completeness, was carefully investigated, covered by machine-guns trained on the hill-slopes ahead. The position was completely occupied at 11 a.m. and all reported clear.
In the late afternoon, we set up a boma (a bush fence) for protection and camped on the road for the night. The next morning, we moved into the Ruhungu position. Progress was slow as we carefully examined the area, which was very well-defended with machine-guns aimed at the hills ahead. The position was fully occupied by 11 a.m., and everything was reported clear.
Going over the position I was astonished at the work that had been spent on it. For instance, on the low ground at the position defending the road, a wide carpet of sharply pointed, dangerous-looking, hand-cut pegs had been staked out in front of the whole trench line to protect it, apparently, from cavalry[121] charge. This original and ingenious “entanglement” could not have been constructed without many, many days of labour by many men. Then, too, in the hills above, regular subterranean caves, and pits, had been excavated everywhere for protection from the attacks of our aeroplanes, some of them even hewn out of the solid rock by the industry of many hands.
Going over the position, I was amazed at the amount of work that had been put into it. For example, in the low ground at the position defending the road, a wide carpet of sharp, dangerous-looking, hand-cut stakes had been set out in front of the entire trench line to guard against cavalry[121] charges. This clever and original “entanglement” couldn’t have been built without countless days of labor from many people. Additionally, in the hills above, regular underground caves and pits had been dug everywhere for protection against our airplane attacks, some of them even carved from solid rock by the efforts of many hands.
In the afternoon we passed beyond Ruhungu, and in the evening camped by a small rivulet in low country east of the high Kanga mountain-top. Many small bush-log culverts on the road have here been destroyed by the enemy as they retired, and this has left the road impassable for transport until repairs are made.
In the afternoon, we went past Ruhungu, and in the evening, we set up camp by a small stream in the low country east of the high Kanga mountain peak. Many small bush-log culverts on the road have been destroyed by the enemy as they retreated, leaving the road impassable for transport until repairs are completed.
The following day we advanced until the Russongo River was reached, and then camped, while working parties busily constructed a new bridge over the river.
The next day, we moved forward until we reached the Russongo River, and then we set up camp while teams worked hard to build a new bridge over the river.
At early dawn of the next day, which was Sunday the 13th of August, we trekked again onward through tree-covered hill country, and made a long march in a south-westerly direction, camping in the afternoon at Kinjumbi on the Luăle Liwăle River. The timber bridges destroyed, over streamlets and rivers, coursing numerously from the mountain watersheds, are now everywhere being roughly and speedily repaired, and the forces are hurrying forward in the wake of the escaping enemy. General Smuts is himself here to-day and hustling things forward.
At the break of dawn the next day, Sunday, August 13th, we set out again, moving through the wooded hills and making a long trek southwest, finally camping in the afternoon at Kinjumbi by the Luăle Liwăle River. The wooden bridges over the numerous streams and rivers flowing down from the mountains have been damaged, but they are now being quickly and roughly repaired, with the troops advancing in pursuit of the fleeing enemy. General Smuts is here today, pushing things along.
Worked all through the night repairing the bridge over the deep-banked Luăle Liwăle River; then off over the river in the morning and onward, until again held up at Turiani, before which flows the large River Mwúhe, where two bridges had been blown up to block our passage. We have now descended into low, unhealthy marsh country, where the atmosphere is close and damp, and fly-ridden. For the remainder of the day and the next two days, swarms of us, like busy ants, laboured to and fro on the construction of the large timber-buttressed bridge being thrown across the high-banked river. At the end of the latter day fever laid hold of me, and left me with just enough energy doggedly to carry on. Toward evening, too, of the latter day the work drew to a close, and we marched out forthwith, at 7 p.m., to camp about midnight at Kwe d’Hombo.
Worked all night fixing the bridge over the deep-banked Luăle Liwăle River; then crossed the river in the morning and kept going until we were stuck again at Turiani, where the large River Mwúhe flows, and two bridges had been blown up to block our way. We've now dropped down into the low, unhealthy marshlands, where the air is stuffy, damp, and full of flies. For the rest of the day and the next two days, swarms of us, like busy ants, worked back and forth on building the large timber-supported bridge over the high-banked river. By the end of the last day, fever hit me, leaving me just enough energy to stubbornly keep going. Towards evening of that last day, the work wrapped up, and we marched out right away, at 7 p.m., to camp around midnight at Kwe d’Hombo.
Meantime the forces ahead had pushed on south to reach, on the 17th of August, the Wami River, there, at the bridge-head at the village of Dakawa, to enter into an all-day battle with the strongly entrenched enemy. The struggle was a fierce one, and again the enemy suffered severe punishment, but, nevertheless, they stubbornly defended their positions, on the opposite banks of the river, until night-fall, then to escape under cover of the screening darkness.
Meantime, the forces ahead had moved south to reach the Wami River on August 17th, where they engaged in an all-day battle with the heavily fortified enemy at the bridge-head in the village of Dakawa. The fight was intense, and once again the enemy took heavy losses; however, they stubbornly held their ground on the opposite banks of the river until nightfall, when they escaped under the cover of darkness.
On the 19th, 20th, and 21st of August, I was employed going over and making plans of the[123] Dakawa position, though still continuing a victim of vile malaria. This, however, was the last work I did for seven days, for I went hopelessly down with fever next day, and went into field hospital, while the force continued on, and on 26th August occupied Morogoro, and cut the Central Railway without meeting further enemy resistance.
On August 19th, 20th, and 21st, I was busy reviewing and planning the[123] Dakawa position, even though I was still struggling with awful malaria. However, this was the last work I did for a week, as I became severely ill with fever the next day and had to go to the field hospital, while the troops moved on and on August 26th occupied Morogoro and disrupted the Central Railway without facing any further enemy resistance.
I left ambulance quarters, and Dakawa, on the 28th of August, and reached Morogoro in the forenoon two days later, there to find that the battalion was still fifteen miles ahead. So, not to be done, I borrowed a mule and a broken-down German saddle, and caught up the column before night-fall, at Killundi, east of Morogoro on the low road south of the Central Railway. Over the country I had passed in coming from Dakawa great stretches of the bush grass had been burnt down by the enemy in their retirement, presumably so that there would not be even dry poor grazing for our already lean-flanked horses and cattle.
I left the ambulance quarters in Dakawa on August 28th and arrived in Morogoro two days later in the morning, only to discover that the battalion was still fifteen miles ahead. Not to be deterred, I borrowed a mule and a worn-out German saddle, and I caught up with the column before nightfall at Killundi, east of Morogoro on the low road south of the Central Railway. Along the way from Dakawa, I noticed that large areas of bush grass had been burned by the enemy during their retreat, probably to ensure there wouldn't be even dry, poor grazing for our already underfed horses and cattle.
So we had reached Morogoro—which was a large, picturesque town below the northern foothills of the Ulugúru Mountains, with colonial well-built houses and bungalows, and palm-shaded, sand-carpeted streets, wherein moved native pedestrians in bright-coloured cotton garments swathed loosely over their shoulders and bodies. And here I must halt; though the columns halted not, and relentlessly continued their pursuit of the fleeing enemy. To reach Morogoro we had trekked some 355[124] miles, and in attaining our objective had taken part in the fall of the entire Central Railway; for in conjunction with our operation, and almost simultaneously, naval forces captured the port of Bagomayo, near Dar-es-Salaam; General Van Deventer’s column cut the railway at Kilossa and Mpapua—over 100 miles west of Morogoro—while the Belgian forces, from the Congo, threatened and eventually captured Tabora—the interior terminal of the railway.
So we had arrived in Morogoro, a large, beautiful town nestled at the northern foothills of the Uluguru Mountains, featuring well-built colonial houses and bungalows, with palm-shaded, sandy streets where local people walked in brightly colored cotton clothes draped loosely over their shoulders and bodies. And here I must stop; although the troops didn’t stop, and continued their relentless pursuit of the fleeing enemy. To get to Morogoro, we had trekked about 355[124] miles, and in reaching our goal, we participated in the fall of the entire Central Railway. Alongside our operation, almost simultaneously, naval forces captured the port of Bagomayo, near Dar-es-Salaam; General Van Deventer’s column cut the railway at Kilossa and Mpapua—over 100 miles west of Morogoro—while the Belgian forces from the Congo threatened and eventually took Tabora, the interior terminal of the railway.
A few days later news came through that Dar-es-Salaam, the capital and chief port of the Protectorate, had surrendered to naval forces on the 4th of September.
A few days later, news came in that Dar-es-Salaam, the capital and main port of the Protectorate, had surrendered to naval forces on September 4th.
After wrecking all the important steel-constructed bridges, and all the rolling stock on the railway, the enemy had now fled to the south into the only country that remained free to them—even though it was, beyond the Ulugúru Mountains, a country of bush and swamp and wilderness to which they fled, and entailed their final irrevocable departure from the last of their civilised settlements and trade-centres, and from their all-important railway.
After destroying all the crucial steel bridges and all the train cars on the railway, the enemy had now retreated south into the only area that was still available to them—despite it being, beyond the Ulugúru Mountains, a land of brush, swamps, and wilderness. This marked their final, unavoidable exit from the last of their civilized towns and trading hubs, as well as from their essential railway.
Indeed, at this stage, it must have been patent to most of them that, in suffering this disaster, their country was lost; prolong the final capitulation though they may.
Indeed, at this point, it must have been clear to most of them that, in experiencing this disaster, their country was lost; no matter how long they might delay the final surrender.

MOROGORO—RUFIJI RIVER
MOROGORO—Rufiji River
This was to be an advance less in ultimate distance than those previously undertaken, and accomplished, but proved to be through country much more attractive, in its early stages, yet, in its latter stages, more unhealthy and trying than anything we had so far experienced. The operations began in the very mountainous and beautiful Ulugúru mountains, south of Morogoro, mountains which were cultivated and habited by large numbers of natives, and which were rich in crop and pasturage and water, and truly the first fair country we had seen—if we except the Moschi area—that was not barren of almost everything but bush and wilderness. But thereafter, when we cleared those mountains, we bade good-bye to the last of fair scene and entered, for the remainder of the trek, the low-lying, unhealthy bush country that stretches like a great unruffled carpet right away to the banks of the Rufiji River, and beyond.
This journey wasn't as far as those we've taken before, but it turned out to be in much more appealing terrain at the start. However, later on, it became more unhealthy and challenging than anything we had experienced up to that point. The operations began in the stunning Ulugúru mountains, south of Morogoro—mountains that were cultivated and home to many locals, abundant in crops, pasture, and water. It was truly the first pleasant land we encountered—if we don't count the Moschi area—that wasn’t just barren bush and wilderness. But after we navigated those mountains, we left behind the last of the beautiful scenery and entered the low-lying, unhealthy bush country that stretches like a vast, smooth carpet all the way to the banks of the Rufiji River and beyond.
Our object was, first, to follow the enemy, and, secondly, to clear all the country north of the Rufiji River of enemy. To reach the[126] Rufiji River from Morogoro was a trek in all of some 130 miles, the first fifty-five miles of which was through mountainous country. To clear the hills our column was to proceed through them on the east of the highest range; some ten miles east of us the eastern column was to work along parallel south-going tracks; while a column composed entirely of South African troops, in co-operation, was to work down the country, west of the mountains, to close ultimately on the Fort of Kissaki.
Our goal was, first, to track the enemy, and second, to clear all the area north of the Rufiji River of any enemy presence. The journey from Morogoro to the Rufiji River covered about 130 miles, with the first fifty-five miles being through mountainous terrain. To clear the hills, our group would move through them on the east side of the highest range; around ten miles east of us, the eastern group would navigate parallel southbound paths; while a unit made up entirely of South African troops would move down the country, west of the mountains, ultimately converging on the Fort of Kissaki.
Setting out on the 31st of August we trekked to begin with on a good “made” road, cut through the hills, and free of impossible grades, and encountered no opposition until we had got beyond Matombo village and mission station.
Setting out on August 31st, we started our trek on a well-built road, carved through the hills and with manageable grades. We faced no obstacles until we passed the village and mission station of Matombo.
Meantime, in continuing without halt to follow the enemy from Morogoro, we were adding to supply difficulties, and saw little prospect of full rations in the near future. At Killundi, one day’s march from Morogoro, no rations reached us, and the battalion in their need had a much-wasted trek-ox killed, and issued as emergency ration. Otherwise we had to make shift as best we could, and were hard put to it to assuage our hunger. A few small things were gathered from the neighbourhood, such as sugar-cane stalks to chew at, a few pawpaws (Papáyu), and wild tomatoes, a chicken or two; and one great find, a grey-marked goat from the hills.
Meantime, as we kept moving without stopping to pursue the enemy from Morogoro, we were creating more supply issues and had little hope of getting full rations anytime soon. At Killundi, just a day’s march from Morogoro, we received no rations, and the battalion, in their desperation, had to kill a badly weakened trek-ox for emergency food. Otherwise, we had to make do as best we could and struggled to satisfy our hunger. We managed to gather a few small items from the area, like sugarcane stalks to chew on, some pawpaws, wild tomatoes, a chicken or two, and one significant find, a grey-marked goat from the hills.
On the 3rd of September we encamped at[127] Ruwu River, an enemy encampment far down in a beautiful valley into which we had descended on a zigzag, well-engineered road cut out of the steep hill-sides in pre-war days at the expense of gigantic labour. The existence of this road through the hills was unknown to our command until the enemy retired by it from Morogoro. Fine tropical trees, on either side of the road, were tall and dark-foliaged and majestic, and the undergrowth luxuriant and flower-lit, while through the trees, every now and then, one glimpsed the fair valley and hills below and beyond. Everyone was filled with admiration for the beauties of the scenes we encountered on the final day of our march to Ruwu River. It was indeed very beautiful country!
On September 3rd, we set up camp at [127] Ruwu River, an enemy camp located deep in a stunning valley that we had descended into via a zigzag, well-constructed road carved out of the steep hillsides during pre-war times with incredible effort. The existence of this road through the hills was unknown to our command until the enemy retreated along it from Morogoro. Tall, dark-foliaged tropical trees lined the road, creating a majestic backdrop, while the lush undergrowth was filled with flowers. Every now and then, glimpses of the beautiful valley and hills below and beyond appeared through the trees. Everyone was in awe of the stunning scenery we encountered on the last day of our march to Ruwu River. It truly was a beautiful area!
The wide-spanned bridge over the river had been destroyed, but though the river was wide at this season it was shallow and not more than waist-deep, and the troops and the transport laboriously and successfully forded the firm gravel and sand-bedded stream. The Germans had had stores at Ruwu River, and here, in their hasty flight—for the enemy had apparently just abandoned the place—large quantities of shells and grenades were found dumped in the river-bed.
The long bridge over the river had been destroyed, but even though the river was wide at this time of year, it was shallow and not more than waist-deep, so the troops and their transport were able to wade through the solid gravel and sand-bottomed stream with effort and success. The Germans had kept supplies at Ruwu River, and here, in their hurried retreat—since it seemed the enemy had just deserted the area—large amounts of shells and grenades were discovered discarded in the riverbed.
On the 4th of September, leaving all transport behind, we marched out at 6.30 a.m., and again trekked through lovely hill country, especially in the early part of the day, when the road ran along parallel to the river, we being[128] then on a regular mountain pass cut in the precipitous hill-sides that fell abruptly to the broad, bank-forested river, flowing below us on our right. The Pass was a cutting that worked a way round to open country, penetrating, in its course, the great base of a mountain spur that abutted on to the very river-bank. In two or three places large boulders and rocks had been blown out of the upper side of the Pass from perpendicular rock cliffs, and effectually blocked the way for all but nimble-footed men and mules. It was, though strange and very beautiful, a dangerous bit of road, and difficult, and would give our engineers and pioneers a very considerable task to make it again passable for transport. However, bad though the road was, the marvel was that the enemy had not completely blocked the way, for a few sticks of dynamite, well placed, could so easily have accomplished that purpose. It proved perhaps again that the enemy was hard pressed and flustered. During the morning the Pass was negotiated, and we proceeded along a good road. After the column had passed Matombo village, the battalion received orders to occupy Magali Ridge—a high, long-backed hill off the road, on the left flank. This entailed a long five-mile drag up steep hill-sides, on narrow native footpaths, that were awkwardly rutted and bouldered. However, by 4 p.m. we had laboured to the crest, and took up position for the night there.
On September 4th, we left all our transport behind and set out at 6:30 a.m. We walked through beautiful hill country, especially in the morning when the road ran alongside the river, which was on our right. We were on a mountain pass carved into the steep hillsides that dropped sharply down to the wide, forested banks of the river below us. The pass was a cut that led to open land, winding through the base of a mountain spur that connected directly to the riverbank. In a few spots, large boulders and rocks had been blasted out from the cliffs above, effectively blocking the path for anyone but the most agile men and mules. Although it was strange and very beautiful, this stretch of road was dangerous and challenging, and it would be quite a task for our engineers and pioneers to make it passable for transport again. However, despite the bad condition of the road, it was surprising that the enemy hadn't completely obstructed the route, as a few well-placed sticks of dynamite could have easily done that. This probably indicated that the enemy was feeling pressure and flustered. In the morning, we navigated the pass and continued along a decent road. After our column passed Matombo village, the battalion received orders to take position on Magali Ridge—a tall, long hill off the road on the left flank. This meant a tough five-mile climb up steep hillsides along narrow local footpaths that were awkwardly rutted and strewn with boulders. By 4 p.m., however, we had worked our way to the top and settled in for the night.
Meantime, the Gold Coast Regiment—who had been landed at Dar-es-Salaam to augment our forces on this trek—engaged the enemy on the right of the road in open, tree-clear hill country. This engagement, which continued on through the next two days, was like open guerilla warfare, and different therefore from all previous encounters which had taken place in thick bush country. We, from our high position—as all was quiet on this flank except for one short encounter—watched the fortunes of battle of our friends across the valley. Artillery was in action on both sides, and the white puffs of smoke told us plainly where the flying shells burst, and where the opposing forces were located, and holding on.
Meantime, the Gold Coast Regiment—who had landed at Dar-es-Salaam to boost our forces on this journey—engaged the enemy to the right of the road in open, tree-cleared hilly terrain. This fight, which lasted for the next two days, resembled open guerrilla warfare and was quite different from all previous encounters that had taken place in dense bush. We, from our elevated position—as everything was quiet on this side except for one brief clash—watched the battle unfold for our friends across the valley. Artillery was firing on both sides, and the white puffs of smoke clearly showed us where the shells were exploding and where the opposing forces were positioned and holding their ground.
Gallantly the Gold Coast blacks, led by British officers, fought the blacks of the country, and steadily they dislodged them out of bush-patches, and from behind rocks, to drive them, bit by bit, up the many hill-slopes toward the Kihunsa ridge; behind which lay the track to Mgata, and their second road of retreat to the south through Tulo or Kissaki.
Gallantly, the Gold Coast soldiers, led by British officers, fought against the local tribes and gradually pushed them out of the bushes and from behind rocks, driving them bit by bit up the many hills toward the Kihunsa ridge. Beyond that ridge lay the path to Mgata and their second escape route to the south through Tulo or Kissaki.
Meantime, on our flank, as I have said, all was quiet except for one short “dust-up.” This was when, on the evening of the 5th, on a prominent knoll on the opposite ridge, south of Magali ridge, we discovered and destroyed, with mountain battery and machine-gun fire, the enemy’s observation post which had been directing the fire of their naval guns—long-range[130] guns—which shelled from positions some six miles in rear, and which our artillery could not attempt to reach, for at best ours were light pieces which had been got through the part-blocked pass at Ruwu River. As soon as this vital observation post was wiped out, the enemy’s guns ceased fire, for there, far forward of the guns, had hidden the eyes that saw all—eyes that scanned the whole countryside, and the road, with the intentness of a bird of prey—and there had been the cunning hand on the wires of the telephone that told off every pulse-beat of the booming guns.
In the meantime, on our side, as I mentioned, everything was calm except for one brief “dust-up.” This happened on the evening of the 5th when we spotted and took out the enemy’s observation post on a prominent knoll across the ridge south of Magali Ridge using mountain battery and machine-gun fire. This post had been directing the fire of their long-range naval guns, which were about six miles behind us. Our own artillery couldn’t reach them since ours were light pieces that had been brought through the partially blocked pass at Ruwu River. Once we eliminated this crucial observation post, the enemy’s guns stopped firing because that was where the eyes, which were watching everything—the whole landscape and the road like a bird of prey—had hidden. That spot had also housed the clever hand on the phone wire that monitored every thundering shot.
On the evening of the 6th the troops on the right flank had worked far out and up to the main ridge crest—some had even gone over it, in pursuit of fleeing enemy—and, on the approach of dusk, the firing died down altogether and fighting ceased. Natives whom I questioned, who live in these hills, and have not deserted their homes in fear of approaching conflict, state that the force on the right flank is not the big one, but that the larger force is on the main road between here and Bukubuku, in which village, where a road joins in from the west, there is a large camp of enemy. On the last day of the fight the natives, who are extraordinarily quick in flashing news from hut to hut amongst their tribes, stated that all the enemy were preparing to leave the hills, and that they would go toward Kissaki Fort.
On the evening of the 6th, the troops on the right flank had moved out far and up to the main ridge crest—some had even crossed it while chasing the retreating enemy. As dusk approached, the gunfire faded completely and fighting stopped. Locals I spoke with, who live in these hills and haven’t abandoned their homes out of fear, say that the force on the right flank isn't the big one; they believe the larger force is on the main road between here and Bukubuku. In that village, where a road connects from the west, there is a large enemy camp. On the last day of fighting, the locals, who are incredibly quick at spreading news from hut to hut among their tribes, reported that all the enemy were getting ready to leave the hills and would head toward Kissaki Fort.
8th September, 1916.—Camp afoot at 4 a.m., and the battalion trekked at daylight; at that time commencing the descent from Magali ridge to the road, where we joined in with the column. About 10 a.m. we passed through Bukubuku, then deserted, but where large, carefully built barrack hutments extensively lined the road. This place had the aspect of being a large military centre, probably a training station for natives recruited from these populated hills. Late in the day, as we advanced steadily, the road began to wind down out of the hills until, to the south, there appeared before us a great level stretch of haze-softened bush country, reaching out as far as eye could follow. From noon onward, to-day, small but troublesome enemy rear-guards harassed our advance, until finally, in the evening, we drew in on larger forces and entered into a short engagement at Mwuha River and village. It promised, at one time, to be a hot set-to, but mountain-battery guns subjected the village to very heavy fire, and, when extended infantry proceeded to attack, the village was entered without noteworthy incident, for the enemy were found to be again retiring, and, as it was getting dark, we could not follow on their heels.
September 8, 1916.—Camp was up at 4 a.m., and the battalion started moving at daylight; that’s when we began the descent from Magali Ridge to the road, where we joined the column. Around 10 a.m., we passed through Bukubuku, now deserted, but where large, well-constructed barrack huts lined the road. This place seemed like a major military center, probably a training station for locals recruited from these surrounding hills. Later in the day, as we moved steadily forward, the road began to wind down from the hills until, to the south, we saw a vast area of bush country softened by haze, stretching as far as we could see. Starting from noon today, small but annoying enemy rear-guards were bothering our advance until, in the evening, we encountered larger forces and entered into a brief engagement at the Mwuha River and village. At one point, it looked like it would be a fierce fight, but mountain-battery guns hit the village with heavy fire, and when our infantry advanced to attack, we entered the village without any significant incidents, as the enemy was retreating again, and since it was getting dark, we couldn’t pursue them.
During the trek to-day quantities of abandoned stores were passed from time to time upon the road, principally field-gun ammunition, wagons, dump-barrows, and pioneering implements. We continue close on the heels of the enemy, and, fearful of standing up to our superior forces, they are apparently being hustled uncomfortably to get away each night, and must now be a much-harassed force.
During today's trek, we came across a lot of abandoned supplies scattered along the road, mostly field-gun ammo, wagons, dump carts, and tools for pioneering. We’re staying right on the enemy’s tail, and since they're scared to confront our larger forces, they seem to be making a hurried getaway each night, indicating they must be a very stressed-out group.
Early next morning, when we moved out, we had not trekked far before we came on the enemy’s rear-guard camp of last night, where some fires were yet kindled and freshly killed meat lay about, quantities having been but partly used. Shortly after midday, the column marched into Tulo, which the enemy had hastily cleared from. Here, as at Bukubuku, were countless grass huts which had been built and used as barracks. The interiors of all were in disorder—rude furnishings, such as grass-laced couches and chairs, were upturned everywhere; mealie-meal flour, peas, beans, and paper lay scattered on the ground, or lay about in half-empty sacks against the walls, and all gave one the impression of a looted and abandoned camp, from which the occupants had fled in uncontrolled haste. An hour or two ago the enemy had been here—now they were fleeing through the bush and down the road leading south-west in the direction of Kissaki. Here, as at Ruwu, large quantities of shells and other ammunition were found dumped in the Mwuha River and abandoned.[133] Besides the barrack huts already mentioned, there were the many native kraals of the permanent village of Tulo, and a number of these still contained their peaceful occupants. The following day, as I had lost a considerable number of machine-gun carriers, I recruited, for temporary service, twenty-one sturdy, ragged-garbed, almost naked natives from amongst the inhabitants of the village. These natives appeared friendly and willing to serve under us, although we had been but a few hours their masters. In their own dull way I suppose they reasoned that we were a great and powerful people, since we were driving their late masters before us.
Early the next morning, as we set out, we hadn’t walked far before we stumbled upon the enemy’s rear-guard camp from the night before. Some fires were still burning, and freshly killed meat was scattered around, with a lot of it having only been partially used. Shortly after noon, the group marched into Tulo, which the enemy had quickly vacated. Here, just like in Bukubuku, there were numerous grass huts that had been constructed and used as barracks. The insides were chaotic—crude furniture like grass-laced couches and chairs was overturned everywhere; mealie-meal flour, peas, beans, and paper were strewn across the ground or piled in half-empty sacks against the walls, giving the impression of a looted and deserted camp from which the occupants had fled in a panic. Just an hour or two ago, the enemy had been here—they were now retreating through the bushes and down the road heading southwest toward Kissaki. Here, as at Ruwu, we found large amounts of shells and other ammunition discarded in the Mwuha River. [133] Besides the barrack huts already mentioned, there were many native kraals of the permanent village of Tulo, and a number of these still had their peaceful residents. The following day, having lost a significant number of machine-gun carriers, I recruited twenty-one sturdy, ragged, almost naked locals from the village for temporary service. These locals seemed friendly and eager to help us, even though we had only been their masters for a few hours. In their own simple way, I guess they figured we were a strong and powerful group since we were driving out their previous masters.
The next four days we remained in reserve at Tulo, while the column went ahead to Nkessa’s village, some thirteen miles farther on, on the Dunthumi River, and entered on an extensive encounter on a wide front.
The next four days, we stayed on standby at Tulo, while the group moved forward to Nkessa’s village, about thirteen miles further down the Dunthumi River, and engaged in a large-scale confrontation across a broad front.
My diary entries at this time again record great food shortage, and declare that the men have not enough food to keep together their sorely tried, used-up systems. And this was really so. Daily the ambulances took in men we lost on the march from sickness and exhaustion.
My diary entries during this time once again note a severe food shortage and state that the men do not have enough food to support their worn-out, exhausted bodies. And this was truly the case. Every day, the ambulances brought in men we lost on the march due to illness and exhaustion.
Being short of food at Tulo, and as the conditions did not improve, on the third and fourth day I went out to hunt for the pot, and, as we were now on the border of a large German game reserve, I found game plentiful, and shot five antelope, three Reedbuck, and two Mpala.[134] Other officers did likewise, and soon there was no shortage of buck meat in the camp.
Being low on food at Tulo, and since the conditions didn’t get better, on the third and fourth day, I went out to look for some, and since we were on the edge of a large German game reserve, I found plenty of game. I shot five antelope, three Reedbuck, and two Mpala.[134] Other officers did the same, and soon there was no shortage of buck meat in the camp.
Meantime, during the 10th, 11th, 12th, and 13th of September, a stern struggle had been raging at Nkessa’s, and not until the evening of the 13th were the enemy dislodged from their many positions and driven back some three miles south, and the hills and the river and the village occupied.
Meantime, from September 10th to 13th, there was a fierce battle going on at Nkessa’s, and it wasn’t until the evening of the 13th that the enemy was forced out of their numerous positions and pushed back about three miles to the south, allowing the hills, river, and village to be secured.
The day following I went forward to make a sketch survey of the battle-field, which, owing to the extensiveness of the operations, I did not complete until four and a half days later; throughout that time labouring from daylight to dusk to get over the many positions. While I was at Nkessa’s enemy movements were fairly quiet, excepting for some night shooting on 15th, 16th, and 18th. The enemy were entrenched across the Mgeta River about three and a half miles south of Nkessa’s, and some of our forces were dug-in opposite them. For, for reasons beyond my knowledge, operations, and the active chase, had, for the time being, come to an end.
The day after, I went to survey the battlefield, which took me four and a half days to finish due to the scale of the operations. I worked from dawn until dusk to cover all the positions. While I was at Nkessa’s, the enemy activities were relatively quiet, except for some night shooting on the 15th, 16th, and 18th. The enemy was dug in across the Mgeta River about three and a half miles south of Nkessa’s, and some of our troops were positioned opposite them. For reasons unknown to me, operations and the active pursuit had temporarily come to a halt.
I give here a description of the country held by the enemy before Nkessa’s village:
I’m providing a description of the area controlled by the enemy before Nkessa’s village:
To advance to the encounter Nkessa’s was approached from the east on the Tulo-Kissaki road—a narrow, inferior road through the low country, and running westerly parallel with the southern foothills of the Ulugúru mountains, which were always visible well off to[135] our right. The road throughout was over level grade, and passed through country of thorn-bush growth and tall, dense grass.
To make our way to the meeting, we approached Nkessa’s from the east along the Tulo-Kissaki road—a narrow, lesser road through the lowlands that ran westward alongside the southern foothills of the Ulugúru mountains, which were always clearly visible off to our right. The road was mostly flat and passed through areas of thorny bushes and tall, thick grass.
Approaching Nkessa’s, the foothills draw in to close proximity of the village, and, about 2,100 yards north of the road, a prominent bush-covered hill, and a long ridge trending west, rise to an elevation of about 300 feet from dense, bush-grown bases, and command the flat country south and east; over which our forces advanced to attack.
Approaching Nkessa’s, the foothills come close to the village, and about 2,100 yards north of the road, a noticeable bush-covered hill and a long ridge sloping west rise to about 300 feet from their dense, bushy bases, overlooking the flat land to the south and east; over which our forces moved in to attack.
South of the prominent hill, between the hill base and the road, the low ground formation is irregular, with small nullas and mounds and the whole surface a dense tangle of bush growth and tall grass.
South of the prominent hill, between the base of the hill and the road, the low ground formation is uneven, with small depressions and mounds, and the entire surface is a thick jumble of bush and tall grass.
Adjoining this, and continuing to the eastern edge of the village, there is a square-planned rubber plantation, while above the northern boundary of it there is a low spur, on which is situated a group of planters’ buildings. From those buildings, which are clearly in view from the low ground, a narrow road runs down, between the village boundary and the plantation, to the main road.
Adjoining this, and continuing to the eastern edge of the village, there's a square-shaped rubber plantation. Above the northern edge of it, there's a low ridge where a group of planter's buildings is located. From those buildings, which are clearly visible from the low ground, a narrow road runs down between the village boundary and the plantation to the main road.
Across the main road, opposite the rubber plantation and the low ground below the hills, there is a large level mealie-field, clear of crop, which parallels the road for 1,000 yards or so from the village, and which has a narrow width at the village, but which opens out fan-wise to a depth of 550 yards at its easterly extremity, where it is bordered by a cotton-field[136] in crop. East of the cotton-field, where some of our forces dug in, the country is level, with a surface of tall rank grass and a few bushes.
Across the main road, opposite the rubber plantation and the low ground below the hills, there’s a large flat cornfield, free of crops, that runs parallel to the road for about 1,000 yards from the village. It starts narrow at the village but widens out in a fan shape to a depth of 550 yards at its eastern edge, where it borders a cotton field that is currently planted. To the east of the cotton field, where some of our troops set up, the land is flat, covered in tall, thick grass and a few bushes.[136]
Bordering the south margin of the mealie-field, and continuing some distance east, is a belt of dark jungle composed of tall trees and tangled bush.
Bordering the southern edge of the cornfield and extending quite a way to the east is a strip of dense jungle filled with tall trees and thick underbrush.
Immediately south of the tree belt, at the south-west margin, there is a village of native kraals hidden by some fields of tall-stalked mealies and by the tall, rank grass common to the low ground of the Dunthumi River, which in the rains is flooded.
Immediately south of the tree line, at the southwest edge, there’s a village of local huts tucked away behind some fields of tall corn and the tall, coarse grass typical of the low ground near the Dunthumi River, which floods during the rainy season.
Farther south of this there are no decided landmarks, the country running out like prairie, low and level, and grown with tall, rank grass, and screening the Dunthumi River, which swings on to an easterly course after it has left the hills and passed through Nkessa’s village and beyond about a mile.
Farther south from here, there aren't any clear landmarks; the land stretches out like prairie, flat and low, covered with tall, dense grass. This grass hides the Dunthumi River, which turns east after it leaves the hills and goes past Nkessa’s village, about a mile beyond that.
Turning now from the south aspect to the west aspect:
Turning now from the southern side to the western side:
Immediately west of the prominent hill above the road, there runs north and south, across a deep parallel valley, a long ridge which, at its southern extremity, descends abruptly to the Dunthumi River, and from the ridge the course of the river is clearly seen below, in the immediate foreground, and running out south through its margins of tall grass. Across the river, and just north of the village, the country[137] rises brokenly into low, bush-covered foothills. Those foothills were unoccupied by enemy. From the ridge Nkessa’s village is not seen, it being under cover of the large mango trees, and palms, and thick forest, amidst which it is situated. However, it is a large village of native huts, with a broad white road running through the centre of it which is shaded with avenues of great densely leafed mango trees, and lined on either side with native dwellings, grass-thatched, mud-walled, sand-floored.
Immediately west of the prominent hill above the road, there’s a long ridge that runs north and south across a deep parallel valley. At its southern end, the ridge drops sharply down to the Dunthumi River. From the ridge, you can clearly see the river below, right in the foreground, flowing south with tall grass along its banks. On the other side of the river, just north of the village, the land rises in a broken fashion into low, bush-covered foothills. Those foothills are free of enemies. From the ridge, you can’t see Nkessa’s village because it’s hidden under large mango trees, palm trees, and thick forest. However, it’s a sizable village with native huts, featuring a wide white road that runs through the center. This road is shaded by rows of lush mango trees and lined with native homes that have grass-thatch roofs, mud walls, and sand floors.
From the village, a track runs out south along the west bank of the Dunthumi River. The track is narrow but level, and passes through low country with the usual perplexing growth of tall, rank grass and thorn bush.
From the village, a path leads south along the west bank of the Dunthumi River. The path is narrow but flat and goes through low land filled with the usual confusing mix of tall, dense grass and thorny bushes.
One may gather, from this detailed description, the immense natural difficulties of the country, and how hard it may be to turn an enemy out of such positions. Here the only area of open space—viz. the mealie-field—down which an attacking force might push rapidly forward, was ruthlessly exposed to enemy fire from no less than three sides—from the village, from the low bush north of the road, and from the dark tree-belt south of the road. It meant death to too many to attempt it. The alternative attack was to advance slowly, through the all-screening, hampering bush, upon those concealed entrenchments in the grass; never sure, even when the enemy are located by their fire, of the exact position[138] of the foe; never sure, at any time, what the next twenty yards of jungle hold in store for you. You are blind from the time you enter the rank jungle growth until you reach the enemy’s position, and you are lucky if at the end you have sighted an enemy at all, though you have been blazing away at one another at some fifty yards. And picture the difficulty of keeping in touch with your own people in such jungle, which, the moment you enter it, swallows you up in its depth of undergrowth as if you were a rabbit taking cover in a field of ripe corn. Not only is it difficult—I might say impossible, sometimes—to know where your own people are, who are advancing on the right or left, but also it is difficult to know the movements of the enemy. One moment they may be in front of you; a few moments more, and they may be gone, undetected—all but a few bluffing rifles—to a new position, or may be working round on an open flank.
One can tell from this detailed description the huge natural challenges of the area and how tough it can be to force an enemy out of such strong positions. The only open space—the mealie-field—where an attacking force might rush forward was fully exposed to enemy fire from three sides: the village, the low bushes north of the road, and the dense tree line to the south. Attempting to cross it meant death for too many. The other option was to advance slowly through the thick, obstructive bushes toward those hidden bunkers in the grass; even when the enemy is spotted by their fire, you still can’t be sure of their exact position[138]; you never know what the next twenty yards of jungle will bring. From the moment you step into the thick undergrowth until you reach the enemy’s spot, you’re essentially blind, and you’re lucky if you even see an enemy after exchanging fire at around fifty yards. Imagine trying to keep in touch with your own team in such jungle, which, as soon as you enter, completely envelops you like a rabbit hiding in a field of corn. Not only is it hard—I’d say sometimes impossible—to know where your own people are, advancing on the right or left, but it’s also tough to track the enemy’s movements. One moment they could be right in front of you, and then a few moments later, they might be gone without a trace—all but a few bluffing rifles—relocating to a new position or flanking you from the side.
Truly the enemy chooses his positions well, and it is the country, not he, well though he fights, that robs us again and again of decisive battle. Their positions are, with rare exceptions, chosen where they and their movements cannot be seen, and thus their strength, at the many points of battle, may be either a handful of men or a dozen companies. Moreover, under cover of the bush, their lines are flexible to any change, while always, in the rear, they have sure and safe lines of retreat by which they can escape in the bush, in a dozen[139] directions, to meet again at a given point when their flight is over. Moreover, the enemy is always on his own soil, whereas each new battle-front is, in all its details, for us an unmapped riddle of which eye and mind have no clear conception.
The enemy really knows how to choose their positions, and it's the terrain, not their fighting skill, that keeps us from having a decisive battle over and over again. Their positions are, with few exceptions, selected where they and their movements can’t be observed, so their strength at various battle points can range from a handful of soldiers to several companies. Additionally, hidden in the bush, their lines can adapt to any changes, and they always have secure escape routes behind them that allow them to disappear into the underbrush in multiple[139] directions, regrouping later at a designated point after their retreat. Also, the enemy is always on familiar ground, while every new battlefront is like an unsolved puzzle for us, leaving our eyes and minds without a clear understanding of its complexities.
I have often been asked, “What were the difficulties of the campaign?”—for the uninitiated have sensed that there were difficulties—and I have answered, “Our greatest enemy to overcome was the ever-blinding, ever-foiling bush and jungle growth; our second enemy was the intensely hot climate, and subsequent disease; the third enemy was the shortage of adequate rations; and the fourth enemy was the grim tenacity of a stubborn and worthy foe.” There you have the four essential conditions that made the East African Campaign a long one. But, undoubtedly, the main condition, the one that can never be overlooked, is that, in a territory 176,210 square miles larger than Germany—which is seven-eighths larger than the whole area of the German Empire—the country was a vast, unbounded wilderness of bush, with ready cover to conceal all the armies of the world. Into that blank area were placed our tiny pawns of armies, to move and counter-move, with the touch of blind men, in pursuit of peoples who were, in their knowledge of the country, like wild animals in their native haunts.
I’ve often been asked, “What were the challenges of the campaign?”—because those who aren’t familiar can tell there were challenges—and I’ve replied, “Our biggest enemy to overcome was the overwhelming, ever-obscuring bush and jungle; our second enemy was the extremely hot climate and the diseases that followed; the third enemy was the lack of enough rations; and the fourth enemy was the relentless determination of a tough and worthy opponent.” So there you have the four key factors that made the East African Campaign a long one. But undoubtedly, the most important factor, the one that can never be ignored, is that, in an area 176,210 square miles larger than Germany—which is seven-eighths bigger than the entire area of the German Empire—the country was a vast, unending wilderness of bush, providing ample cover to hide all the armies of the world. In that empty space were placed our small forces, moving and reacting like blindfolded individuals, chasing after people who knew the land like wild animals in their natural habitats.
On the 19th of September, leaving Nkessa’s, I rejoined my unit at Tulo, and remained there ten days, while the operations of our column stood more or less at a standstill. Apparently our chase from Morogoro had entailed even greater difficulties than usual to our line of communication, and a breathing space had become imperative to attend to road repairs in the hills behind, and to augment our failing supplies.
On September 19th, after leaving Nkessa’s, I rejoined my unit at Tulo and stayed there for ten days while our column's operations were pretty much at a halt. It seemed that our pursuit from Morogoro had created even more challenges than usual for our line of communication, and we needed a break to handle road repairs in the hills behind us and to boost our dwindling supplies.
Ultimately it transpired that our onward-pressing advance had come to a prolonged halt that was to confine us to this unhealthy area for three and a half wearisome months, while rains fell incessantly in the Ulugúru hills in the rear and blocked the road to almost all traffic. Hence we were constrained to wait in patience, holding on to our front in this low country, and subsisting on such rations as could be got through to us, while here too it rained, though in lesser quantity than in the hills. When we came down out of the hills into the low country our battalion camped for nineteen days at Tulo, before moving on, on the 30th of September, to take over permanent positions at Old and New Kissaki on the Mgeta River.
Ultimately, it turned out that our forward progress had come to a long stop, keeping us confined to this unhealthy area for three and a half exhausting months, while it rained non-stop in the Ulugúru hills behind us, blocking the road for almost all traffic. So, we had to wait patiently, holding our position in this lowland, and living off whatever rations we could get delivered to us, while it rained here too, though not as heavily as in the hills. When we came down from the hills into the lowlands, our battalion camped for nineteen days at Tulo, before moving on, on September 30th, to take over permanent positions at Old and New Kissaki on the Mgeta River.
A few records of Tulo may be interesting, and I will endeavour to follow our existence there for a few days.
A few accounts of Tulo might be interesting, and I'll try to document our time there for a few days.
Tulo, 21st Sept., 1916.
Tulo, Sept. 21, 1916.
Heavy rains overnight and all to-day, causing much discomfort, since we have no shelter or clothing against such weather. We have been camping under mere sun-shelters, hastily erected, and protection only from the heat. We had been caught unprepared, and as penalty slept the night in soaking blankets on the sodden ground, while to-day has passed without chance to dry anything, not even our wet blankets. To-morrow, the ambulance will attend more fever cases than ordinarily.
Heavy rains overnight and all day today have caused a lot of discomfort since we have no shelter or clothing for this kind of weather. We've been camping under makeshift sunshades that only provide protection from the heat. We were completely unprepared, and as a result, we spent the night in soaking blankets on the damp ground. Today has gone by without the chance to dry anything, not even our wet blankets. Tomorrow, the ambulance will be handling more fever cases than usual.
Tulo, 22nd Sept.
Tulo, Sept 22.
Rain has ceased, and everyone in camp is to-day employed rectifying their shelters against a recurrence of downpour by rigging, over their camp spaces, steep-pitched roofs, framed with green poles cut from the bush, and thatched with compact layers of long grass gathered from the surrounding country by our porters. In the afternoon I rode out south-west across the river to look for game, and secured three Reedbuck in open, dried-out swamp country.
Rain has stopped, and everyone in camp is busy today fixing their shelters to prepare for another possible downpour. They’re building sloped roofs over their camp areas using green poles cut from the brush and covering them with thick layers of long grass collected from the nearby area by our porters. In the afternoon, I rode out southwest across the river to search for game and managed to catch three Reedbuck in the open, dried-out swamp area.
Tulo, 23rd Sept.
Tulo, September 23.
Remained in camp all day. Overnight heavy firing was heard in the direction of Nkessa’s village. To-day a crocodile was shot in the Mwuha River: it measured 13 feet 1 inch.
Remained in camp all day. Overnight, there was heavy gunfire coming from the direction of Nkessa’s village. Today, a crocodile was shot in the Mwuha River; it measured 13 feet 1 inch.
Tulo, 25th Sept.
Tulo, Sept 25.
Nothing new to-day. No fresh news of “our” war, or of the European war, of which[142] we get but scraps of information at intervals. Spent the morning on battery drills and on machine-gun instruction. In this country, where sickness is so rife, it is impossible to keep an efficient gun team together for any length of time. Old hands slip away each week, and men to replace them have endlessly to be instructed in the intricate mechanism of the gun whenever halt gives opportunity. In the afternoon out for a hunt, to keep fit, and to look for buck meat, chiefly for porter food, as their ration issue is very short. But to-day I searched without success, principally through having a local native with me who purposely, or foolishly, took me over what proved to be very poor game country. Nearing camp on the way home, I shot four of those delicious table birds—the wild guinea-fowl, which I have—wanting a shot gun—taken to shooting with our ·303 service rifle; which indeed now serves for the killing of anything from a partridge upwards.
Nothing new today. No updates on “our” war or the European war, of which we only get bits and pieces of information occasionally. Spent the morning on battery drills and machine-gun training. Here, where sickness is so widespread, it’s impossible to keep an effective gun team together for long. Experienced soldiers drift away each week, and new replacements always need to be taught the complex workings of the gun whenever there’s a break. In the afternoon, I went out to hunt, to stay in shape and look for buck meat, mainly for porter food, since their rations are very limited. But today I came back empty-handed, mostly because I had a local guide with me who either mistakenly or purposefully took me through what turned out to be very poor hunting grounds. On the way back to camp, I managed to shoot four of those tasty table birds—the wild guinea-fowl, which I’ve had to hunt with our .303 service rifle since I don’t have a shotgun; it’s become a tool for killing everything from a partridge on up.
Next day, still wanting meat, I rode out on horseback and, with the assistance of my porter followers, brought in the meat of four Reedbuck. On the 28th of September I again went out with the same purpose, and secured three Waterbuck, animals about the size of a mule and of the same dark mouse colour. In this way were the natives tided over some bad ration days.
Next day, still craving meat, I rode out on horseback and, with the help of my porter followers, brought in the meat of four Reedbuck. On September 28th, I went out again for the same reason and managed to catch three Waterbuck, animals about the size of a mule and the same dark grey color. This is how the locals got through some tough days without enough food.
Before passing on, I must mention a strange incident that occurred last night. A great[143] pack of hyenas, like a pack of timber wolves, came from the bush to the east, right through the centre of the camp, snarling and howling and fighting at our very hut doors as they passed, arousing the whole camp to wakefulness and astonishment with their gruesome, fiendish uproar. The camp, in pitch darkness, was a regular wolf garden for some minutes, ere the last of the howling, quarrelling mob had gone through, and passed beyond the camp. Why such a thing occurred no one could tell next morning; the impression given was that the whole band was chasing something, a wounded buck perhaps, or one or two outcasts of their own kind; but, in any case, they were so intent on their business that they knew no fear of our presence, for they went through our camp, in their wild excitement, just as if they were going down a main city street, though in ordinary temperament such surroundings would have filled them with the greatest suspicion and fear.
Before I move on, I have to share a strange thing that happened last night. A huge pack of hyenas, just like a pack of timber wolves, came out of the bushes to the east, right through the middle of the camp, snarling and howling and fighting right at our hut doors as they passed by, waking everyone in the camp to a state of shock and confusion with their horrific, frenzied noise. The camp, in complete darkness, felt like a wild den for several minutes until the last of the howling, squabbling group had moved on and left the camp. No one could explain why it happened the next morning; it seemed like the whole pack was after something, maybe a wounded buck, or a couple of their own that had been cast out. But anyway, they were so focused on their chase that they didn’t seem to care about us at all, moving through our camp in their wild excitement as if they were strolling down a busy city street, even though normally such an environment would have made them very suspicious and scared.
So much for the small events of bush life while we lay at Tulo.
So much for the little happenings of bush life while we stayed at Tulo.
After the usual reorganising, preparatory to abandon a camp we had been settled in for some days, we left Tulo in the early morning of 30th September, and trekked forward to Nkessa’s, en route for Kissaki; there to take over the positions captured some time ago by South African forces, in conjunction with operations on this side.
After the usual organizing, getting ready to leave the camp we had been in for a few days, we left Tulo early in the morning on September 30th and headed to Nkessa’s, en route for Kissaki; there we would take over the positions that had been captured some time ago by South African forces, along with operations on this side.
Meantime we had learned that we were to[144] remain on in the country, a reduced but a hard-dying Imperial unit, though in the latter months of this year a great many exhausted white troops were sent back to better climes—I believe, in all, some 12,000, the larger number of whom, excepting a battalion of the Loyal North Lanes, and the 2nd Rhodesians, had landed in the country in the early part of the year. These troops were replaced, in time, by newly raised battalions of King’s African Rifles, and by the Nigerian Brigade—all of them native regiments, accustomed to the hot African climate.
In the meantime, we had learned that we were to[144] stay in the country, a smaller but resilient Imperial unit. However, in the last months of this year, a large number of worn-out white troops were sent back to better climates—I think around 12,000 in total. Most of them, except for a battalion of the Loyal North Lanes and the 2nd Rhodesians, had arrived in the country earlier in the year. These troops were eventually replaced by newly formed battalions of the King’s African Rifles and the Nigerian Brigade—all native regiments used to the hot African climate.
The advance to the Rufiji had by this time been definitely postponed, and our command was now concerned in holding the Mgeta River front at all vital points, and in patrolling, continuously and alertly, the intervening country from post to post. Our battalion was ordered to Kissaki Fort, and to Camp A—the old Arab fort of Kissaki, and about two miles south of the present fort. In taking up these positions we were on the extreme right of the Mgeta front, a front that lay virtually east and west along the course of the river. Our camp at Old Kissaki was within a square compound, walled in by an ancient hedge of impenetrable, needle-leaved cactus. Within the compound were some old stone foundations of long-demolished buildings, and in the centre an old unused stone-built well. Outside the compound a road ran in from the east to the very entrance of the square, to turn off abruptly[145] there and head north on the way to New Kissaki Fort. The road outside the compound, in both directions, was bordered with solid-looking avenues of large, thick-leaved mango trees, while underneath those trees, on the road from the east, nestled the shaded grass huts of a score or two of peaceful natives. In the neighbourhood of the fort some land was cultivated, but where not, it grew dense and rank, with tall grass and low bush. In the big rains of February—April the entire country adjacent to the river is two or three feet under water, say the natives; and they tell of how they then go to live in the hills. This locality had a considerable native population, and their huts and mealie patches are to be found at intervals near to the banks of the river along its course.
The advance to the Rufiji had by this time definitely been put on hold, and our command was now focused on holding the Mgeta River front at all critical points while continuously and carefully patrolling the area between posts. Our battalion was assigned to Kissaki Fort and Camp A—the old Arab fort of Kissaki, located about two miles south of the current fort. By taking up these positions, we were on the far right of the Mgeta front, which stretched almost east to west along the river. Our camp at Old Kissaki was within a square compound, surrounded by an ancient hedge of thick, needle-like cactus. Inside the compound were some old stone foundations of long-demolished buildings, and in the center was an old, unused stone well. Outside the compound, a road came in from the east right to the entrance of the square before abruptly turning and heading north toward New Kissaki Fort. The road outside the compound, in both directions, was lined with solid avenues of large, thick-leaved mango trees, while underneath those trees, along the road from the east, stood the shaded grass huts of a couple dozen peaceful locals. Around the fort, some land was farmed, but elsewhere it grew dense and overgrown with tall grass and low bushes. During the heavy rains from February to April, the entire area near the river is said to be two or three feet underwater, according to the locals, who recount how they then move up into the hills. This area had a substantial native population, and their huts and cornfields could be found at intervals along the banks of the river.

Native Kraal.
Indigenous Corral.
These native habitations have with them a certain human homeliness, a certain attractiveness, that is altogether foreign. Picture a group of tall, full-bodied trees with thick foliage, dark and green, from which issues the pensive, melodious “co-coo-oo” of African doves toward the eve of a throbbing, sun-scorched day, when the air is cooling, and you are fortunate to have leisure to notice that the scenes and the sounds are pleasant and restful. These are the mango tree (Mwembe)—trees of blessed shade against the hot sun, and trees that, when the leaves are ready to fall, in October or November, give a rich harvest of delicious mango fruit.
These native homes have a certain warmth and charm that feels completely different. Imagine a group of tall, lush trees with thick, dark green leaves, from which the thoughtful, melodious “co-coo-oo” of African doves sounds toward the end of a hot, sun-soaked day, when the air is starting to cool, and you’re lucky enough to have time to appreciate how pleasant and relaxing the sights and sounds are. These are the mango trees (Mwembe)—providing blessed shade from the harsh sun, and when their leaves start to fall in October or November, they yield a bounty of delicious mangoes.
It is here, close to their sheltering shade, that the native huts are grouped; huts with a great proportion of steep roof of weather-darkened grass, and with low squat walls of baked reddish mud. Here naked children play around the tree-trunk roots, in the shade, while old shrivelled-up women, or labouring wives, together under the hut-eaves, croon their soft Swahili folk-songs, in tune with the doves in the trees, in tune, indeed, with all that is African. About the habitations are some patches of cultivation—a not extensive irregular area of ground cleared, without choice of fair angles or straight lines, in any old haphazard way, wherever the bush could most easily be cleared, or where the soil held most richness and moisture. Here and there in the clearing stands a great wintry looking, sparsely leaved wild fig tree (Mcuyu), a landmark to the eyes of all. On those clearings are grown millet (Mtama) and maize (Mahindi), which is the harvest of the native—his bread, as it were, his chief staple food. Part of the crop is standing, twice the height of man, tall, clustering reed-canes with long ribbon leaves and bending, burdened seed-heads, caught into motion, and rustling in the light, undulating wind. Here, moreover, from the neighbouring bush, numerous doves fly, swift-winged and grey, to feed on the ground among the stems; to search out the broken heads that have fallen, or to perch, with some effort to balance, on swinging plant top to plunder the ripened[147] head. Part of the crop has been cut as need required, and, in the open, the stem-strewn stubble lies, straw brown, and level, and tinder dry.
It is here, just beside their protective shade, that the native huts are clustered; huts with steep roofs made of weathered grass and short, sturdy walls of baked reddish mud. Here, naked children play around the roots of the tree, in the shade, while old, wrinkled women or working wives sit together under the eaves of the huts, singing their gentle Swahili folk songs, in harmony with the doves in the trees, in sync, indeed, with everything that is African. Surrounding the homes are some patches of farming—a not very large, irregular area of cleared land, set without regard for neat angles or straight lines, in a random manner, wherever the bush could be easily cleared or where the soil was most fertile and moist. Here and there in the clearing stands a large, wintery-looking wild fig tree (Mcuyu), a landmark for all to see. In these clearings, millet (Mtama) and maize (Mahindi) are grown, which is the native’s harvest—his bread, so to speak, his primary food. Some of the crop stands tall, twice the height of a person, with thick, clumping reed canes that have long, flowing leaves and heavy seed heads that sway in the light, gentle breeze. Moreover, from the nearby bush, numerous swift, grey doves fly in to feed on the ground among the stems; searching for fallen seeds or awkwardly balancing while perched on the tops of plants to snatch the ripened heads. Part of the crop has been harvested as needed, and in the open, the cut stubble lies flat, straw-brown, and tinder-dry.
Such is the common aspect of the native habitations in this neighbourhood.
Such is the typical appearance of the local homes in this area.
Within the compound we built our huts of shelter—for owing to transport difficulties we never had tents—and strongly entrenched the perimeter against attack. Water we carry from the river, which is about half a mile south down a dusty track between bushes; and since this same water is essential to existence here, vigilant pickets guard the river drift, day and night.
Within the compound, we built our shelters—since we couldn't transport tents—and securely fortified the perimeter against any attacks. We fetch water from the river, which is about half a mile south down a dusty path lined with bushes; and because this water is crucial for our survival here, watchful guards keep an eye on the river crossing, both day and night.
Here at Camp A, as the old fort was designated, we had a period of heavy duties, busily fortifying the position, while rations became shorter and shorter.
Here at Camp A, as the old fort was named, we experienced a time of intense work, actively reinforcing the position, as our supplies became scarcer and scarcer.
On 3rd October I record:
On October 3rd I note:
Another day of fatigues. Every one more overstrained than usual, for we are now in low country that is excessively hot and relaxing. It is difficult to keep up good spirits all round. Unfortunately there is no ration improvement, and no word of fresh kit coming, of which all are much in need. Notice shirtless men in camp, with badly sun-burned backs, and men on the march without socks. One sees, in the brave suffering of men, many things in these days to make one’s heart sore and sad. To-day General Sheppard, the man who has won the[148] popularity of our men, and of all, visiting the camp from Dakawa, paraded the remnant of our force and spoke encouragingly of the ration shortage, thanking all for enduring the hardships so cheerfully, and promising at least some improvement in four days’ time.
Another day of exhaustion. Everyone is more worn out than usual since we're now in a low area that's incredibly hot and draining. It's tough to keep morale up all around. Unfortunately, there’s no improvement in rations, and no news about new gear coming, which everyone really needs. You see men in camp without shirts, their backs badly sunburned, and others marching without socks. In the brave suffering of these men, there’s a lot to make one’s heart ache and feel sad. Today, General Sheppard, who has earned the respect of our men and all, came to visit the camp from Dakawa, gathered the remaining members of our force, and spoke positively about the ration shortage, thanking everyone for enduring the hardships with such good spirits, and promising at least some improvement within four days.
At this time, too, most men are without even the solace of tobacco, having run completely out of it, though some tackle the crude native stuff, and make of it cigarettes by rolling it in paper or in dry mealie-cob sheaths. At best this was a hot, rank smoke which some could put up with, but which many had to forgo, after a brave trial or two.
At this time, most men also have no comfort from tobacco, having completely run out of it. Some resort to the rough local stuff and make cigarettes by rolling it in paper or dry corn-cob husks. At best, it was a hot, harsh smoke that some could tolerate, but many had to give it up after a brave attempt or two.
But light may glint through even the worst of shadows, and a day or two later some parcels reached camp from home, and priceless were they to their lucky recipients. I wish those at home who had sent those gifts could have witnessed, even though it might have brought tears to their eyes, those ragged men rejoicing over the gifts that meant so much to them in their need, and were not to be bought for their weight in gold. Yet, after all, they were but little things; such as a pair of socks, some packets of Gold Flake cigarettes, a cake of soap, a candle or two, and a few tins of sardines or biscuits. Nothing at all when you are living in civilisation or near to it, but everything to men heart-hungry and half-starved of any luxury for nigh on two years.
But light can shine through even the darkest shadows, and a day or two later, some packages arrived at camp from home, and they were priceless to their fortunate recipients. I wish those at home who sent those gifts could have seen, even if it brought tears to their eyes, those rugged men celebrating over the gifts that meant so much to them in their time of need and couldn’t be bought for their weight in gold. Yet, after all, they were just small things; like a pair of socks, some packs of Gold Flake cigarettes, a bar of soap, a couple of candles, and a few cans of sardines or biscuits. They seemed like nothing when you’re living in civilization or close to it, but meant everything to men who had been starved of any luxury for almost two years.
During our stay in the Kissaki area, I will ramble over some of the incidents of daily life as they chanced to come along. If they should appear more personal than ought to be, in my endeavour to be accurate, through describing incidents that were known directly to me, I would like you to forget the “I” and imagine any one of us in that character, for, besides the regular routine of patrols, all were employed on a variety of similar duties, arduous and otherwise, and found our little pleasures, one in the manner of the other, when the opportunity chanced our way.
During our time in the Kissaki area, I'll talk about some everyday experiences as they come up. If they seem too personal, it's just my attempt to be accurate by describing events I witnessed firsthand. I'd like you to overlook the "I" and picture any one of us in that role. Besides the usual patrol duties, we all engaged in various similar tasks, whether tough or easy, and we found joy in our small pleasures in each other's company whenever the chance arose.
Kissaki, 5th Oct.
Kissaki, Oct 5
Carrying out orders received, to make sketch survey of Mgeta River and neighbourhood east of drift. Found the river-banks of tall grass in many places impenetrable, and therefore, to secure the principal bearings and distances, I, and the two men who were with me, took to the water and waded, waist-deep, some two miles down the centre of the broad stream. It was, since the water was warm, not such an unpleasant proceeding as it would appear, so long as no enemy, or crocodiles, put in an appearance; and neither were seen.[150] On the spits of sand on the river-side, where they occasionally appeared, were many fresh footprints of elephant and hippopotamus, telling that they habit this district in numbers, and haunt the river at night and at daybreak.
Carrying out the orders I received, I made a sketch survey of the Mgeta River and the area east of the drift. I found the riverbanks covered in tall grass that was hard to get through in many places, so to get the main bearings and distances, the two men with me and I waded into the water, going waist-deep for about two miles down the center of the broad stream. Since the water was warm, it wasn’t as unpleasant as it might sound, as long as no enemies or crocodiles showed up; thankfully, none did. On the sandy spots along the riverbank, where they occasionally appeared, there were many fresh footprints of elephants and hippopotamuses, indicating that they inhabit this area in large numbers and visit the river both at night and at dawn.[150]
To-day fifteen German Askaris passed wide of our picket at the river drift. In the evening, cavalry reported a company of the enemy camped close to the drift, and additional precautions were taken in camp against an attack. But the night passed quietly, and no attempt was made by the enemy, to seize and hold the river-bank, as was thought they might do. Our forces here are small—growing smaller daily through sickness—and a strong attack of the enemy might now make our position difficult to hold.
Today, fifteen German Askaris moved past our lookout at the river crossing. In the evening, the cavalry reported a company of enemy troops stationed near the crossing, leading us to take extra precautions in our camp against a potential attack. However, the night went by peacefully, and the enemy didn't try to take control of the riverbank as we had feared they might. Our forces here are small and getting smaller each day due to illness, and a strong attack from the enemy could make our position hard to defend.
Kissaki, 8th Oct.
Kissaki, Oct 8
This afternoon one of my porters rushed excitedly into camp and breathlessly told that three Germans were cutting the telegraph wires on the road north of the camp. Not, on the spur of the moment, being able to find the O.C., I went unauthorised in chase with two machine-gun volunteers, after I had left word that I had gone to keep in touch with the enemy, and asking that reinforcements follow on later. I found that the enemy had been alarmed by our porters, who were in numbers in the bush, cutting wood, and had got a start of us, but we went in pursuit nevertheless, and after a hot chase of about three miles we[151] came in sight of the enemy. We had crossed the river away back, and had followed out the chase over native tracks, and were now far over our front. In passing a group of native kraals we learned that the enemy, who had just passed through ahead of us, were eleven strong, so when we sighted them, on the other side of a bare mealie-field, we paused, awaiting developments. And while we thus lay watching under cover of some bush, up came seven Indian cavalry, who had been sent out from camp. Immediately they charged on the enemy, whom we pointed out to them, outpacing us altogether down the side of the field, though we followed at a run. I thought then that we had the raiders sure—but we were doomed to disappointment. The enemy, before the cavalry reached them, scattered in the bush, to the left or to the right?—the cavalry, nor we, could tell not where—and escaped under the rank jungle cover. Reluctantly, and after much unsuccessful searching of likely groups of bush, we gave up at dusk and returned to camp, feeling that our little adventure had deserved a more fitting finish. However, I think we thoroughly frightened the enemy, for the wires were not again interfered with while we lay at Kissaki.
This afternoon, one of my porters rushed into camp, excited and out of breath, to tell me that three Germans were cutting the telegraph wires on the road north of our camp. Not being able to find the O.C. on the spot, I decided to head out unauthorized with two machine-gun volunteers after leaving word that I was going to keep in touch with the enemy and asking for reinforcements to follow later. I discovered that the enemy had been alerted by our porters, who were cutting wood in the bush, and had gotten a head start on us. Still, we decided to pursue them, and after a hot chase of about three miles, we came in sight of the enemy. We had crossed the river a while back and had followed the chase along native paths, going deep into enemy territory. As we passed a group of native kraals, we learned that the enemy, who had just gone ahead of us, numbered eleven, so when we spotted them across a bare cornfield, we paused to see what would happen next. While we were lying low under cover of some bushes, seven Indian cavalry arrived, sent from camp. They immediately charged at the enemy, whom we pointed out to them, outpacing us entirely down the side of the field, though we followed at a run. I thought we had the raiders for sure—but we were in for disappointment. Before the cavalry could reach them, the enemy scattered into the bushes, left or right; neither the cavalry nor we could tell which direction—and they escaped into the thick jungle cover. Reluctantly, after much unsuccessful searching in promising groups of bushes, we gave up at dusk and returned to camp, feeling that our little adventure deserved a better ending. However, I think we scared the enemy quite a bit because the wires were not tampered with again while we were at Kissaki.
Kissaki, 15th Oct.
Kissaki, Oct 15
Seven German Askaris gave themselves up overnight. They report food scarce, and also that numbers of natives are deserting and[152] going off west through the bush, their purpose to try to find their way back to their homes. They also say, as we have heard before, that the German carriers are partially bound when in camp, so that they cannot run away in the night, if they wanted to escape.
Seven German Askaris surrendered overnight. They reported that food is scarce and that many locals are abandoning their posts and[152] heading west through the bush, trying to find their way back home. They also mentioned, as we’ve heard before, that the German carriers are partially tied up when in camp, so they can't run away at night, even if they wanted to escape.
Then I find a few entries when all was not as it should be and a little cry of impatience had crept in:
Then I come across a few entries when everything wasn’t as it should be and a little sigh of frustration slipped in:
Kissaki, 16th Oct.
Kissaki, Oct 16
Bad night; suffering from dysentery. Weak and lay on my grass-bed all day.
Bad night; dealing with dysentery. I felt weak and lay on my grass bed all day.
17th Oct.
Oct 17
Little better to-day and trying to get around duties. Feeling about “all in” now, but must stick it out with the others, and trust that the sickness will pass off.
Little better today and trying to manage duties. Feeling pretty exhausted now, but must stick it out with everyone else and hope that the sickness will pass.
19th Oct.
Oct 19
Feeling better to-day and cheerier, but I wish, since I’ve lost patience, that we could get along with “the Show,” and then be quit of Africa for a time, for I have a passionate desire that we should be free to change, just for a little, the colour and the quality of a long-familiar picture whose strange characteristics are now indelible. Sometimes, I’m afraid, I feel as if I was in prison, and long for the freedom of the life beyond these prison walls. Those are times when thoughts quickly fly in and out the old scenes—dear old familiar scenes—and they are touched now with a deep and a sure appreciation. Would that they[153] could stay; would that, by the strength of their willingness, they could lift me in body over the vast space and set me in some fair, peaceful land! But, alas! so quickly as I write they are back again, exhausted, and fluttering in the bated African sun-glare. Nevertheless, for the hour, I am restless as those thoughts. This campaign, this adventure of war, has been a long Game of Patience, and I feel mad, poor wight, at times to chuck away the cards and run. But, after all, I know that all is as it should be, and that the hand must be strong to win. Yet it would be a very beautiful day in my eyes were it ever to come to pass, this pictured freedom from war and bloodshed, though for the present it is so far down the long blind trail of the uncertain road before me that I may but carry the memory of things that have been, and of things that are ideal.
Feeling better today and in a lighter mood, but I wish, since I’ve run out of patience, that we could wrap up “the Show” and then take a break from Africa for a while. I have a deep desire to change, just for a bit, the color and quality of a long-familiar picture whose strange traits are now permanent. Sometimes, I fear I feel like I’m in prison and long for the freedom of life beyond these prison walls. Those are the moments when memories of the old scenes—dear, familiar scenes—rush in and out, and they are now infused with a profound and certain appreciation. I wish they[153] could linger; I wish, through their willingness, they could lift me physically over the vast space and place me in a beautiful, peaceful land! But, unfortunately, as quickly as I write, they return, weary, fluttering in the harsh African sunlight. Still, for now, I feel as restless as those thoughts. This campaign, this adventure of war, has been a long Game of Patience, and sometimes I feel so frustrated that I want to toss the cards aside and run away. But I know everything is as it should be, and that the hand must be strong to win. Yet it would be a truly beautiful day in my eyes if I could ever experience this imagined freedom from war and bloodshed, even though right now it feels so far down the long, uncertain path ahead that I can only hold onto the memories of what has been and the ideals that still exist.
So may I ponder—so may others here, though they are but thoughts that well up for a moment, and then fade away into the far distance of space, where, like the setting sun, or the mists on the hills, they may mingle with the mysteries of Beyond. However, I have paused long enough with such thoughts, and will leave them now, perhaps a little reverently, and go on with the record of other days for neither thought nor the span of a day can hold steadfast for long, without the intervention of onward passing time, and change to other scenes.
So I might reflect—so might others here, even if they are just fleeting thoughts that rise for a moment and then drift away into the vastness of space, where, like a setting sun or the fog over the hills, they might blend with the mysteries of what lies beyond. However, I've lingered long enough on these thoughts and will leave them now, perhaps with a bit of reverence, and continue with the account of other days, for neither thought nor a day can last too long without the relentless passage of time and the shift to different scenes.
Kissaki, 3rd Nov.
Kissaki, Nov 3
I am back in camp again, after being away seven days on reconnaissance up into the Ulugúru mountains, to try to find a suitable track, back over the hills to Matombo, for porter transport during the approaching rains, when the low road, via Tulo, will be flooded. My party was made up of privates Taylor and Wilson, six native carriers, and a shrewd old native who was supposed to know the country, and, contrary to usual experience, did know it. We found the outermost point of our journey at Kasanga, overlooking Matombo, and high up in the mountains—elevation, 3,900 feet—amongst majestic hill-slopes and fair deep valleys which were cultivated by the numerous inhabitants of the hills, who dwelt everywhere, in their little bits of “crofts,” like the ancient highlander of mediæval ages. We were two days out from camp when we found ourselves in this land of plenty, and land of great beauty; for the scenery surpassed anything we had previously seen in Africa. Up in the mountain heights the air was cool, almost cold; mists fitfully swept over the peaks and dropped like waterfalls into the valleys; it rained, then cleared again—all ever-changing the picture, and the lights and shades on the mountain slopes, and in the valleys—truly it was a most enchanting country. The trail outward, up hill and down valley, and along the line of least resistance,[155] proved to be thirty-one miles in distance, all of which was measured by counting the paces as we trudged along, and surveyed by many compass bearings. From such data I was able completely to map the route, on my return to camp, and this was the manner in which I carried out all such work, when detailed information was wanted.
I’m back in camp again after spending seven days exploring the Ulugúru mountains to find a suitable path back over the hills to Matombo for porter transport during the upcoming rains when the low road through Tulo will be flooded. My group included privates Taylor and Wilson, six local carriers, and a clever old native who was supposed to know the area—and surprisingly, he actually did. We reached the farthest point of our journey at Kasanga, which overlooks Matombo, and is located high up in the mountains at an elevation of 3,900 feet, surrounded by majestic hill slopes and deep valleys cultivated by the many inhabitants of the hills, who lived everywhere in their little “crofts,” like the ancient highlanders of medieval times. We were two days out from camp when we found ourselves in this beautiful and bountiful land; the scenery was better than anything we had seen before in Africa. Up in the mountains, the air was cool, almost cold; mists would occasionally sweep over the peaks and cascade into the valleys like waterfalls; it rained, then cleared up again—constantly changing the view, with shifting lights and shadows on the mountain slopes and in the valleys—it was truly a magical place. The trail was a thirty-one-mile journey through the ups and downs of the terrain, which we measured by counting our paces as we walked and taking numerous compass bearings. With this information, I was able to fully map the route upon my return to camp, and this was how I completed all such tasks when detailed information was needed.
On the return journey, after descending from the highest ranges, and when drawing away from the last of the cultivated area, the party encountered a small herd of elephant feeding amongst bamboos, and loudly breaking their way along a wide valley bottom. Taylor and I, both armed with ·303 rifles, cut off the track and went to try to get a shot at the beasts—both very keen to bag an elephant. Successfully we worked up-wind on them, and finally drew near to two animals partly hidden in the fringe of the bamboo belt. I doubted the killing capacity of our rifles, but, when we fired, it transpired that both animals dropped—though in the thick cover, for the moment, we couldn’t be sure of the full effect of our shots—one dead, and the other emitting the most dreadful trumpet blasts, that echoed and re-echoed, like thunder, in the enclosed valley. The wounded animal could, apparently, not run away, but we dared not, meantime, go any nearer to him, in case he should charge us down in the tall, tangled grass, where, for us, running was well-nigh impossible. Therefore we decided to leave him for a time,[156] and return to where we had left Wilson and the porters. We found our porter loads scattered broadcast on the track, but not a black was to be seen, for, at the trumpeting of the wounded elephant, they had scattered and fled in mortal terror. Wilson, who was armed with a revolver only, and could not take part in the shooting, in the midst of the uproar had been, while standing on the track, almost knocked down by the rush past of a startled Waterbuck. We shouted for the porters, and, one by one, they appeared, reluctantly, from various directions, to be chaffed and laughed at. They were all wildly excited when we said we had one or two elephants shot, and lying in the bamboos below. Taylor and I had both been suffering from malaria throughout the day—brought out by the cold in the hills—so we decided on a drink of tea to refresh us, and hurried the boys about it, while excited talk ran high. Twenty minutes later, though we could still hear an occasional movement in the bamboos, we decided to venture down to our quarry, but nothing on earth would tempt any of the blacks to come. Soon I saw our quarry, badly wounded, but still able to move about a bit. A moment later I put the elephant down like a log, with a fatal bullet, and we could hear him venting great sobbing breaths as life gave out. We now ventured close up, and saw him lying on his side with all legs out. Now and again his huge head raised, but only to relax to the[157] ground again. By and by he was quite still, and then we went up to him. We were looking at him, highly delighted, since it was our first elephant, when Wilson cried “Look out!” pointing, as he did so, to our right. We wheeled round to see, indistinctly through the canes and grass, the head and the great forward-thrust ears of an elephant quite close to us—I fired, and again rang out that appalling trumpet cry. Soon, as all was quiet, we went forward cautiously, to exclaim our surprise when we found a great cow elephant dead—killed by one of our first shots—and a young bull fatally wounded beside her. The wounded animal was dispatched, and, after some trouble, and assurances that there was not another elephant alive in Africa, we persuaded the black boys to venture down, and to start cutting out the tusks from the skull base with their long-bladed, heavy, wood-chopping knives. I left them, then, to get under the shade of a tree, and to roll myself in my blanket, for by this time I was absolutely exhausted, and in high fever. Water had been found near-by, and I had given orders that we would camp here till the morning. I hazily remember looking out of my blanket about 5 p.m., when the sun was lowering, to see the tusk trophies lying close to me and the native boys, “happy as kings,” smoking huge pieces of elephant trunk, placed on bamboo racks over well-fed fires.
On the way back, after coming down from the highest mountains and moving away from the last cultivated area, the group spotted a small herd of elephants feeding among the bamboos and loudly making their way along a wide valley floor. Taylor and I, both carrying .303 rifles, cut off the trail and went to try to get a shot at the animals—both very eager to take down an elephant. We managed to sneak up the wind on them and eventually got close to two elephants partly hidden in the edge of the bamboo. I was unsure if our rifles could effectively kill them, but when we fired, both animals dropped—although, in the thick cover, we couldn't be sure of the full outcome of our shots—one was dead, and the other let out terrifying trumpet blasts that echoed like thunder in the enclosed valley. The wounded elephant couldn’t escape, but we were hesitant to get any closer in case it charged us in the tall, tangled grass, where running would be nearly impossible. So, we decided to leave it for a while, [156] and head back to where we had left Wilson and the porters. We found our porter loads scattered all over the track, but there wasn’t a single porter in sight, as they had bolted in fear at the trumpeting of the injured elephant. Wilson, who only had a revolver and couldn’t participate in the shooting, had almost been knocked down by a startled Waterbuck rushing past him while he stood on the path amidst the chaos. We called out for the porters, and one by one they came out, reluctantly, from different directions, to be teased and laughed at. They were all extremely excited when we told them we had shot one or two elephants lying in the bamboos below. Both Taylor and I had been suffering from malaria all day—triggered by the cold in the hills—so we opted for a cup of tea to refresh ourselves and hastened the boys to prepare it while excited chatter filled the air. Twenty minutes later, although we could still hear some movement in the bamboos, we decided to cautiously approach our kill, but nothing would persuade any of the black porters to come with us. Soon, I spotted our target, badly wounded but still able to move a little. A moment later, I shot the elephant dead, and we could hear its great gasps for breath as it took its last moments. We stepped closer and saw it lying on its side with its legs sprawled out. Occasionally, its massive head would lift, only to drop back to the ground. Eventually, it lay completely still, and we went up to it. We were looking at it, thrilled since it was our first elephant, when Wilson shouted “Look out!” pointing to our right. We turned to see, dimly through the canes and grass, the head and huge ears of another elephant very close to us—I fired, and that horrifying trumpet call rang out again. Once everything went quiet, we cautiously moved forward, only to be shocked to find a large cow elephant dead—killed by one of our first shots—and a young bull gravely wounded beside her. The wounded animal was finished off, and after some difficulty, and promising that there wasn't another elephant alive in Africa, we convinced the black boys to come down to start cutting out the tusks from the skull base with their long, heavy chopping knives. I then left them to find some shade under a tree and wrapped myself in my blanket as I was completely exhausted and running a high fever. Water had been located nearby, and I had instructed that we would camp here until morning. I vaguely remember peeking out of my blanket around 5 p.m., when the sun was setting, to see the tusk trophies laid out near me, with the native boys “happy as kings,” smoking large pieces of elephant trunk placed on bamboo racks over well-fed fires.
On one other occasion I ran across elephants when on reconnaissance work. This was about six miles south-west of Kissaki, at hot springs at the northern end of Magi-ya-Weta hill. I had been out looking over the country, with the view to finding a road route, when I found that large herds of elephant had been recently at the water below the springs, and in some places had wrecked the bush-forest when feeding—for an elephant, if wanting to reach the upper growth, thinks nothing of grasping a tree-trunk, and pulling downwards with his mighty weight (a large elephant weighs about seven tons) until the tree, which has commonly a diameter of six to eight inches, snaps off like a broken match, a yard or two above the ground.
On another occasion, I came across elephants while doing reconnaissance work. This was about six miles southwest of Kissaki, at the hot springs at the northern end of Magi-ya-Weta hill. I had been out exploring the area to find a road route when I discovered that large herds of elephants had recently visited the water below the springs. In some places, they had completely destroyed the bush-forest while feeding. An elephant, when trying to reach higher foliage, has no problem grasping a tree trunk and pulling down with its massive weight (a large elephant weighs around seven tons) until the tree, typically six to eight inches in diameter, breaks off like a snapped match, about one or two yards above the ground.
On my return to camp from reconnaissance I happily received permission to go out again in quest of the elephants; and set out next day with my fellow-officer, Martin Ryan—a Rhodesian, who was an experienced elephant hunter.
On my return to camp from reconnaissance, I was excited to get permission to head out again in search of the elephants. The next day, I left with my fellow officer, Martin Ryan—a Rhodesian who had a lot of experience hunting elephants.
Kissaki, 5th Dec.
Kissaki, Dec 5
Left camp at 6 a.m., Captain Ryan, self, and nine natives. We camped about a mile from the springs at 12 noon. On viewing[159] the ground, which was new to Ryan, we decided to make the noon camp our base, and here left six of the boys when we started out again at 3 p.m. About 4.30 p.m., when still searching for the large fresh track of bull elephant, we had the extraordinary luck to see three large elephants, with fine tusks, coming along the edge of a belt of forest, on our right flank and towards us. Ryan, beckoning to me, immediately set out after them—after he had dropped a handful of dust to test the wind—and, crouching and running, we were soon very close to them, while the short-sighted brutes, intent on feeding as they moved along in single file, were still unaware of our presence. When at not more than fifteen yards from our quarry, Ryan dropped on his knees, and fired on the elephant opposite him (the centre one of the three), trying to get in the brain shot, just in front of the ear. On the report of Ryan’s shot the rear elephant cleared off the way it had come, while the leading elephant swung wide and then crossed back, at full run, attempting to rejoin its companion. This elephant I now gave my attention to—for I had hesitated, while the huge bulk of Ryan’s elephant interrupted my view—and got in four shots which apparently had no effect, though I felt fairly certain that the second and fourth shots had been true. I followed the brute at a run, but, for the moment, couldn’t find trace of him where he had disappeared in thicker forest. Meantime[160] Ryan’s elephant had recovered, and had got away with six shots in him, delivered at hand-to-hand range; so I rejoined my comrade, to find him empty-handed and fearing he had “mulled” his chance. However, we now set about tracking his elephant over ground very difficult to follow tracks on, as it was hard and dry, and strewn with dead leaves, and had been trampled over recently by numerous elephants. Again and again we went off on a false track, until Ryan, whose keen eye was looking for such minute signs as a single freshly crushed leaf, or a small broken twig, stem, or grass, would declare he was at a loss once more. At last, nearing dusk, Ryan said, “We’ll have one more try and then go to camp,”—and the “one more try” found our prey, outstretched and dead, under the trees of a thick growth of forest. He was a great brute with a splendid pair of tusks, the largest Ryan had ever secured, and this was his fifty-seventh elephant. A few measurements I took next day were:
Left camp at 6 a.m. with Captain Ryan, myself, and nine locals. We set up camp about a mile from the springs at noon. As we looked over the area, which was new to Ryan, we decided to make this our base and left six of the crew behind when we headed out again at 3 p.m. Around 4:30 p.m., while still searching for the fresh tracks of a bull elephant, we were incredibly lucky to spot three large elephants with impressive tusks coming along the edge of a forest on our right side, heading toward us. Ryan signaled to me and immediately pursued them—first dropping some dust to check the wind—and, crouching down and running, we soon got very close. The short-sighted giants, focused on feeding as they moved in single file, still hadn’t noticed us. When we were only about fifteen yards from our target, Ryan dropped to his knees and shot at the elephant directly across from him (the center one), aiming for a brain shot just in front of the ear. When Ryan fired, the rear elephant took off back the way it came, while the leading elephant veered wide and then sprinted back, trying to reunite with the other. I shifted my attention to this elephant—having hesitated because Ryan’s elephant had blocked my view—and fired four shots that seemed to have no effect, although I was fairly sure the second and fourth shots had hit. I chased after it, but for a moment couldn’t find any trace where it had disappeared into the denser forest. In the meantime, Ryan’s elephant had recovered and escaped despite having taken six shots at close range, so I rejoined him, finding him empty-handed and worried he had “muffed” his chance. However, we started tracking his elephant over very challenging ground, which was hard and dry, littered with dead leaves, and had recently been trampled by many elephants. We repeatedly followed false tracks until Ryan, with his sharp eye looking for tiny signs like a freshly crushed leaf or a broken twig, admitted he was at a loss again. Finally, as dusk approached, Ryan said, “Let’s try one more time and then head back to camp,”—and that “one more try” led us to our prey, laying dead under the trees in a thick part of the forest. He was a massive beast with a magnificent pair of tusks, the largest Ryan had ever secured, marking his fifty-seventh elephant. A few measurements I took the next day were:
ft. | in. | |
---|---|---|
Length—from snout of trunk to root of tail | 19 | 3 |
Length of trunk | 6 | 6 |
Height to shoulder | 10 | 6 |
Girth of body | 18 | 0 |
Length of tusks | 6 | 1½ |
Weight of tusks, 58 lb. and 59½ lb. = 117½ lb. |

A Good Bag: 268½ lb. of Ivory.
A Good Bag: 268.5 lbs. of Ivory.
We returned to camp highly delighted with our success, and reached it with difficulty in the dark. On the way to camp we encountered a cow elephant feeding in a swamp, and Ryan[161] took considerable pains to pass it, at some distance, without being detected, for he was afraid that if it had a calf and scented danger, it would charge, and prove a furious, fearless brute. I, in my ignorance, would, perhaps, not have foreseen danger there, but it afterwards made me think a bit of the risk of elephant-hunting, when I saw this seasoned hunter treating a single animal with such great respect and care. But Ryan told me that you may only have to make a mistake once, and pay the full penalty of it with your life. He said there are few men, who have hunted elephants long, who are not in the end caught; and long is his list of those who have been killed in Rhodesia by an enraged elephant, at the far end of their hunting days.
We came back to camp feeling really happy about our success, though it was hard to find our way in the dark. On the way, we saw a cow elephant grazing in a swamp, and Ryan[161] took great care to pass by at a distance without being noticed because he was worried that if it had a calf and sensed danger, it would charge and could be a fierce and fearless attacker. I, in my naivety, probably wouldn’t have seen the danger there, but it later made me think about the risks of elephant hunting when I watched this experienced hunter show such respect and caution towards a single animal. Ryan told me that you might only have to make a mistake once and pay the ultimate price with your life. He mentioned that there are few men who have hunted elephants for long who don’t eventually get caught; he had a long list of those who have been killed in Rhodesia by an angry elephant at the end of their hunting careers.
We could hear many elephants moving near camp during the night—a herd of cow elephants, Ryan conjectured, for at this season the bulls roam singly or in very small numbers.
We could hear a lot of elephants moving near the camp at night—a herd of female elephants, Ryan guessed, since during this season the male elephants wander alone or in very small groups.
At daybreak next morning we set out for the scene of yesterday’s adventure, taking all the boys with us. On reaching our quarry we started the natives to break in the skull to the root of each tusk, an undertaking that, even with axes that we had brought for the purpose, kept the boys incessantly labouring for nigh on two hours, so hard and so great are the bones of an elephant’s head. Meantime, I and a native had gone off to try to track my elephant, starting from the point of shooting and working out to where I’d last seen him.[162] Soon, following his track step by step, we found he had swung to the right, and I then knew I had overrun him yesterday. In a quarter of an hour more, great was my joy to come on him stone dead, not 500 yards from where Ryan’s elephant lay. Again he proved to be all that he had looked (for Ryan had yesterday declared the leading elephant to be the best one), a grand old bull, with a beautiful pair of tusks, weighing, it later proved, 74 lb. and 77½ lb., = 151½ lb., and measuring 6 ft. 5½ in. in length. He was shot through the lungs, and his right hind-leg was crumpled up under him, so probably he was hit somewhere there also, though it was, of course, impossible to move him and see.
At dawn the next morning, we headed out to the site of yesterday’s adventure, bringing all the boys with us. When we arrived at our target, we got the locals to break the skull at the base of each tusk. Even with the axes we had brought for this purpose, the boys had to work nonstop for nearly two hours because the bones of an elephant’s head are incredibly thick and heavy. Meanwhile, a local and I set off to track my elephant, starting from where I shot and making our way to where I’d last seen him.[162] Soon, as we followed his tracks step by step, we realized he had moved to the right, and I knew I had gone past him yesterday. After about fifteen more minutes, I was overjoyed to find him stone dead, less than 500 yards from where Ryan’s elephant lay. Once again, he turned out to be just as impressive as Ryan had said (for Ryan had claimed that the leading elephant was the best one), a magnificent old bull with a stunning pair of tusks, which later turned out to weigh 74 lb. and 77½ lb., totaling 151½ lb., and measuring 6 ft. 5½ in. in length. He had been shot through the lungs, and his right hind leg was crumpled beneath him, so he probably was hit there as well, although it was impossible to move him to check.
We got back to camp in the late afternoon with our loads of ivory, which took six men to carry, and next day trekked to Kissaki, where our arrival with such fine trophies caused much interest and not a little excitement.
We returned to camp in the late afternoon with our loads of ivory, which required six men to carry, and the next day we hiked to Kissaki, where our arrival with such impressive trophies generated a lot of interest and excitement.
The last weeks of the year 1916 marked various activities on our front, in preparation for another advance. Trees were felled in large numbers in the river neighbourhood, and with such crude timber more than one stout bridge was thrown across the Mgeta River, opposite our camps.
The last weeks of 1916 saw a lot happening on our front as we got ready for another push. Many trees were cut down in the river area, and with that rough timber, more than one strong bridge was built across the Mgeta River, right across from our camps.
Away, even to Kirengwe, ten miles west of the old boma, a party of us went out to cut a twelve-foot road through an otherwise impenetrable forest belt, in preparation for a[163] wide flank advance. In those last weeks of the year, also, some of us did considerable reconnaissance work, and were interested in gaining as much knowledge as possible of the enemy’s country across the river, particularly in the direction of Wiransi hill, which was on the enemy’s line of retreat from Dakawa.
We went out to Kirengwe, ten miles west of the old boma, to clear a twelve-foot wide road through a dense forest, getting ready for a[163] wide flank advance. In the last weeks of the year, some of us also did a lot of reconnaissance, aiming to gather as much information as we could about the enemy’s territory across the river, especially toward Wiransi hill, which was part of the enemy’s escape route from Dakawa.
Supplies, too, had improved; and our forces were strengthened and augmented by other units. Captain Selous, who had been invalided home to England some months before, arrived in camp on the 16th of December with a draft of 150 fresh men; and at a time when our effective strength was very much reduced through sickness and exhaustion.
Supplies had also gotten better, and our forces were boosted by additional units. Captain Selous, who had been sent back home to England a few months earlier, arrived in camp on December 16th with a group of 150 new men, just as our effective strength was significantly diminished due to illness and fatigue.
Selous looked hale and hearty, and the grand old man he was. How fine an example of loyalty he gave, in thus, at his great age, returning again to the front to fight his country’s battles! It was pleasant to see him back amongst us again, for his own sake, and for the additional joy of hearing directly of the old country, and of how we were faring in the great war at home. Of course talk drifted to hunting, and we had to exchange news since last we met: he of a large butterfly collection which he had collected in the first year and had taken home, and we of our hunting since he left. Meantime machine-gun porters were building the Bwana M’Kubwa (the Big Master) a grass “banda,” and soon Selous was comfortably sheltered among us. I mention this because it was here, at the old Kissaki boma, that Selous was[164] destined to have his last brief rest from travel, his last sleep in comfort, ere he met his death on the field of battle some two weeks later.
Selous looked healthy and strong, just like the grand old man he was. What a great example of loyalty he provided by returning to the front lines to fight for his country at his advanced age! It was nice to see him back with us, both for his sake and for the joy of hearing firsthand about our homeland and how we were doing in the great war back home. Naturally, our conversation shifted to hunting, and we exchanged news since we last met: he shared about a large butterfly collection he had gathered in his first year and taken home, while we filled him in on our hunting adventures since his departure. Meanwhile, the machine-gun porters were setting up a grass "banda" for the Bwana M’Kubwa (the Big Master), and soon Selous was comfortably settled among us. I bring this up because it was here, at the old Kissaki boma, that Selous was destined to have his last brief rest from travel, his last comfortable sleep, before he met his death on the battlefield about two weeks later.
On the 20th of December it was known that a move was anticipated, and preparations for trekking were commenced. It was decided, in due course, that we advance on the 27th, but on that date, and on the day previous, heavy rains fell and the move was postponed, while at the same time it was reported that, owing to the storm, our heavy guns were stuck on the road beyond Tulo. If rains continued it would be most unfortunate. Undoubtedly the wet season was near, and, I remember, Selous had grave doubts of the weather at this period, and feared that the whole operation might be stopped, for he knew the swift change the big rains would bring about, and how flooded and impassable the country would become. However, after five days of rain, the weather cleared somewhat, and we had orders on New Year’s Eve that to-morrow the Mgeta position would be attacked.
On December 20th, it became clear that a move was expected, and preparations for the trek began. In due time, it was decided we would advance on the 27th, but on that date, as well as the day before, heavy rains fell, causing the move to be postponed. At the same time, it was reported that our heavy guns were stuck on the road beyond Tulo due to the storm. If the rains continued, it would be really unfortunate. The wet season was definitely approaching, and I remember Selous had serious concerns about the weather during this time and feared that the entire operation might be halted, knowing how quickly the heavy rains could change things and make the countryside flooded and impassable. However, after five days of rain, the weather cleared up a bit, and we received orders on New Year’s Eve that we would attack the Mgeta position the next day.
Meantime, on the 30th, a column, under General Beves, moved through our camp, en route to Kissaki Fort and thence to Kirengwe, to advance, away on the right flank, on Mkalinso on the Rufiji River.
Meantime, on the 30th, a group led by General Beves passed through our camp, en route to Kissaki Fort and then to Kirengwe, to move forward, far on the right flank, toward Mkalinso on the Rufiji River.
The early morning of New Year’s Day found our forces across the river at points along a wide twenty-mile front, and attacking the enemy’s elaborate entrenchments wherever they were known to exist.
The early morning of New Year’s Day found our troops spread out across the river along a twenty-mile front, launching attacks on the enemy’s strong defenses wherever we knew they were located.
Under the direction of General Sheppard, the fighting on our column took place opposite Dakawa. Part of the force made a frontal attack on the enemy’s first-line trenches, and the remainder, after crossing the river by the new bridge south of our camp, advanced from a westerly direction, and successfully intercepted the enemy in their retirement from their first line on to their second line. Here hand-to-hand fighting ensued, and the foiled enemy Askaris three times charged with fixed bayonets in their attempts to break through in ordered formation, but in all they were defeated and scattered in the bush, in the end to escape in disorder.
Under General Sheppard's command, the fighting in our column happened near Dakawa. Part of the force launched a direct attack on the enemy’s front trenches, while the rest crossed the river using the new bridge south of our camp and moved in from the west, successfully cutting off the enemy as they retreated from their first line to their second line. This led to intense hand-to-hand combat, and the frustrated enemy Askaris charged three times with fixed bayonets in their efforts to break through in an organized manner, but each time they were defeated and scattered into the bush, ultimately fleeing in disarray.
The 130th Baluchis did splendidly in this fighting and bore the brunt of the attack. Losses on both sides were severe, as a result of the closeness and the fierceness of the fighting. Toward noon the fighting on our front had eased off, and, with the enemy scattered and in full retreat in the bush, we continued southward on the Behobeho road, camping at 11.30 p.m., when the column had advanced some fifteen miles, and was in touch with our force in occupation of Wiransi: for a small detachment, travelling through the bush the previous night, had surprised and captured Wiransi early in the day, taking some white prisoners and some stores.
The 130th Baluchis did an outstanding job in this battle and took the brunt of the attack. Both sides faced heavy losses due to the intensity and closeness of the fighting. By noon, the fighting on our front had calmed down, and with the enemy scattered and retreating into the bushes, we moved southward on the Behobeho road. We set up camp at 11:30 p.m. after advancing about fifteen miles and connecting with our forces occupying Wiransi. A small detachment that had traveled through the bush the night before surprised and captured Wiransi early that day, taking some white prisoners and supplies.
On the left flank, a column under General Lyall made a hard cross-country trek in crossing westerly from Kiruru to cut the Duthumi—Kiderengwe road, on reaching which they intercepted enemy retiring from before the central force. Among other incidents during the fighting, a company from this column charged and captured one of the renowned 4·1 Koenigsberg guns.
On the left side, a group led by General Lyall made a tough cross-country journey heading west from Kiruru to cut the Duthumi-Kiderengwe road. When they got there, they intercepted the enemy retreating from the central force. During the fighting, one company from this group charged and captured one of the famous 4.1 Koenigsberg guns.
Thus evening found the whole network of entrenchments on the Mgeta River front—so long the halting-place of operations—completely in our hands, and the enemy in full retreat.
Thus evening found the entire system of fortifications on the Mgeta River front—once the stopping point for operations—completely under our control, with the enemy in full retreat.
The night of 1st January passed uneventfully. Bugleless, drumless “Réveillé”—silent as always in enemy country—was at 4.30 a.m. and we trekked soon afterwards, but only into Wiransi, where we halted until 4 o’clock in the evening; then continuing, we advanced out on the Behobeho track some three to four miles, before striking off south-westerly through tall grass and fairly open bush in the direction of the Fuga hills. Aided by the light of a full moon, the column kept on until midnight, when the hitherto level bush became more uneven, and thick bush belts were encountered among low hills and “dongas” of rough gravel surface. Halt was[167] called in a fairly clear space of tall grass, but almost immediately exclamations of pain and acute irritation were heard on all sides from much-provoked individuals, and the air was literally full of abuse—we had camped among a swarm of fighting ants, who straightway attacked the bare legs and arms and faces of everyone, in no half-hearted manner, but with all the malice of their angered millions. It was suggested that we move to another camping-ground at once, but no order came to that effect, and by and by, when the attacks abated, we dropped off to sleep, one by one, too tired to continue to kill the more vengeful of the ants that still bit deep into quivering weather-toughened skins.
The night of January 1st went by without incident. The silent “Réveillé”—as usual in enemy territory—was at 4:30 a.m., and we set off shortly after, but only made it to Wiransi, where we stopped until 4 o’clock in the afternoon. After that, we pushed on along the Behobeho track for about three to four miles before taking a south-westerly route through tall grass and fairly open bush towards the Fuga hills. With the light of the full moon guiding us, the team continued until midnight, at which point the previously even ground became uneven, and we faced thick patches of bush among low hills and “dongas” with rough gravel surfaces. We called for a stop in a relatively clear area of tall grass, but soon after, cries of pain and irritation erupted from all sides as people were attacked by a swarm of aggressive ants that had taken offense. The air was thick with curses as the ants aggressively bit at everyone's bare legs, arms, and faces, driven by their furious numbers. It was suggested that we immediately move to a different camping spot, but no order was given for that, and after a while, as the bites lessened, we gradually fell asleep, too exhausted to keep battling the more vengeful ants that still sank their mandibles into our weather-beaten skin.
Next day we continued on, but made progress slowly in the neighbourhood of Mount Fuga, hampered by river-beds and their precipitous descents and ascents. We put in a trying day’s trek, considerably exhausted by the heat and oppressive atmosphere of the enclosed bush, and finally made camp at dusk between Mount Fuga and Behobeho—which was known to be occupied by the enemy.
Next day we moved on, but we were making slow progress around Mount Fuga, struggling with the riverbeds and their steep descents and climbs. It was a tough day's hike, and we were pretty worn out by the heat and stuffy air of the dense bush. We finally set up camp at dusk between Mount Fuga and Behobeho, which we knew was occupied by the enemy.
In conjunction with our force a column to the east are advancing on the Behobeho track, and we heard that column in action to-day. We, on our part, now outflank the enemy from the west.
In coordination with our troops, a column is moving east on the Behobeho track, and we heard that column engaged in action today. Meanwhile, we are now outflanking the enemy from the west.
On 4th January we moved before daylight, and slowly headed in toward Behobeho. An hour or two later we made a prolonged[168] halt, and lay hidden under cover of the bush in widely extended formation, while north-east we could hear the other column in heavy action. Anxiously we waited—impatiently—but no enemy fell into the ambush. After a time scouts, who had been watching the track which was but a short distance ahead, hurriedly reported that enemy in scattered forces were retiring along it. We then moved forward on the track-road, to take up positions closely viewing it. As we drew near to the road some enemy were seen approaching. On these we immediately opened machine-gun and rifle fire, surprising them completely, and inflicting severe casualties. Notwithstanding this they retaliated, gamely enough for a little, but our firing wore them down, and soon those that remained were silent, and fleeing in the bush. We were now astride the road in the rear of enemy forces, but to the wily foe, aided by the nature of the country, this only meant the brief blocking of their line of retreat. They would, and did, avoid the danger in their path by taking to the wide area of vacant bush to the east of the track, and scattered there to meet at some prearranged rendezvous, in a distant zone of safety.
On January 4th, we set out before dawn and slowly moved toward Behobeho. A couple of hours later, we took a long break and hid under the cover of the bushes in a wide formation, while to the northeast, we could hear another unit engaged in heavy fighting. We waited anxiously—impatiently—but no enemy walked into our ambush. After a while, scouts who had been watching the path just ahead hurried back to report that enemy forces were retreating in small groups along it. We then moved onto the path to position ourselves for a closer view. As we approached the road, we spotted some enemies coming toward us. We immediately opened fire with our machine guns and rifles, catching them completely off guard and causing heavy casualties. Despite this, they bravely fought back for a short time, but our firepower wore them down, and soon the remaining ones fell silent and fled into the bushes. We were now positioned across the road behind the enemy forces, but for the clever foe, aided by the terrain, this only meant a brief blockage of their escape route. They would, and did, circumvent the danger by moving into the vast open bushes to the east of the path, scattering to regroup at a prearranged safe location far away.
Meantime, having cut on to the track very close to the village of Behobeho—which we later learned harboured a large German camp—a lively action soon developed with forces entrenched before the village. Directly north[169] of the level ground on which Behobeho is situated, there are some low, gravel-covered ridges, facing the village, and those we advanced on to, and there a line was established, while fierce fighting continued for some hours, with our men lying on the almost red-hot ground of the ridge crests, beneath a scorching, merciless sun. Men who had been exposed to African sun for nigh on two years, and were skin-hardened and browned to the colour of leather, nevertheless suffered serious sunburn, and were blistered and peeled like delicately skinned children, on the following day, so great had been the heat reflected from the white gravel crystals on which they had lain. It was a trying fight in other uncommon ways, for, though we were in fair positions against the enemy before the village, we were fully exposed to sniping from the tall trees which shaded the village, and we suffered a considerable part of our casualties on that account. It was here that Captain Selous was killed, when commanding his company in attack. His death caused a deep-felt whisper of gravity and regret to pass along the line of faithful soldiers, who loved him in uncommon manner, as their officer and as their grand old fearless man. Here occurred an incident which speaks volumes for Selous’s understanding of natives—on the just consideration of whom he held strong opinions, and a broad generous view of kindliness toward untutored humanity in any form, tempered with the latent authority[170] of a strong man. When Selous was killed, his native servant, Ramazani—who had been a gun-bearer of Selous’s before the war—was overcome with grief and swore to avenge his master’s death, and through the remainder of the engagement he exposed himself in absolute fearlessness in his grim rage against the foe. At the end of the day he claimed with conviction that he had killed the man who had killed his master. About 4 p.m. Behobeho was occupied, and the enemy in full retreat to Rufiji, which was now but another day’s march farther on. Later in the evening the eastern column, which had had severe fighting in dislodging the enemy from entrenched positions on the road farther back, joined our force here. At Behobeho Captain Selous and a few of the faithful “lean brown men” were buried in the shade of a great baobab tree. Thus the famous hunter finished a career that had been full of great risks and great adventures, fighting for his country, at the age of sixty-five years—seeing through his last undertaking in Africa as, perhaps, he would have chosen it should be, for this was the continent he had explored the outer frontiers of, more than any other living man, and in the early days, when Africa was “darkest” Africa, and primitive races and strange diseases far more difficult to contend with than they are to-day. Here he had found his life’s work, and had risen to renown; and here, on the soil of Africa, he was destined to die.
In the meantime, after cutting onto the track very close to the village of Behobeho—which we later found out had a large German camp—a fierce battle quickly developed with forces entrenched in front of the village. Just north of the flat area where Behobeho is located, there are some low, gravel-covered ridges facing the village, and we advanced to those, establishing a line. Fierce fighting continued for several hours, with our men lying on the almost red-hot ground of the ridge crests under a blazing sun. Although these men had been exposed to the African sun for nearly two years, making their skin tough and deeply tanned, they still suffered serious sunburn and were blistered and peeling the next day due to the intense heat reflecting off the white gravel crystals where they lay. It was a challenging fight in many unexpected ways. Despite having decent positions against the enemy in front of the village, we were fully exposed to snipers in the tall trees that shaded the village, and we took a significant number of casualties because of that. It was here that Captain Selous was killed while leading his company in the attack. His death caused a wave of deep sorrow and regret to ripple through the line of loyal soldiers, who held him in high regard as their officer and beloved fearless leader. An incident occurred here that speaks volumes about Selous’s understanding of the locals. He had strong views and a generous outlook on humanity in any form, balanced by the inherent authority of a strong man. When Selous was killed, his native servant, Ramazani—who had been Selous’s gun-bearer before the war—was devastated and vowed to avenge his master’s death. Throughout the rest of the battle, he fearlessly exposed himself in his fierce rage against the enemy. By the end of the day, he confidently claimed to have killed the person who had slain his master. Around 4 p.m., we took control of Behobeho, and the enemy retreated fully to Rufiji, which was now just another day's march away. Later that evening, the eastern column, which had faced tough fighting to dislodge the enemy from entrenched positions further back on the road, linked up with our force here. At Behobeho, Captain Selous and a few of the loyal “lean brown men” were buried under the shade of a great baobab tree. Thus, the famous hunter concluded a life filled with great risks and adventures, fighting for his country at the age of sixty-five—completing his last mission in Africa perhaps as he would have wanted, for this was the continent he had explored more than any other living person. In the early days, when Africa was considered the "darkest" continent, primitive cultures and strange diseases posed far greater challenges than they do today. Here, he found his life's work and gained renown; and here, on African soil, he was destined to die.
The next four days, being wounded, I remained behind, and missed our occupation of the north bank of the great Rufiji River. But bandaged, and fit but for a crippled left “wing,” I was able to rejoin my battalion at Kibambawe, and again take on my machine-gun command, which was otherwise without an officer, since few remained fit at this stage. I found all our forces on the banks of the Rufiji, and dug in against the enemy away across the marsh-banked stream which, from memory, had a width of from 700 to 1,000 yards.
The next four days, since I was injured, I stayed behind and missed our takeover of the north bank of the great Rufiji River. But, bandaged up and only somewhat limited by my injured left “wing,” I was able to rejoin my battalion at Kibambawe and take back my machine-gun command, which had been without an officer as few were fit at that point. I found all our forces positioned along the banks of the Rufiji, dug in against the enemy across the marshy stream, which I remembered being about 700 to 1,000 yards wide.
The opposite bank had been subjected to searching machine-gun fire during the first two days, and now the enemy were quiet, and to effect a crossing of our forces we—and also the western column, which had reached Mkalinso—were apparently but waiting the construction of rafts, and the arrival of the row-boats which were being brought up, all this distance inland, from Dar-es-Salaam to surmount the difficulty of bridging this river. However, our battalion remained but three more mildly eventful days on the Rufiji front: then, being relieved, we had to commence a long fourteen days’ march back to Morogoro, there to enter rest-camp, and ultimately, some time later, to be sent from Dar-es-Salaam to South Africa to recuperate for three months at “the Cape.”
The opposite bank had been under intense machine-gun fire for the first two days, but now the enemy was quiet. To get our forces across, we—and the western column that had reached Mkalinso—were just waiting for the rafts to be built and the rowboats to arrive from Dar-es-Salaam, which were being brought in from far inland to solve the problem of crossing the river. However, our battalion stayed on the Rufiji front for just three more uneventful days: then, after being relieved, we began a long fourteen-day march back to Morogoro, where we would enter rest camp and, eventually, be sent from Dar-es-Salaam to South Africa to recuperate for three months at “the Cape.”
The big rains were approaching. It transpired that they broke on 25th January, soon[172] after our forces had crossed and effected a lodgment on the south shores of the Rufiji—and there active operations ended for some months, while the country was deluged with torrential tropical rains.
The heavy rains were on their way. They hit on January 25th, shortly after our troops had crossed over and established a foothold on the southern shores of the Rufiji—and then active operations came to a halt for several months as the area was flooded with intense tropical downpours.
A dispatch of General Hoskins, then commanding the East Africa Forces—since General Smuts had a few weeks previously been called to the War Cabinet in London—stated:
A message from General Hoskins, who was in charge of the East Africa Forces—since General Smuts had been called to the War Cabinet in London a few weeks earlier—stated:
“By the 27th January the lines of communication from Mikessa (on the Central Railway) to Kibambawe were interrupted by the washing away of bridges and the flooding of roads, and operations in all areas were henceforth seriously hampered by the untimely rains.
“By January 27th, the communication lines from Mikessa (on the Central Railway) to Kibambawe were disrupted due to bridges being washed away and roads being flooded, and operations in all areas were severely hindered by the unexpected rains.”
“In the Mgeta and Rufiji valleys roads constructed with much skill and labour, over which motor transport ran continually in January, were traversed with difficulty and much hardship a month later by porters wading for miles in water above their waists.”
“In the Mgeta and Rufiji valleys, roads built with great skill and effort, which were constantly used by vehicles in January, became challenging and arduous for porters a month later, as they had to wade for miles in water that was above their waists.”
To native regiments was left the unpleasant task of “holding on” under those dreadfully trying conditions, and there they remained, through the months to come, marooned on their little bits of dry islands, with flood water ankle deep around them; while we, lucky people, were out of it for the time being, and were at last to enjoy rest and change, and to witness, in South Africa, the civilisation and society to which our long-bushed eyes and minds had been completely estranged for nigh on two years.
To the local regiments fell the tough job of “holding on” under those incredibly challenging conditions, and they stayed there for the months that followed, stuck on their small patches of dry land, with floodwater up to their ankles around them. Meanwhile, we, the fortunate ones, were away from it for the time being, finally able to enjoy some rest and a change of scenery, and to see, in South Africa, the civilization and society we had been completely disconnected from for nearly two years.

LINDI AREA
Lindi Region
Our glorious rest of three months at “the Cape” came to an end—months which had been filled with the joy and appreciation of men who had come out of scenes that had borne something of nightmare into the full light of life, among people of their own kind, in a beautiful, peaceful land. The intellectual uplifting was supreme. Minds that were fever-weakened, and depressed, and unresponsive—and few had not been affected by prolonged hardship and equatorial climate—came again to life and ordinary buoyant activity.
Our amazing three-month break at “the Cape” has come to an end—months that were filled with the joy and appreciation of men who had emerged from experiences that felt nightmarish into the bright reality of life, surrounded by their own kind, in a beautiful, peaceful land. The intellectual revival was incredible. Minds that were exhausted, downcast, and unresponsive—and few hadn’t been impacted by extended hardship and the equatorial climate—returned to life and normal vibrant energy.
But our rest was over. On 12th May, 1917, we regretfully bade good-bye to Cape Town and travelled by train overland through the bleak Karroo Veldt, and on to Durban, to embark again there for East Africa on 19th May. Durban had for some days been the gathering-point for this movement, and many troops were congregated here when we arrived. Five ships, loaded with troops and stores, made up the convoy which sailed from Durban for East Africa, a considerable reinforcement that promised an immediate recommencement[174] of offensive operations now that the rainy season was over. Then, too, on the Caronia, which was one of the ships of the convoy, were General Van Deventer and General Beves, and their staffs, hastening back to take again the field. This great liner, the Caronia, was on her way to India with troops, and was only to touch in on the East African coast, but serious combustion set in in her coal bunkers and threatened to delay her voyage, and therefore, on nearing our destination, those of us going to East Africa transferred to naval craft at sea, and thenceforward proceeded to port.
But our break was over. On May 12, 1917, we reluctantly said goodbye to Cape Town and traveled by train through the bleak Karroo Veldt, heading to Durban, where we were set to embark for East Africa again on May 19. For several days, Durban had been the main meeting point for this mission, and many troops were gathered there when we arrived. Five ships, filled with troops and supplies, formed the convoy that sailed from Durban to East Africa, providing significant reinforcements that indicated an immediate restart of offensive operations now that the rainy season had ended. Also, on the Caronia, which was one of the ships in the convoy, were General Van Deventer and General Beves, along with their staff, rushing back to rejoin the fight. This large liner, the Caronia, was en route to India with troops and was only stopping by the East African coast, but a serious fire broke out in her coal bunkers, threatening to delay her journey. Consequently, as we approached our destination, those of us heading to East Africa transferred to naval vessels at sea and continued on to port from there.
On the morning of 29th May, I and a few comrades, who had been travelling overnight on an auxiliary cruiser, found ourselves on deck, and the ship standing off the low white sand shore of Lindi Bay, a mile or more from land. Thus we had again come in sight of East Africa—again we looked on the silent land that lay before us, darkened with that unforgettable growth of bush thicket that reached to the very borders of the sea. We viewed the shore with mixed feelings: adventure still held an attraction to us, but the country had, in its latent possibilities, the power to appal the searchings of imagination, and it was with feelings more sober than otherwise that we contemplated the land before us. For there lay the bush-land, as it had always lain before us, an over-dark picture which no man could surely read, though he[175] knew, since he had seen it in another light, and had looked at it closely, that behind the foreground in view there was concealed the vague lines of startling drama.
On the morning of May 29th, a few friends and I, who had been traveling overnight on an auxiliary cruiser, found ourselves on deck, with the ship anchored off the low white sand shore of Lindi Bay, about a mile from land. Once again, we were gazing at East Africa—looking once more at the quiet land spread out before us, darkened by that unforgettable thicket of bushes that reached right up to the sea. We looked at the shore with mixed emotions: the thrill of adventure still attracted us, but the latent possibilities of the country filled us with a sense of dread that challenged our imaginations. It was with a more serious mindset that we regarded the land ahead. For there lay the bush-land, as it always had, an ominous scene that no one could completely interpret, even though he knew, having seen it in a different light and examined it closely, that behind the visible foreground lurked the vague outlines of a startling drama.[175]
Meantime a small steam tug had put out of Lindi, and when this drew alongside we boarded her, and, bidding cheery good-bye to the officers of the cruiser, who had been brief but the best of comrades, the little tug “jug-jugged” earnestly in for shore. Approaching shore we again transferred—this time to a row-boat, which in turn grounded on the shallow beach before the town; and we finally landed dry-shod on the backs of the native crew, who waded ashore.
Meanwhile, a small steam tug had departed from Lindi, and when it pulled up next to us, we hopped on board, waving cheerful goodbyes to the cruiser’s officers, who had been brief but great companions. The little tug "jug-jugged" steadily toward the shore. As we got closer, we transferred again—this time to a rowboat, which ended up grounding on the shallow beach in front of the town; we finally got ashore dry, thanks to the native crew who waded in to carry us.
Lindi, a town of some 4,500 native inhabitants, is about sixty miles north of the Portuguese border, and about eighty-five miles south of Kilwa (Kivenje). Lindi, before it fell into our hands, had been the southern head-quarters of the Protectorate, and at the north end of the town there is a large, stone-built fort and extensive barrack buildings. Along the shore front, facing the sea, there are a number of large, colonial, commercial buildings and residences: otherwise the town, which extends inland from the sea, is comprised of palm-shaded streets of grass-roofed, mud-walled huts, with an odd whitewashed hut inset here and there—the barter-den of an Arab or Goanese trader. Lindi is low-lying and unhealthy, as is the Lukuledi Valley, south of the town, where the broad swamp[176] estuary of the Lukuledi River flows into the bay. Moreover, the brackish-flavoured well water of the town was very bad, and added to the tremendous difficulty that was experienced in maintaining the health of white troops in this area. Behind Lindi the ground rises to a low hill-crest, the ridge of which runs north parallel to the coast line, and it was along this crest, overlooking the roads inland, that our present line terminated. In pre-war days sisal, palm oil, and rubber had been the chief products developed in this area by settlers, and large, carefully cultivated estates were plentiful in this neighbourhood.
Lindi, a town with about 4,500 local residents, is roughly sixty miles north of the Portuguese border and about eighty-five miles south of Kilwa (Kivenje). Before it came under our control, Lindi served as the southern headquarters of the Protectorate, and at the northern end of the town, there's a large stone fort and extensive barracks. Along the beachfront, facing the sea, you can find a number of large colonial commercial buildings and homes. Otherwise, the town, which stretches inland from the coast, features palm-shaded streets lined with grass-roofed, mud-walled huts, with the occasional whitewashed hut here and there—the trading post of an Arab or Goanese trader. Lindi is low-lying and unhealthy, much like the Lukuledi Valley to the south, where the wide swampy estuary of the Lukuledi River flows into the bay. Additionally, the well water in town has a brackish taste and was of very poor quality, complicating efforts to keep the white troops healthy in this area. Behind Lindi, the land rises to a low hill crest, which runs north parallel to the coastline, and it was along this crest, overseeing the roads inland, that our current line ended. Before the war, sisal, palm oil, and rubber were the main products cultivated in this area by settlers, and large, well-maintained estates were common in the neighborhood.
At Lindi we were soon fully occupied preparing for active operations. The main force of the enemy—excepting the smaller force near Mahenge under Tafel, and opposed to General Northey—were now confined to a limited area in the south-east corner of the Colony, and were facing our forces at Lindi and Kilwa. This force, under General von Lettow-Vorbeck, was estimated to be 4,000 to 5,000 strong. Against these forces a new offensive began under the command of General Van Deventer, who at the end of May relieved General Hoskins; and from June onward was carried on relentlessly, while the enemy, with their backs to the wall, as it were, fought desperately.
At Lindi, we quickly got busy preparing for active operations. The main enemy force—except for the smaller group near Mahenge led by Tafel, which was opposed to General Northey—was now limited to a small area in the southeast corner of the Colony, facing our troops at Lindi and Kilwa. This force, commanded by General von Lettow-Vorbeck, was estimated to number between 4,000 and 5,000. In response to these forces, a new offensive started under General Van Deventer, who took over from General Hoskins at the end of May. From June onward, the campaign continued relentlessly, while the enemy, backed into a corner, fought fiercely.
Behind the Kitulo hill, which rose immediately west of Lindi, lay a broad flat swamp through which crossed the Mtupiti and Ngongo Rivers on their course to the Lukuledi estuary.[177] Across this waste the enemy were holding a strong line, on a nine-mile front, in the rubber plantations and bush, with particularly strong fortifications at Schaafer’s Farm and Mingoyo village on this line.
Behind Kitulo Hill, which rose just west of Lindi, there was a wide, flat swamp through which the Mtupiti and Ngongo Rivers flowed on their way to the Lukuledi estuary.[177] The enemy was positioned along a strong nine-mile front in the rubber plantations and brush, with especially strong defenses at Schaafer’s Farm and Mingoyo village along this line.
On 10th June it was decided to attack, and on that day columns left Lindi to flank widely those positions on their north and south extremes. The force to the north, which marched inland from Lindi, was composed mainly of a battalion of King’s African Rifles and some artillery. The force operating south was comprised of another battalion of King’s African Rifles, our own battalion—the 25th Royal Fusiliers—and South African Field Artillery. Under cover of darkness the latter force was to proceed some miles inland up the wide river estuary, and effect a landing, if possible, in the centre lagoon of the three at the head of the estuary, where a trolley line from Mkwaya terminated at a small timber landing-stage. General O’Grady was in command in this area, and the operations were carried out under his direction, and personal supervision in the field.
On June 10th, it was decided to launch an attack, and on that day, columns departed from Lindi to flank the positions on their north and south ends. The northern force, which marched inland from Lindi, was mainly made up of a battalion of the King’s African Rifles and some artillery. The southern force included another battalion of the King’s African Rifles, our own battalion—the 25th Royal Fusiliers—and the South African Field Artillery. Under the cover of darkness, the southern force was to move several miles inland up the broad river estuary and make a landing, if possible, in the central lagoon of the three at the head of the estuary, where a trolley line from Mkwaya ended at a small timber landing stage. General O’Grady was in command of this area, and the operations were carried out under his direction and personal supervision in the field.
On the evening of 10th June, toward sundown, scenes that were strange, and that must have astonished the native inhabitants, were afoot on the water-front at Lindi. Out in the sultry, windless channel, with their bows up-stream, lay the active-looking warships H.M.S. Hyacinth and H.M.S. Thistle, while between them and shore fleet motor-boats[178] plied busily on ordered errand. Inshore wide-beamed lighters with steam tugs in attendance lay off the end of the shallow-draught pier, while a number of large open boats, linked together in twos and threes by their bow ropes and towed by motor-craft, lay outside in the current—all in readiness to take aboard their human freight. And then, into the town marched soldiers in fighting kit; a battalion of British infantry appearing from the north, while black troops and some artillery came down from the hills: all to come to a halt in a long column on the dust-thick road on the shore front near to the pier. As dusk approached, embarkation commenced, under naval and military direction, and under orders of strict silence—and gradually the boats filled while the line on the road melted away until none remained on shore!... All were aboard! and we drew off shore and lay to in the bay waiting for darkness—an ominous force, in their silence that was nigh to sullenness, but in reality filled with suppressed excitement over the novelty and promise of adventure.
On the evening of June 10th, as the sun was setting, strange scenes that must have puzzled the locals were happening along the waterfront at Lindi. In the hot, calm waters, the warships H.M.S. Hyacinth and H.M.S. Thistle sat with their bows pointed upstream, while fleet motorboats busily moved back and forth between them and the shore. Close to the shore, wide barges with steam tugs nearby were anchored at the end of the shallow pier, and several large open boats were tied together in pairs and towed by motorboats in the current, all ready to take on their passengers. As dusk fell, soldiers in full gear marched into town; a battalion of British infantry arrived from the north, while some black troops and artillery descended from the hills, all coming to a halt in a long line on the dusty road near the pier. As night approached, the boarding began, under the watchful eyes of naval and military leaders and strict orders for silence. The boats gradually filled up, and soon no one was left on the shore! Everyone was aboard, and we pulled away from the shore and anchored in the bay, waiting for darkness—an ominous force, quiet and almost sullen, yet filled with suppressed excitement about the newness and promise of the adventure ahead.
We had not long to wait for darkness. Soon it crept down rapidly, as is its habit in Africa. Under naval direction the craft then cast loose one by one, and the dark forms on the water, each in the wake of the other, followed silently on their way up-stream. In the lead were the patrol launches armed with machine-guns, and some of the intermediate motor-boats were likewise prepared for emergency.
We didn't have to wait long for night to fall. It quickly descended, as it often does in Africa. Under naval direction, the boats were released one by one, and the shadowy shapes on the water, each trailing behind the other, silently moved upstream. Leading the way were the patrol launches equipped with machine guns, and some of the mid-sized motorboats were also ready for any emergencies.
Hour after hour we crept up the wide stream with black, threatening shores on either beam, and all remained quiet, and nothing stirred on land to break the stillness of the sultry night nor our pent-up expectancy. Our destination was eight miles up-stream. About half-way we passed through the narrow neck between Kombe and Kala islands, and a short time later our motor-boat, when hugging the east bank, had the misfortune to ground on a sand-bar and hold fast. While we lay there, phantom dark craft passed us, going up-stream and returning down. One heard a low, tense word or two spoken across the gloom, the muffled beat of the engines; and then the darkness swallowed everything. After some delay and much exertion with poles and oars, we got afloat again and proceeded, now more slowly, up-stream, keeping our course by following a tiny bright light, like a firefly, that showed now and again in the distance ahead, where the leaders were in the stream or had landed at an important bend in the channel.
Hour after hour, we moved up the wide river, with dark, menacing shores on either side, and everything was quiet; nothing disrupted the heavy stillness of the sultry night or our anticipation. Our goal was eight miles up the river. About halfway, we passed through the narrow gap between Kombe and Kala islands, and shortly after, our motorboat, while hugging the east bank, unfortunately ran aground on a sandbar and got stuck. While we were there, shadowy boats drifted by, going upstream and coming back down. We caught snippets of low, tense conversation cutting through the darkness, accompanied by the muted sound of engines; then the night swallowed everything. After some time and a lot of effort with poles and oars, we finally got free and continued upstream, this time more slowly, following a tiny bright light, like a firefly, that flickered ahead in the distance, where the lead boats were in the river or had landed at a crucial bend in the channel.
About midnight, when we were still persistently working up the channel, which had narrowed considerably, exclamations and low voices drifted to us out of the darkness ahead. In a moment more we knew that we were at our destination, while voices directed us to the landing-place close on our right. It was very dark—so dark that one could at best see a yard or two—so, groping along the boat-bottom,[180] you got near to where a voice said “jump,” and in doing so found yourself immersed to your very knees in deep, holding mud through which, after you had got rifle and equipment clear of the mess, you waded heavily ashore; no longer dry and fairly comfortable, but wet, mud-plastered and chilled, and thoroughly uncomfortable.
About midnight, while we were still making our way up the channel, which had gotten much narrower, we heard exclamations and quiet voices drifting towards us from the darkness ahead. Soon, we realized we had reached our destination, as voices guided us to the landing place right next to us. It was pitch black—so dark that you could barely see a couple of yards—so, feeling around on the bottom of the boat, you got close to where a voice said “jump,” and in doing so, you found yourself sinking to your knees in thick, clingy mud. After managing to get your rifle and gear free from the mess, you trudged heavily ashore; no longer dry and somewhat comfortable, but wet, covered in mud, chilled, and very uncomfortable.
On our arrival we learned that, at the landing, a German picket had been alarmed and driven in, and therefore we knew that the enemy command would soon be warned that danger threatened.
On our arrival, we found out that a German lookout had been alerted and pushed back, so we knew that the enemy command would soon be informed that danger was coming.
Back from the landing there was a long, narrow, level mud-flat, clear of the bush that bordered it blackly on either side, and here our forces formed up as they landed. Finally, when all were accounted for and in position, word was passed round that we were to remain here for an hour or two, and men stretched themselves on the hard tidal-damp ground and shivered; yet slept as only tired soldiers can sleep.
Back from the landing, there was a long, narrow, flat area of mud, free of the dense bushes that bordered it darkly on both sides, and here our troops lined up as they arrived. Finally, when everyone was present and in place, the word spread that we would stay here for an hour or two, and the men lay down on the hard, damp ground and shivered; yet they slept like only exhausted soldiers can.
At 3 a.m. we were up and on the move again; slowly marching up the trolley line that led inland, in a southerly direction, toward Mkwaya. Breaking the stillness of a bush-land that apparently lay asleep and without inhabitant, I remember a solitary cock, at some near-by dwelling, crowed clear and full-voiced as we neared Mkwaya; declaring habitations, and promising the coming of dawn. Almost immediately afterwards the[181] first faint shade of daylight was heralded by the boom of artillery from the direction of Mingoyo.
At 3 a.m., we were up and on the move again, slowly making our way up the trolley line that headed inland, southward to Mkwaya. Breaking the silence of a bushland that seemed to be asleep and empty, I remember a lonely rooster from a nearby place crowing loudly as we got closer to Mkwaya, signaling that there were people around and that dawn was coming. Almost right after that, the[181] first faint light of day was announced by the booming of artillery from the direction of Mingoyo.
Overnight the monitors had moved into the estuary, and it was on H.M.S. Thistle, who had nosed her way far up-stream, that the Germans opened fire. Reply came immediately from the ships, and, as soon as it was full daylight, they were heavily shelling all enemy positions within range. During the action H.M.S. Thistle received one disturbing direct hit, but not a vital one, and she remained seaworthy through the action. Aeroplanes were up all morning busily “spotting” for our guns, and observing enemy movements as best they could in the darkly screened bush.
Overnight, the monitors had entered the estuary, and it was on H.M.S. Thistle, which had pushed far upstream, that the Germans opened fire. The ships responded right away, and as soon as it was fully daylight, they were heavily shelling all enemy positions within range. During the fight, H.M.S. Thistle took one concerning direct hit, but it wasn't critical, and she remained seaworthy throughout the action. Airplanes were up all morning, actively “spotting” for our guns and watching enemy movements as best as they could in the heavily covered bush.
Meantime, our turning-point had been reached at Mkwaya, and we now headed westerly in the direction of the Mohambika valley, behind Mingoyo, while the King’s African Rifles, who were an hour or so in advance of us, were now well out on our left flank and moving parallel to us. Some two hours later we had reached the valley crest at Ziwani, and overlooked the Mohambika valley and across to the opposite crest where lay hidden, in the bush and forest, the large native village of Mrweka and Schaadel’s Farm. Large numbers of the enemy were seen, about 1,500 yards distant, moving along the edge of the bush in rear of Mrweka, while smoke-puffs of gun-fire from the enemy artillery could be plainly seen farther down the valley toward[182] Mingoyo. An advance was attempted down into the valley, and action thereafter commenced, but the valley was found to be almost impenetrable—a wide sugar-cane swamp in which the enemy were already located, and which they commanded from the opposite valley crest—and, as the left column were by this time heavily engaged and not making progress, we were ordered, meantime, to dig in on the Ziwani crest while the enemy kept up persistent long-range machine-gun fire on us. Enemy soon appeared to be everywhere on our front and left, for whenever patrols left the ridge and commenced descent into the valley they encountered enemy in force, and were driven in. Finally, the situation culminated when, about 2 p.m., the enemy launched a terrific attack on our left flank and attempted to storm our position. On the left the ground fell away, as in front, and they had crept up the valley side in the grass and bush, until no more than thirty yards from our line—when their fire burst on us like a thunder-clap. From then on one lost all reckoning of time, all reckoning of everything, except that there was something big on that kept every energy alive and working at fever speed. In the end, toward night, we had won, and won handsomely; finally routing the foe from their offensive at the point of the bayonet, and capturing two of the three machine-guns which they had in the line. To add one final trial to this grim encounter, hives of bees had been[183] shot down from the trees during the action, and their inmates descended on us at the end of the day in infuriated swarms to drive us almost crazy with the agony of their stings. They inflicted such punishment that many men could barely see through their half-closed eyelids on the following day, while everyone suffered from cruel yellow-poisoned face scars.
Meanwhile, we had reached our turning point at Mkwaya and were now heading west toward the Mohambika valley, behind Mingoyo. The King’s African Rifles, who were about an hour ahead of us, were well out on our left flank and moving parallel to us. A couple of hours later, we arrived at the valley crest at Ziwani, overlooking the Mohambika valley and across to the opposite crest, where the large native village of Mrweka and Schaadel’s Farm were hidden in the bush and forest. We spotted a large number of the enemy, about 1,500 yards away, moving along the edge of the bush behind Mrweka, and we could clearly see the smoke from enemy artillery fire farther down the valley toward[182] Mingoyo. We tried to advance into the valley, and soon after, the action began. However, the valley turned out to be nearly impenetrable—a wide sugar-cane swamp where the enemy was already positioned and commanded from the opposite valley crest. Since the left column was heavily engaged and not making progress, we were ordered to dig in on the Ziwani crest while the enemy maintained a constant long-range machine-gun fire on us. The enemy seemed to be everywhere in front and to our left, as whenever patrols left the ridge and started descending into the valley, they encountered a strong enemy presence and were pushed back. The situation escalated around 2 p.m. when the enemy launched a fierce attack on our left flank, attempting to storm our position. On the left, the ground dropped away like it did in front, and they had crept up the valley side in the grass and bush until they were no more than thirty yards from our line—when their fire hit us like a thunderclap. From that moment on, I lost track of time, and everything else, except for the pressing urgency that kept every bit of energy alive and working at fever pace. Eventually, by nightfall, we emerged victorious, decisively routing the enemy from their offensive at the point of the bayonet and capturing two of the three machine guns they had in the line. To add one final challenge to this grim encounter, beehives had been[183] shot down from the trees during the battle, and their inhabitants swarmed down on us at the end of the day, driving us almost mad with the pain of their stings. The punishment was so severe that many men could barely see through their half-closed eyelids the following day, and everyone suffered from painful, swollen, yellow scars on their faces.
The attack had been a tremendously bold venture on the part of the enemy, who were, for the present, under Von Lettow in person, apparently in large and even superior force in the neighbourhood, and it gives an idea of their strength and desperation, and the gameness of their fighting—which one cannot help but admire. Had we been native troops, the result of such a daring blow might have been different; and even as it was, one looked back and thanked God for one thing—and that was that, even at point-blank range, the enemy’s shooting had been bad, for their deadly sweep of fire was, in general, too high. Had they got the correct elevation, their machine-guns alone were sufficient to deal terrible havoc along our short, hastily and half-entrenched line.
The attack was a really bold move by the enemy, who were currently led by Von Lettow and seemed to have a large and possibly superior force nearby. This shows their strength and desperation, as well as their fighting spirit, which is hard not to admire. If we had been local troops, the outcome of such a daring strike could have been different; and even so, we looked back and thanked God for one thing—that, even at close range, the enemy’s aim was poor, as their deadly fire was generally too high. If they had the right angle, their machine guns alone could have caused serious damage along our short, hastily prepared line.
Meantime the column in the bush—wide on our left—had met with opposition that they could not well break through; and no word had come in from the inland column that was operating in the north, which was momentarily expected to converge on to the position across the valley, and relieve the[184] pressure on that side; and so, for the night, there was nothing for it but to hold on where we were.
Meantime, the troops in the bush—spread out to our left—faced resistance that they couldn’t quite overcome; and no updates had come in from the northern column that was advancing inland, which was expected to join us across the valley and ease the[184] pressure on that side. So, for the night, we had no choice but to hold our position.
One had here a striking example of the difficulties of bush operations; of the disappointments, of the almost impossible task of keeping in touch with each force, across wide areas of dense, untouched, unfamiliar bush miles ahead of the base. One never knows, at the commencement of a day, the full difficulties to overcome; one can never altogether foresee the obstacles that will be encountered to enforce delay, be it an impassable swamp, impenetrable forest, an unbridged river, a loss of direction, or an unknown enemy force. It has been called a difficult campaign; but the difficulties have been so gigantic that the wonder one has is that the men who direct it have not grown old and grey with the weight of the anxieties imposed.
One had here a clear example of the challenges of bush operations: the disappointments, the nearly impossible task of staying connected with each group over vast areas of dense, untouched, unfamiliar bush far ahead of the base. You can never know at the start of the day what challenges you’ll face; you can never fully predict the obstacles that will arise to cause delays, whether it’s an impassable swamp, a thick forest, an unbridged river, a loss of direction, or an unknown enemy force. It’s been described as a tough campaign; however, the difficulties are so immense that it’s surprising the leaders overseeing it haven’t aged prematurely under the burden of stress.
Next morning, too late, the force on the north occupied Mingoyo and Mrweka, for overnight, under cover of darkness, the enemy had evacuated their positions, and had fallen back on their second line of defence across the trolley rails at Mohambika village.
Next morning, too late, the troops in the north took control of Mingoyo and Mrweka, because during the night, under the cover of darkness, the enemy had abandoned their positions and retreated to their secondary defense line across the trolley tracks at Mohambika village.
The battalion remained the day at Ziwani, and the following day, leaving other troops to hold the line, we crossed the valley and proceeded by stages, overland, back to Lindi. The enemy force, through the sudden appearance of new companies on this front, apparently now outnumbered ours, and it was, it[185] appeared, necessary to hold on and recuperate our forces, as far as possible, which were becoming increasingly difficult to keep up to reasonable establishment owing to overwhelming sickness and lack of proportionate reinforcements. Also, our column was operating in conjunction with the Kilwa column, which had a much longer distance to advance before both would close in on Massassi, the enemy base of operations. Therefore those causes accounted for our again “holding on” for a period at Lindi.
The battalion stayed at Ziwani for the day, and the next day, while leaving other troops to hold the line, we crossed the valley and gradually made our way back to Lindi. The enemy force had suddenly gained new companies on this front, which meant they now outnumbered us. It seemed necessary to hold our position and recover our forces as much as possible, which was becoming increasingly tough due to widespread illness and a lack of sufficient reinforcements. Additionally, our column was working alongside the Kilwa column, which had a much longer distance to cover before both would converge on Massassi, the enemy's base of operations. This is why we ended up "holding on" for a while at Lindi.
On 15th June we were again back in Lindi. A week later the battalion was experiencing a fell wave of coast fever, which thinned our ranks at an appalling rate. On 26th June the S.M.O. inspected the men remaining on duty, to inquire into their general physique and endeavour to trace the plague to any local fault, and at that time less than half our fighting strength were on parade. Other units were suffering in similar manner, but were losing men somewhat less rapidly. Next day camp was moved to higher ground, above Lindi, but though sickness abated it still continued to find daily victims, and it was heart-breaking to be thus weakened of our fighting strength; more especially as we were not long returned from our rest at the Cape, which it had been thought would surely resuscitate our health for further campaigning. But looking back now it is apparent that the hardships of the first two years in Africa had[186] sapped far more than the mere surface strength of the men, and the short change, though it brightened everyone outwardly, had not time to repair completely the debilities of thoroughly exhausted systems. Moreover Lindi, and the Lukuledi valley, were undoubtedly the most unhealthy country it was ever our misfortune to enter, and we had been in more than one bad area in the past.
On June 15th, we were back in Lindi again. A week later, the battalion was hit hard by a severe wave of coast fever, which drastically reduced our numbers. On June 26th, the S.M.O. inspected the men still on duty to assess their overall health and try to identify any local causes of the illness, and at that time, less than half of our fighting strength was present for parade. Other units were struggling in a similar way, but were losing men at a slightly slower rate. The next day, we moved camp to higher ground above Lindi, but even though the sickness lessened, it still claimed daily victims, and it was disheartening to see our fighting strength weakened; especially since we had just returned from our time at the Cape, which was expected to help restore our health for further campaigning. Looking back now, it's clear that the hardships of the first two years in Africa drained much more than just the surface strength of the men, and the brief respite, though it made everyone appear better on the outside, didn’t fully repair the damage from thoroughly exhausted bodies. Moreover, Lindi and the Lukuledi valley were undoubtedly the most unhealthy areas we were unfortunate enough to enter, and we had encountered several other rough spots in the past.
On 1st July I received orders to take up a position on Mtanda Plateau, with fifty rifles and two machine-guns, and there to establish an outpost one and a half mile from Lindi on the Noto Road, defending the approach on Lindi from the north-west, and north, where coast tracks led away to Kilwa, on which the enemy might retire, from before the Kilwa column, and here congregate. Mtanda Plateau was a broad ridge, overlooking Lindi and the sea from its south-east bank, and, crossing to the other side, where the ground again fell away to low country, its north-west aspect overlooked great distances of hill-broken, bush-covered country. The plateau was a jungle of breast-high grass and low bush, within a forest of stately mango trees.
On July 1st, I got orders to set up a position on Mtanda Plateau with fifty rifles and two machine guns. I was to establish an outpost a mile and a half from Lindi on the Noto Road, defending the approach to Lindi from the northwest and north, where coastal tracks led away to Kilwa, which the enemy might use to retreat from the Kilwa column and gather. Mtanda Plateau was a wide ridge that overlooked Lindi and the sea from its southeast side. Crossing over to the other side, where the ground sloped down to low country, the northwest side offered views of vast stretches of hilly, bushy terrain. The plateau was dense with chest-high grass and low bushes, surrounded by tall mango trees.
Routine on the outpost was to have strong, alert pickets posted near the road at night, and, through the day, to patrol the country out before us, sometimes to an outward-bound distance of ten miles. In view of the possibility of a night attack, on one or two dark nights the monitor H.M.S. Severn experimented[187] with her flash-lights, turning them on to our position from where she lay in the bay, and weirdly those lights, lit up the jungle.
Routine at the outpost involved having vigilant guards stationed near the road at night, and during the day, we would patrol the surrounding area, sometimes going as far as ten miles out. Given the chance of a nighttime attack, on a couple of dark nights, the ship H.M.S. Severn tried out her flashlights, shining them towards our position from where she was anchored in the bay, and strangely, those lights illuminated the jungle.[187]
We remained twenty-four days on this outpost, but experienced in that time no untoward incident. One or two German natives came in and gave themselves up, claiming at the same time to be porters, but sometimes such deserters had the military bearing of Askaris, and no doubt were really such, and had discarded their equipment and rifle in fear of terrible punishment for having fought against us—which was a belief taught them by their white masters.
We stayed at this outpost for twenty-four days, but during that time, nothing out of the ordinary happened. A couple of German locals came in and surrendered, claiming to be porters. However, some of these deserters had the military demeanor of Askaris, and they were likely indeed Askaris who had discarded their gear and rifles out of fear of severe punishment for fighting against us—something they were taught to believe by their white superiors.
On the morning of 25th July the detachment evacuated the outpost, and rejoined the battalion at Lindi in preparation to again resume the offensive. On the 26th the battalion trekked from 4.30 a.m. until 2 p.m. via Naitiwi, to Mayani, a planters’ station, having then come thirteen miles, by track, out into the country of our June operations.
On the morning of July 25th, the unit left the outpost and rejoined the battalion in Lindi to get ready to resume the offensive. On the 26th, the battalion marched from 4:30 a.m. to 2 p.m. through Naitiwi to Mayani, a plantation station, having covered thirteen miles along the track back into the area where we operated in June.
We stayed a few uneventful days at Mayani, and on the night of 1st August moved on into Mingoyo, there to join the column, on the eve of an offensive against the enemy, who were holding a front which had its centre before Mohambika village, on the trolley line, its extreme north flank on Kipanya Ridge, and its extreme south flank on Tandamuti Hill: in all a front of some four miles. The next day we were in action, which I can, perhaps, best describe in quoting the following notes:
We spent a few uneventful days at Mayani, and on the night of August 1st, we moved on to Mingoyo to join the group, just before an offensive against the enemy, who were positioned with their center in front of Mohambika village, along the trolley line, their far north flank on Kipanya Ridge, and their far south flank on Tandamuti Hill: a front spanning about four miles. The next day, we were in action, which I can best describe by quoting the following notes:
One a.m., night of 2nd August, up and getting ready to move. Left Mingoyo at 3 a.m.—our battalion, with the main column, which was to operate on the left flank, and which advanced slowly through thick bush in the direction of Tandamuti Hill. Enemy first encountered about 6 a.m. Engaged in force 9 a.m. and 3/4 King’s African Rifles in attack. They were a newly recruited battalion, and this was their first time in action, and the wear of attack told heavily on them, particularly when finally opposed to the fortifications on Tandamuti Hill crest. It was then that two companies of our unit went forward to reinforce the front line. They lost no time in charging the enemy position, but found themselves, ultimately, against a dense, thorn-built boma fence, through which they could not break and, under telling fire, they swung off to the left flank, and withdrew. The battalion machine-guns were now established fifty yards from the boma, after casualties had lost me four of the most able and invaluable gunners, and thenceforward the boma and fort were raked with heavy machine-gun fire, and shelled by Stoke’s guns; until finally, about 3.30 p.m., the enemy response was completely silenced within the fort, while German bugles rapped out their rallying calls in the valley in the rear of the hill. But orders were now received to retire, as the other two columns on the right had been held up; in fact, the central force, operating immediately south of[189] the trolley line near to Mohambika, had even been forced to retreat, by weight of the numbers opposed to them. This was indeed a day brimful of adventure and expectancy, while everyone was aware of the great strength opposed to us, and the desperation of the fighting. But this was not the end of it. Soon after commencing the retirement heavy firing broke out in our original rear. It transpired that Kraut, in command of a company, had broken into our line of communication, and had attacked and scattered the whole of the 1st-line transport porters and their escort. The defenceless porters had flung away their loads and fled, leaving everything to the mercy of the enemy, and we encountered inconceivable disorder on the baggage-littered track when we came along. But, just before reaching this point, we, too, were pounced on by an ambush on the left, and terrific firing again ensued until the enemy were driven off. We then came to the advanced Field Hospital, where it was found the German raiders had entered, and even had had the audacity to order the native orderlies to supply the German whites with tea, while they removed all the quinine and such medicines of which they were in need. But the whites had treated the wounded with consideration, and, with revolvers drawn, had ordered their wildly excited blacks to stand clear of any possibility of interference.
One a.m., on the night of August 2nd, we were up and getting ready to move. We left Mingoyo at 3 a.m.—our battalion was with the main column, which was supposed to operate on the left flank and advanced slowly through thick bush toward Tandamuti Hill. We first encountered the enemy around 6 a.m. We engaged them in force at 9 a.m. with 3/4 King’s African Rifles on the attack. They were a newly recruited battalion, making this their first experience in action, and the stress of the attack weighed heavily on them, especially when they finally faced the fortifications on the top of Tandamuti Hill. At that point, two companies of our unit moved forward to reinforce the front line. They wasted no time charging the enemy position but ultimately found themselves against a dense, thorn-built boma fence, which they couldn't break through. Under intense fire, they maneuvered to the left flank and withdrew. The battalion’s machine guns were now set up fifty yards from the boma after casualties had cost me four of my most skilled and invaluable gunners. From then on, the boma and fort were hit with heavy machine-gun fire and shelled by Stoke’s guns until eventually, around 3:30 p.m., the enemy response was completely silenced within the fort, while German bugles signaled their rallying calls in the valley behind the hill. However, we received orders to retreat, as the other two columns on the right had been held up; in fact, the central force operating just south of the trolley line near Mohambika had even been forced to retreat due to the overwhelming numbers against them. It was definitely a day full of adventure and anticipation, knowing the significant strength opposing us and the intensity of the fighting. But that was not the end of it. Soon after we started the retreat, heavy firing erupted in our original rear. It turned out that a German officer had broken through our communication lines and attacked, scattering the entire first-line transport porters and their escort. The defenseless porters had thrown down their loads and fled, leaving everything to the enemy's mercy, and we encountered unimaginable chaos on the baggage-strewn path as we passed through. Just before reaching this point, we were also ambushed from the left, leading to fierce gunfire again until the enemy was driven off. We then reached the advanced Field Hospital, where we found that the German raiders had entered and even had the audacity to order the native orderlies to serve tea to the German troops while they took all the quinine and other medicines they needed. However, the white personnel had treated the wounded with care and, with their revolvers drawn, had ordered the panicking black orderlies to stay clear of any chance of interference.

Tandamuti.
Tandamuti.
Finally we marched wearily into Ziwani, to camp about 11 p.m., very tired after being[190] twenty-two hours on our feet. So ended another day of battle, one of hard fighting and heavy casualties, and one which goes to show that at periods we had not got it all our own way by force of numbers, nor by superior fighting qualities, and that the final defeat of the enemy was the result of many a hard knock, given and taken. As General Van Deventer said, later, in a dispatch dated 21st January, 1918:—“The completion of the conquest of German East Africa could only be brought about by hard hitting and plenty of it”—which has, has it not? much of the theory which General Foch had on the battle-fields of France.
Finally, we marched wearily into Ziwani, to camp around 11 p.m., very tired after being[190] on our feet for twenty-two hours. So ended another day of battle, one filled with hard fighting and heavy casualties, demonstrating that at times we didn’t have it all our own way due to our numbers or superior fighting skills, and that the enemy’s eventual defeat was the result of many a hard hit, both given and taken. As General Van Deventer later stated in a dispatch dated January 21, 1918:—“The completion of the conquest of German East Africa could only be achieved by hard hitting and lots of it”—which aligns with much of the theory that General Foch had on the battlefields of France.
On 9th August preparations were again afoot to resume the offensive, and a column under Colonel Taylor—which contained, in part, the remnants of the 8th South African Infantry, lately landed in Lindi from farther up the coast—left about midday to strike east into the Lukuledi River, and, thence, southward, to be in a position to outflank widely Tandamuti on the following day.
On August 9th, preparations were once again underway to resume the offensive, and a column led by Colonel Taylor—which included, in part, the remnants of the 8th South African Infantry, recently arrived in Lindi from further up the coast—set out around midday to head east into the Lukuledi River and then southward, positioning themselves to widely outflank Tandamuti the next day.
On 10th August our force advanced up the Mohambika Valley in touch with the trolley line, which was on our right. At evening we camped west of the old Tandamuti position, having passed Mohambika village and come to our halting-place without encountering any sustained resistance.... On the morning of this day at 7 o’clock, and again recommencing at 1 p.m., Tandamuti Hill was heavily shelled by the long-range guns of the monitors Severn[191] and Mersey, from where they lay up the river estuary some eight to ten miles to the north-east, and also by the howitzers of the Royal Garrison Artillery, and the field guns of the South African Artillery. And this cannonade, and the threat of impending attack of the same severe nature as in the preceding week, apparently decided the enemy’s retirement, for by the evening we had advanced and were in possession of all the positions which we had fought so hard for a week before. Next day, but now leaving the trolley track and striking deeply into the bush, the advance continued, and during the forenoon we joined in with the left column, which then preceded us in a southerly direction, through tall grass and much bad bush. Light engagements occurred from time to time with the advance guard, but the column kept moving on, though progress was painfully slow, while every new aspect of the country ahead was being carefully investigated, for well was it known that any 100 yards of fresh ground might hold an ambush and a trap. At the end of a wearisome day we reached the Lukuledi River, where it flows for some miles on a course due east, and then camped about 1½ mile west of Narunyu, which was reported occupied by the enemy.
On August 10th, our forces moved up the Mohambika Valley alongside the trolley line on our right. In the evening, we set up camp west of the old Tandamuti position, having passed through Mohambika village and reached our stopping point without facing any significant resistance. On the morning of this day at 7 a.m., and again starting at 1 p.m., Tandamuti Hill was heavily shelled by the long-range guns of the monitors Severn[191] and Mersey, which were located about eight to ten miles northeast up the river estuary, as well as by the howitzers of the Royal Garrison Artillery and the field guns of the South African Artillery. This bombardment, along with the threat of a heavy impending attack similar to the previous week, seemingly prompted the enemy to retreat. By the evening, we had advanced and taken control of all the positions we had fought hard for the week before. The next day, leaving the trolley line behind and moving deep into the bush, the advance continued. During the morning, we joined forces with the left column, which was leading us south through tall grass and thick underbrush. Light skirmishes occurred sporadically with the advance guard, but the column kept pushing forward, even though progress was excruciatingly slow. Each new stretch of land ahead was thoroughly inspected, as it was well understood that any 100 yards of unfamiliar territory could conceal an ambush. After a long and tiring day, we reached the Lukuledi River, where it flows east for several miles, and we camped about 1.5 miles west of Narunyu, which was reported to be occupied by the enemy.
12th August.—Thoughts recall the grouse moor, and this day of days at home, but again it passes with but memories. All porters have gone back to bring forward rations, while we halt here near Narunyu.
12th August.—I can't help but think about the grouse moor and this perfect day at home, but it slips by with only memories. All the porters have gone back to get supplies, while we wait here near Narunyu.
From 13th August to 18th August we remained closely in one area, where low hills and ridges encompassed us on all sides. West of us the enemy had established a line defending the approach to Narunyu, and our line dug in before them, while engagements daily occurred here and in the neighbourhood, and we were fitfully subjected to shelling by the enemy’s artillery.
From August 13th to August 18th, we stayed tightly in one area, surrounded by low hills and ridges. To the west, the enemy had set up a defensive line blocking the way to Narunyu, and we entrenched ourselves in front of them. Daily skirmishes took place here and in the surrounding area, and we were intermittently targeted by the enemy's artillery fire.
The weather at this time broke down, and we had five consecutive days of heavy rain, which, as we had no blankets or grass-hut shelters, made us very cold, wet, and miserable, while during the nights we slept lying in rain-soaked mud—a condition of things that brought out even more fever than usual.
The weather took a turn for the worse, and we dealt with five straight days of heavy rain, which, since we had no blankets or grass huts for shelter, left us cold, wet, and miserable. At night, we had to sleep in the muddy ground soaked by rain—a situation that led to even more fever than usual.
18th August.—Overnight, under cover of darkness, part of our forces evacuated camp and travelled northerly, and then westerly, until we drew in to the trolley line: then we lay down and waited until early morning. At 3 a.m. we were moving again, and the column had crossed the open avenue of the trolley line, and were lost again in the bush, before daybreak. All morning we moved, through truly terrible thorn-bush country, in a south-westerly direction, thereby widely circling round to attack the Narunyu position from the west, while our other forces, at the camp we had left, would hold the enemy’s attention on the east. About 11 a.m., when drawing in to the hill-crest overlooking Narunyu, which is situated in a valley bottom, the first-second King’s[193] African Rifles, in the lead, encountered large forces of the enemy, and entered into action. On their establishing a firing line, the rear of the column was drawn in, and a perimeter was formed, for, in the thick bush we were then in, attack might threaten from any direction. This was a wonderfully wise and fortunate precaution, for no sooner were our lines on all sides established than the enemy opened a determined attack on our right flank; and, as the fight continued, fierce and sustained attacks developed later, even in our rear and on our left. In other words, the enemy were all around us and trying to break through our “square” in the bush. It was a day of tremendous battle. There were, within the circle, the first-second King’s African Rifles, 25th Royal Fusiliers, and Stoke’s Guns, and back to back they fought, without one minute’s cease in the deafening fusillade, until long after dark. It was here that one saw, and realised, the full fighting courage to which well-trained native African troops can rise. The first-second King’s African Rifles was one of the original pre-war regular battalions, and magnificently they fought here; and we, who were an Imperial unit, felt that we could not have wished for a stouter, nor a more faithful, regiment to fight alongside of. About 8 p.m. the firing ceased and we had at last a breathing space and could hear each other speak in normal voice. But all was not yet over. At 9.30 p.m. an enemy whistle blew sharply—and instantaneously[194] a great burst of enemy fire swept the square from the right flank, and from closer quarters than before. An enemy force had crept in in the darkness and silence, and tried to take us by surprise. But they reckoned wrongly, and in the end, after a fierce encounter, they were driven off and silenced: though movement and groans, from beyond our front, continued long into the night while the enemy collected their dead and wounded.
18th August.—Overnight, under the cover of darkness, part of our forces evacuated the camp and headed north, then west, until we reached the trolley line. We then lay down and waited until early morning. At 3 a.m. we were on the move again, crossing the open trolley line and getting lost in the bush before daybreak. We moved all morning through truly horrible thornbush country, heading southwest to make a wide circle and attack the Narunyu position from the west, while our other forces at the camp we had left kept the enemy occupied in the east. About 11 a.m., as we approached the hillcrest overlooking Narunyu, situated in a valley, the first-second King’s African Rifles, in the lead, encountered large enemy forces and engaged in action. Once they established a firing line, the back of the column was pulled in, forming a perimeter because, in the thick bush we were in, an attack could come from any direction. This was a smart and lucky precaution because no sooner had we set up our lines than the enemy launched a determined attack on our right flank; as the fighting continued, fierce and sustained assaults broke out on our rear and left. In other words, the enemy was all around us, trying to break through our “square” in the bush. It was a day of intense battle. Inside our perimeter were the first-second King’s African Rifles, 25th Royal Fusiliers, and Stoke’s Guns, and they fought back to back without a moment's pause in the deafening gunfire until long after dark. Here we saw and understood the full fighting spirit that well-trained native African troops can achieve. The first-second King’s African Rifles was one of the original pre-war regular battalions, and they fought magnificently; we, as an Imperial unit, felt we could not have asked for a braver or more loyal regiment to fight alongside. At about 8 p.m. the firing finally stopped, giving us a moment to breathe and speak normally. But it wasn’t over yet. At 9:30 p.m. an enemy whistle blew sharply—and instantly a heavy burst of enemy fire swept the square from the right flank, closer than before. An enemy force had crept in during the darkness and silence, trying to catch us off guard. But they underestimated us, and in the end, after a fierce encounter, they were driven off and silenced; although we could hear movement and groans from beyond our front as the enemy collected their dead and wounded well into the night.
There was now opportunity to review the situation and its vital points: the King’s African Rifles were very short of ammunition, and it was felt that the situation might become serious in the event of a sustained night attack—what ammunition could be spared was handed over to them by our battalion.
There was now a chance to assess the situation and its critical aspects: the King’s African Rifles were running low on ammunition, and it was believed that the situation could escalate if there was a prolonged night attack—whatever ammunition could be spared was given to them by our battalion.
Casualties, after such extremely heavy fighting, were not excessively heavy, which was undoubtedly due to the lie of the ground, for our position was in a slight dip that could not be detected from the enemy lines. We were out of touch with G.H.Q. and the reserve column, and a patrol was sent out to try to get through to Head-quarters, though we had now no fear of joining up, for we had confidence we could hold on, and had in the fighting worn down the enemy’s will to strike. Water was our greatest need—there was none within our square.
Casualties, after such intense fighting, weren’t overwhelmingly high, which was likely because of the terrain; our position was in a slight dip that couldn’t be seen from the enemy lines. We were out of contact with G.H.Q. and the reserve column, so a patrol was sent out to try to reach Headquarters, but we weren't worried about rejoining because we were confident we could hold our ground, and during the fighting, we had weakened the enemy’s will to attack. Water was our biggest need—there was none within our square.
At last our anxieties ceased. Weary, powder-blackened, mud-filthy, thirsty beyond the[195] telling, the line slept fitfully through the remainder of the night.
At last, our worries faded away. Exhausted, covered in soot and mud, and desperately thirsty to the point of being unable to describe it, the group slept restlessly for the rest of the night.
Dawn found everyone standing to, and patrols investigating the bush out in front of the lines. Some patrol fighting took place close in, but the enemy trenches of yesterday were found to be evacuated, and the enemy line now some 700 yards away on our right flank and front. At 9 a.m. General O’Grady arrived in camp, and relief was felt that we were again in communication.
Dawn had everyone standing by, with patrols checking the brush in front of the lines. Some fighting took place nearby, but the enemy trenches from yesterday were found to be empty, and the enemy line was now about 700 yards away on our right flank and front. At 9 a.m., General O’Grady arrived at camp, bringing relief that we were once again in communication.
Heavy fighting had been experienced at all points yesterday, and casualties of comrade acquaintances, in other units, were learned of with regret.
Heavy fighting occurred at all locations yesterday, and we learned with regret about the casualties among friends in other units.
It was decided that we were to hold on here, and arrangements were made to bring water to camp, while bully and biscuit would be our ration—no tea, no cooked food, for no fire could be allowed on account of the smoke, which would have marked our position to enemy artillery. The enemy were shelling the square and shooting dangerously close, but were unable to locate us exactly, or tell where their shells were landing, in the dense bush. To-day all ranks were very exhausted after the past week of blanketless, half-sleepless nights and the extreme strain of yesterday.
It was decided that we would stay here, and plans were made to bring water to the camp, while our rations would consist of bully beef and biscuits—no tea or cooked food since we couldn't have a fire because the smoke would give away our position to the enemy artillery. The enemy was shelling the square and firing dangerously close, but they couldn't pinpoint our exact location or see where their shells were landing in the thick brush. Today, everyone was very exhausted after the past week of sleepless nights without blankets and the intense strain of yesterday.
For five days we lay in the confined square in our shallow trenches, drinking sparingly of foul water, and holding impatiently on, while smaller engagements went on with the enemy, who continued to invest our front closely and[196] right flank. Our porters had a bad time here. In time cooked food was sent up for them from the rear, but on the first two days it was common to see the poor creatures hungrily munching their uncooked ration of hard rice-grains. At the end of the five days, many of them were almost unable to walk, and could not be burdened with an ammunition load.
For five days, we were stuck in the cramped square in our shallow trenches, drinking little of the terrible water and holding on impatiently while smaller skirmishes took place with the enemy, who kept closely surrounding our front and right flank. Our porters had a rough time here. Eventually, cooked food was sent up for them from the rear, but during the first two days, it was common to see those poor guys hungrily nibbling on their raw rations of hard rice grains. By the end of the five days, many of them could barely walk and weren't able to carry any ammunition.
On 22nd August our battalion received orders to withdraw under cover of night to the reserve column at the main camp back some miles on the trolley line and west of Tandamuti—a camp which was designated C.23.
On August 22nd, our battalion got orders to pull back under the cover of night to the reserve group at the main camp located a few miles down the trolley line and west of Tandamuti—a camp marked as C.23.
The withdrawal was quietly accomplished, and at 9.30 p.m. we camped at C.23. And then we had, what in the past few days we had come to dream of—tea, tea, tea. Camp-fires were started everywhere, and we sat there and feasted our fill of tea that tasted threefold more fragrant and delicious than ever before, and on cooked food, warm and palatable, and long we sat into the hours when weary heads should have been asleep.
The withdrawal was quietly completed, and at 9:30 p.m. we set up camp at C.23. And then we had what we had been dreaming of for the past few days—tea, tea, tea. Campfires were lit all around us, and we sat there and enjoyed as much tea as we wanted, which tasted three times more fragrant and delicious than ever before, along with cooked food that was warm and tasty. We sat there for a long time, well into the hours when tired heads should have been asleep.
We remained at C.23 until 4th September, and at intervals each day were shelled by the enemy’s long-range guns, at aggravating intervals.
We stayed at C.23 until September 4th, and each day we were repeatedly shelled by the enemy's long-range guns, which was frustratingly inconsistent.
A large camp had sprung up at C.23, and additional forces and additional stores were daily arriving. But we were in terribly unhealthy country; the air was close and oppressive, and the sun merciless; and men went about their duties with listless bearing. The[197] hospitals were full of sick, and troops and porters were being evacuated in hundreds every few days. The native African was suffering as much as if not more than the European. The 25th suffered no less than other units, and our forces were sadly growing smaller and smaller.
A large camp had set up at C.23, and more troops and supplies were arriving daily. But we were in a very unhealthy area; the air was thick and stifling, and the sun was relentless; everyone went about their tasks in a daze. The[197] hospitals were filled with sick people, and hundreds of troops and porters were being evacuated every few days. The local Africans were suffering just as much, if not more, than the Europeans. The 25th was no different from other units, and our forces were sadly getting smaller and smaller.
On 4th September the battalion left C.23 and advanced to the centre and left camps before Narunyu, to occupy the front line there; relieving the 8th South African Infantry, who were tottering with sickness and unfit for further service in active fields.
On September 4th, the battalion left C.23 and moved to the center and left camps in front of Narunyu to take over the front line there, relieving the 8th South African Infantry, who were weak from illness and unfit for further service in active combat.
Here utter physical exhaustion, and fever, which had gripped me for some time, began slowly to master endurance. For a few days I struggled on, having just enough strength to “stand to” by the machine-guns in the early mornings, and afterwards to direct the day’s routine. Those days were commonplace—there was sometimes some exchange of firing at daybreak, and on some occasions the camp was shelled; while we were gratified to see considerable numbers of porter and Askari deserters come in and give themselves up.
Here, complete physical exhaustion and fever, which had taken hold of me for a while, began to slowly overpower my endurance. For a few days, I pushed through, having just enough energy to “hold my ground” by the machine guns in the early mornings and then to manage the day’s tasks. Those days were ordinary—there was occasionally some gunfire at dawn, and sometimes the camp was shelled; however, we were pleased to see a significant number of porter and Askari deserters come in and surrender.
On 5th September we had news that the Kilwa column had progressed considerably and were at Mssinoyi River on 4th September, sixty miles south-west of Kilwa, and some 110 miles off their ultimate objective—Massassi.
On September 5th, we received news that the Kilwa column had made significant progress and was at the Mssinoyi River on September 4th, sixty miles southwest of Kilwa and about 110 miles from their final goal—Massassi.
On 9th September I had not strength to walk, and later in the morning I was taken to hospital. I was beaten, hopelessly overcome,[198] though no man likes to give in. General O’Grady came to see me when I lay on my stretcher at the Field Hospital—perhaps the bravest man I have fought under, and the kindest—and, in my weakness, when he had gone, I hid my face in the gloom of the low grass hut and broke down like a woman. I had worked under his direction many times, on reconnaissance and other special work, when he was Chief of Staff, and when he commanded a brigade, and now he was sorry I was done—and I, ah well! my heart was breaking because I could not stay on, as he and the last of my comrades were doing.
On September 9th, I didn’t have the strength to walk, and later that morning, I was taken to the hospital. I felt beaten, completely overwhelmed, though no man likes to give up. General O’Grady came to see me while I lay on my stretcher at the Field Hospital—maybe the bravest man I’ve fought under and the kindest—and, in my weakness, once he left, I hid my face in the shadows of the low grass hut and broke down like a woman. I had worked under his direction many times on reconnaissance and other special assignments when he was Chief of Staff and when he led a brigade, and now he was sorry I was done—and I, well! My heart was breaking because I couldn’t stay on, like he and the last of my comrades were doing.[198]
There remains little more to add. By stages I was transported by ambulance to Lindi, and thence by sea to Dar-es-Salaam, where at the end of September I lay for a few days dangerously ill, and was pulled through only by the tireless care of the doctor and sisters. On 2nd October I was borne aboard the Oxfordshire and sailed for South Africa.
There’s not much more to say. I was gradually taken by ambulance to Lindi, and then by boat to Dar-es-Salaam, where I spent a few days at the end of September very sick. I only got through it thanks to the relentless care of the doctor and nurses. On October 2nd, I was taken aboard the Oxfordshire and set sail for South Africa.
My actual experience of the German East Africa campaign thus ended. The Lindi column were, at the time of my departure, reinforced by the Nigerians, and fighting of the same severe nature as I have described, against Von Lettow and his concentrated forces, continued 1½ month more in the fever-stricken Lukuledi Valley before the Kilwa and the Lindi forces effected a junction.
My actual experience of the German East Africa campaign thus ended. The Lindi column was, at the time of my departure, reinforced by the Nigerians, and fighting of the same severe nature as I have described, against Von Lettow and his concentrated forces, continued for another month and a half in the fever-stricken Lukuledi Valley before the Kilwa and the Lindi forces joined up.
Not long after that was accomplished, on 25th and 26th November, Von Lettow avoided[199] final surrender by crossing the Rovuma River south-west of Massassi, and escaped up the Luyenda River into Portuguese territory; while Tafel’s force—of some 2,000 to 3,000—which, too late, tried to effect a junction with the main force, was cut off, and on 28th November surrendered unconditionally.
Not long after that was done, on November 25th and 26th, Von Lettow avoided[199] final surrender by crossing the Rovuma River southwest of Massassi and escaped up the Luyenda River into Portuguese territory; meanwhile, Tafel’s force—consisting of about 2,000 to 3,000—which tried too late to join up with the main force, was cut off and surrendered unconditionally on November 28th.
On our side, there is one sorrowful disaster to record which touches this narrative deeply. In the final action which my unit undertook—the only one after my departure—the remnants of the band, steel-true men who had come through everything till then, were pitted against overwhelming odds, when covering a retirement, and fought till they were cut to pieces.
On our side, there’s one heartbreaking disaster to note that deeply impacts this story. In the last mission my unit carried out—the only one after I left—the remaining members, incredibly resilient men who had survived everything up to that point, faced overwhelming odds while covering a retreat and fought until they were utterly defeated.
It was a tragic ending.
It was a sad ending.
It would be difficult to picture East Africa without her vivid abundance of Nature, for it is “the creatures of the earth” that for ever astonish all who enter this country of vast wildernesses and few habitations of white men.
It’s hard to imagine East Africa without its vibrant abundance of nature, because it’s “the creatures of the earth” that continually amaze everyone who visits this land of vast wildernesses and few settlements of white people.
In this connection I will endeavour to describe some of the forms of wild life that were most closely associated with camp and trek during the campaign.
In this regard, I will try to describe some of the types of wildlife that were most closely linked to the camp and trek during the campaign.
To begin with, if I may bring them into the category of wild things, there were the natives of the country—who aided us tremendously during the campaign, and without whose aid it would have been well-nigh impossible for our columns to traverse the country. Broadly speaking, we had to deal with four distinct types of native—the Swahili-speaking tribes, the Kavirondos, the Kikuyus, and the Masai. The Swahili-speaking natives, whose tribes were numerous and included such fighting peoples as the Whahamba, Diruma, and Nandi, were most generally recruited from the coast areas; they were the most intelligent and adaptable natives in our service. Many of[201] them made splendid Askaris, while as trained porters, for machine-guns, signalling sections, and stretcher-bearers, they were extremely useful, and many thousands were utilised for such work. Those natives were extraordinarily keen on their drills—in which they were daily instructed, whenever opportunity arose, to ensure combined movement without confusion, and quick obedience to orders—and it was a common thing to see them, after a parade had been dismissed, continue their drill within their own lines, under the direction of one of their enthusiastic headmen. They were simple, good-natured people, those blacks, and very easy to deal with if one took the trouble to understand them and their language, and ruled with a strong yet considerate hand. But they were unfortunate, and at a loss, when they came under the charge of strangers who had not had opportunity to understand them or their language—which often occurred, owing to loss of experienced men through sickness or casualties, and their replacement by men freshly arrived in the country.
To start, if I can categorize them as wild things, there were the natives of the land—who supported us greatly during the campaign, and without whom it would have been nearly impossible for our troops to navigate the area. Basically, we had to work with four distinct groups of natives—the Swahili-speaking tribes, the Kavirondos, the Kikuyus, and the Masai. The Swahili-speaking natives, whose tribes were numerous and included formidable groups like the Whahamba, Diruma, and Nandi, mainly came from the coastal regions; they were the most intelligent and adaptable natives in our service. Many of them became excellent Askaris, and as trained porters for machine guns, signaling sections, and stretcher bearers, they were incredibly helpful, with thousands employed in these roles. These natives were exceptionally eager during drills—in which they received daily instruction whenever possible to ensure coordinated movements and quick responses to orders—and it was common to see them continue their training within their own ranks after a parade had concluded, guided by one of their enthusiastic leaders. They were simple, good-natured individuals, and very easy to get along with if one made the effort to understand them and their language, while leading with a firm yet compassionate approach. However, they struggled when placed under the command of strangers who hadn’t taken the time to learn about them or their language—which often happened due to losing experienced personnel to illness or casualties, and their replacements being newcomers to the area.
When we entered German territory many Swahili natives, of the inhabited districts we passed through, were hired by all ranks as personal servants, and thenceforth became followers of the column. Those were usually boys of from fifteen years to twenty-five years. They subsisted on any kind of diet, and often foraged for scraps in camp and for fruits in the bush, with much of the instinct of animals.[202] Those who were ignorant were taught to cook, and to do the many little duties of body-servant; and were a great boon to trek-tired men when camp was reached and they were available to cut grass for the bed on the ground, fetch water, kindle camp fires, and help in the cooking of food.
When we crossed into German territory, many Swahili locals from the areas we passed through were hired by everyone as personal servants and became part of our group. These were mostly young men between the ages of fifteen and twenty-five. They managed with any kind of food and often scavenged for leftovers in camp and for fruits in the bush, showing a lot of animal-like instincts. Those who didn't know how to cook were taught, and they learned to handle various tasks as personal helpers. They were a huge help to tired travelers when we set up camp, as they could cut grass for bedding, fetch water, start campfires, and assist with meal preparation.[202]
The Kavirondos from the Lake District, and the Kikuyus from the Nairobi area, were used almost exclusively for carriers and camp cleaners, and were perhaps less intelligent than the average Swahili native, and of lower type. Nevertheless, some of them were very useful, and I have used picked men from both tribes as higher-grade machine-gun porters, and found them come very close to the standard of the good Swahili.
The Kavirondos from the Lake District and the Kikuyus from the Nairobi area were mainly used as carriers and camp cleaners, and they were possibly less intelligent than the average Swahili native and of a lower social status. However, some of them were quite useful, and I've selected men from both tribes as top-notch machine-gun porters, finding that they were close to the standard of the good Swahili.
The warlike nomad Masai roamed the upland grass-lands of their great reserves and held aloof from warfare. Only as guides in the early days on the frontier were they of usefulness to our forces, and at that time they were often seen about our camps. They were remarkable for their knowledge of direction in a country of few apparent landmarks, and for the speed at which they could cover long distances, with their ungainly shuffling run.
The fierce nomadic Masai wandered the high grasslands of their vast reserves and mostly kept away from fighting. In the early days on the frontier, they were only helpful to our troops as guides and were often spotted around our camps. They were known for their exceptional sense of direction in a landscape with few visible landmarks, as well as for their ability to quickly cover long distances with their awkward shuffling run.
I turn now to the big game of the country.
I will now focus on the major game in the country.
I know no more interesting and wonderful sight than that we often witnessed, and that may be to-day witnessed, on the Kajiado Plains, and in the neighbourhood of the Guaso[203] Nyero valley. Not even the wonderful migration of the vast bands of caribou in the far Canadian North can surpass the sight of game one will see here in a day. In a single day’s march herd after herd of game may be passed feeding plainly in view in the open grass veldt—herds of wildebeeste, hartebeeste, zebra, and Grant’s gazelle, are the most plentiful; and small groups of Thomson’s gazelle, oryx antelope, giraffe, and ostrich. While in the Guaso Nyero valley it may be your good fortune to sight a large herd of buffalo.
I know of no sight more interesting and incredible than what we often saw, and what you can still see today, on the Kajiado Plains and near the Guaso[203] Nyero valley. Not even the amazing migration of the huge herds of caribou in the far Canadian North can compare to the game you can see here in a single day. During just one day's walk, you can come across herd after herd of animals grazing in plain sight on the open grasslands—herds of wildebeest, hartebeest, zebra, and Grant's gazelle are the most common; along with smaller groups of Thomson's gazelle, oryx antelope, giraffe, and ostrich. While in the Guaso Nyero valley, you might even be lucky enough to spot a large herd of buffalo.

Ostriches.
Ostriches.
Eland antelope I only remember seeing in two localities—at Maktau on the frontier, and in the Rufiji valley.
Eland antelope—I only remember seeing them in two places: at Maktau on the border and in the Rufiji valley.
Within German territory no such vast numbers of game were encountered: but that may have been because we did not again travel through open veldt of the same nature as contained the herds on the frontier. Most game, in German territory, were seen in the low-lying Mgeta and Rufiji valleys. At Tulo and Kissaki, some species of game were plentiful. At Tulo, reedbuck, waterbuck, mpala, and wart-hog were numerous, while a number of hippopotamus haunted the sluggish Mwuha River. At Kissaki, bushbuck, Harvey’s duiker, and wart-hog were the principal small game, while here, and out to the great Ruaha and Rufiji Rivers, the territory was renowned for elephant.
Within German territory, we didn't encounter as many game; that might have been because we didn't travel through open grassland like the areas where we saw herds at the frontier. Most of the game in German territory was spotted in the low-lying Mgeta and Rufiji valleys. At Tulo and Kissaki, certain species of game were abundant. In Tulo, there were plenty of reedbuck, waterbuck, impala, and warthogs, while a number of hippos lingered in the slow-moving Mwuha River. At Kissaki, bushbuck, Harvey’s duiker, and warthogs were the main small game, and this area, extending to the great Ruaha and Rufiji Rivers, was famous for its elephants.
Elephant tracks, old and new, were everywhere in the neighbourhood of Kissaki, but[204] animals were seldom seen, since they were very wary, and extraordinarily quick in scenting danger. If they detect human scent—which they will pick up a mile or more down-wind—they are at once alarmed and fast travel away from the danger, very often covering great distances before reassured that they have reached a zone of safety.
Elephant tracks, both old and new, were all over the area around Kissaki, but[204] the animals were rarely spotted, as they were extremely cautious and incredibly quick to sense danger. If they catch a whiff of human scent—which they can detect a mile or more downwind—they immediately become alarmed and flee from the threat, often traveling long distances before they feel safe again.
At the Rufiji River a remarkable number of hippopotamus were seen. North of Kibambawe village there is a chain of lakes no great distance apart, and I have passed one of those lakes, Lake Tágalala, when there have been scores of hippo, visible in the water. I should think the marsh-banked Rufiji River throughout its course teems with those strange, cumbersome, uncomely animals.
At the Rufiji River, we saw an impressive number of hippos. North of Kibambawe village, there’s a series of lakes close together, and I’ve passed one of those lakes, Lake Tágalala, when there were dozens of hippos visible in the water. I’d guess that the marshy banks of the Rufiji River are filled with those peculiar, hefty, and not-so-attractive creatures.
Rhinoceros were perhaps most plentiful on the frontier, and were often encountered when patrolling the thick bush, or bush-covered hill-country. During the many times I have met those animals at close quarters—and I have stumbled across as many as four separate animals in a single night when on particular reconnaissance—I have never known them to charge seriously when not wounded. I have experienced them rush straight on to the sound of a stick crackling underfoot, but, when they drew close and got my wind, they veered off instantly to one side, and escaped in the bush rapidly and fearfully. I remarked my experiences to Selous, for they were not what I had been led to expect, and he corroborated them[205] by saying that he also had never seen one charge a man when unmolested.
Rhinoceroses were probably most numerous on the frontier and were often encountered while patrolling the dense bush or hilly areas covered in vegetation. During the many times I've come across these animals up close—and I’ve even stumbled upon as many as four different rhinos in a single night on a specific reconnaissance—I’ve never seen them charge unless they were injured. I've had them rush toward the sound of a stick snapping underfoot, but when they got close enough to catch my scent, they would quickly veer off to the side and escape into the bush rapidly and fearfully. I shared my experiences with Selous since they were different from what I had expected, and he confirmed that he had also never seen one charge at a person when it wasn’t provoked.[205]
Selous, too, in discussing lions, in his quiet, practical way, laid very little stress on the dangers of hunting those animals. He said there was little danger of their ever venturing to attack unless wounded, and then the greatest danger was in going into long grass to search for an animal that in all probability would be lying there concealed, and at bay, and ready to spring on an over-hasty pursuer. Selous’s advice was that, “in hunting lions you should try to get a clean clear shot at your quarry, at fairly close quarters, and to shoot to kill with your first shot.” “Don’t attempt snapshots and wild shooting, which only lead to a bad hit, and a dangerous lion at bay to be dealt with.”
Selous, in his calm, practical manner, didn't emphasize the dangers of hunting lions much. He mentioned that there’s little risk of them attacking unless they’re injured, and the main danger comes from searching for a wounded animal in tall grass, where it could be hiding and ready to attack a careless hunter. Selous advised, “When hunting lions, aim for a clear shot at your target from a reasonable distance, and make sure to kill with your first shot.” “Avoid quick snaps and reckless shooting, which can result in a poor hit and a dangerous lion that’s cornered.”
The eerie roar of lions was often heard at night outside our camps, or near to the bivouac of a lonely outpost, and sometimes, through the day, they were seen by our outlying pickets; but I only know of three being shot by members of our battalion during our service in East Africa.
The haunting roar of lions could often be heard at night outside our camps or near the lonely outpost, and sometimes, during the day, they were spotted by our remote guards; but I only know of three that were shot by members of our battalion during our time in East Africa.
I turn now to the bird life of the country. In the bush, in the neighbourhood of water, birds, of various kinds, were often plentiful, and were remarkable, as a rule, for their brilliant plumage. But they were seldom conspicuous in numbers in the open, for, as a rule, they kept closely within the cover of the bush and jungle grass; and on this account I have[206] often heard unobservant men remark on how little bird life they saw during the campaign in East Africa. Their unobtrusiveness, too, was added to by the fact that very few African birds are songsters.
I now want to discuss the bird life in the country. In the bush, near water, various kinds of birds were often abundant and usually stood out for their vibrant colors. However, they were rarely seen in large numbers out in the open because they generally stayed hidden in the cover of the bush and tall grass. For this reason, I often heard people who weren’t paying attention comment on how few birds they noticed during the campaign in East Africa. Their subtlety was also due to the fact that very few African birds sing.
I think the bird most commonly seen throughout the campaign was the Red-eyed Turtle Dove (Streptopelia semitorquata), and their soft cooing in the quiet evenings was certainly the outstanding note of bird life in the country. It is a truly African sound—a sound which one who has heard it will always associate with African fantasy—and which sometimes strikes the ear as most pleasant and soothing, and, at other times, haunts you with its persistent hint of native sadness.
I think the bird that you see the most during the campaign was the Red-eyed Turtle Dove (Streptopelia semitorquata), and their soft cooing in the quiet evenings was definitely the standout feature of bird life in the area. It’s a truly African sound—a sound that anyone who has heard it will always connect with the magic of Africa—and sometimes it comes across as very pleasant and calming, while other times it lingers in your mind with a constant reminder of native sorrow.
A more remarkable call, but only heard in certain localities, was the strange bottle-bubbling echoing call of the Lark-heeled Cuckoo—a largish partridge-barred brown bird with a long tail—which was usually uttered at dark, or through the night, by a lone bird perched somewhere on the topmost twig of an outstanding bush or tree, sending his soft note-clear call out over the ocean of misty leaf-tops; where it would be picked up and responded to by another like sentinel at some other distant signal-post.
A more remarkable call, but only heard in certain places, was the strange bubbling echo of the Lark-heeled Cuckoo—a fairly large brown bird with partridge-like stripes and a long tail. This call was usually made at dusk or during the night by a solitary bird perched on the highest twig of a prominent bush or tree, sending its soft call over the misty treetops. There, it would be heard and answered by another similar bird at some distant lookout.
The most common bird to enter our encampments was the White-necked Raven, a bird similar in habit and colour to the British Rook, but with a large white mark on the nape of the neck. He was the chief scavenger of our[207] camps, though, sometimes, he was ably aided by the Egyptian Kite, one, or a pair, of which species was commonly with us.
The most common bird to visit our camps was the White-necked Raven, a bird that resembled the British Rook in behavior and color, but had a large white patch on the back of its neck. It was the main scavenger of our[207] camps, although sometimes it was effectively helped by the Egyptian Kite, which was often seen in one or two pairs.
Common varieties of the neat little mouse-like Waxbills were, on occasions when we were near to permanent habitations, the only “sparrows” to visit camp.
Common types of the tidy little mouse-like Waxbills were, at times when we were close to permanent settlements, the only "sparrows" to stop by the camp.
In odd hours, when the chance occurred, I, and one or two others who became interested, collected some specimens of bird life, chiefly with catapult and trap, in the absence of better weapons, and, notwithstanding the difficulties of storage and transport of the skins, at the end of the campaign had secured the specimens below recorded; which, along with a collection of butterflies, eventually, by purchase, passed into the magnificent collection in Lord Rothschild’s museum at Tring, where such splendid scientific research in world-wide zoology is being extensively and actively prosecuted.
In our spare time, whenever we had the opportunity, I and a couple of others who were interested collected some bird specimens, mostly using a slingshot and traps since we didn’t have better tools. Despite the challenges of storing and transporting the skins, by the end of our expedition, we had gathered the specimens listed below. Along with a collection of butterflies, these specimens were later sold and became part of the impressive collection at Lord Rothschild’s museum in Tring, where outstanding scientific research in global zoology is being carried out extensively and actively.
The correct nomenclature of all species has been very kindly formulated by Dr. E. J. O. Hartert, Director of the Tring Museum.
The proper names for all species have been thoughtfully created by Dr. E. J. O. Hartert, Director of the Tring Museum.
LIST OF SPECIES COLLECTED
This was, under the circumstance of soldier life, but a small collection, but it is interesting to note that they proved useful and of interest. Dr. Hartert wrote concerning them:
This was, considering the circumstances of soldier life, just a small collection, but it's interesting to note that they turned out to be useful and of interest. Dr. Hartert wrote about them:
“Nos. 1 and 26. It is surprising that a new species should still be found in British East Africa. It seems, however, probable that the specimens mentioned by Reichenow from Ugogo as probably—judging by the somewhat poor description and figure in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society—being Serinus donaldsoni, are not the latter, but this new species, which I have described as Serinus buchanani at the January meeting of the British Ornithological Club, 1919. I have compared the specimens with the types and other examples of S. donaldsoni in the British Museum, from Somaliland, and it is evident that S. buchanani differs by its larger and less curved bill, longer wing, and more yellowish colour, especially the sides being yellow with faint stripes, not green with black streaks.
“Nos. 1 and 26. It’s surprising that a new species is still being discovered in British East Africa. However, it seems likely that the specimens mentioned by Reichenow from Ugogo, which are considered—based on the somewhat vague description and illustration in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society—to be Serinus donaldsoni, are actually this new species that I’ve named Serinus buchanani at the January meeting of the British Ornithological Club in 1919. I’ve compared the specimens with the types and other examples of S. donaldsoni at the British Museum from Somaliland, and it’s clear that S. buchanani is distinguishable by its larger and less curved bill, longer wing, and more yellowish coloration, particularly with the sides being yellow with faint stripes rather than green with black streaks.”
“The nest of S. buchanani was found at Maktau in the fork of a thorn tree about eight feet above the ground, on 26th September, 1915. It is a somewhat flat structure of fibres and rootlets, interwoven with cobwebs and wool. The three eggs are pale blue with purplish black dots and short lines around the wide pole. They measure 20 by 14·8 and 19·3 by 14·7 mm. They closely resemble the eggs of the Trumpeter Bullfinch.
“The nest of S. buchanani was found at Maktau in the split of a thorn tree about eight feet off the ground, on September 26, 1915. It is a relatively flat structure made of fibers and rootlets, woven together with cobwebs and wool. The three eggs are pale blue with purplish-black spots and short lines around the wider end. They measure 20 by 14.8 mm and 19.3 by 14.7 mm. They closely resemble the eggs of the Trumpeter Bullfinch.”
(init.) “E. H.”
(init.) “E. H.”
“No. 13, Oenanthe oenanthe (European Wheatear) collected at Maktau, B.E.A., on 28th September, 1915. This appears to be an early date for the occurrence of the European Wheatear so far south.
“No. 13, Oenanthe oenanthe (European Wheatear) collected at Maktau, B.E.A., on 28th September, 1915. This seems to be an early date for the sighting of the European Wheatear that far south."
(init.) “E. H.”
“E. H.”
“No. 36. Colius leucocephalus (White-headed Coly). This species is still very rare in collections. It is at once distinguished from all other colies by its well-marked white head.[217] The first example was obtained by Fisher at Wapokomo, B.E.A., in 1878, and long remained a unicum. The trader Abdu Jindi sold a skin from Bardera to the Paris Museum. The British Museum possesses specimens obtained on the Guaso Nyero, B.E.A., by Lord Delamere, and by Atkinson at Logh, Somaliland. The late Baron Erlanger collected five specimens in Southern Somaliland. The bird is figured in Coliidae, Genera Avium VI, 1906. Quite recently Zedlitz received three males and one female from Afgoi, South Somaliland.
“No. 36. Colius leucocephalus (White-headed Coly). This species is still very rare in collections. It stands out from all other colies due to its distinct white head.[217] The first example was collected by Fisher at Wapokomo, B.E.A., in 1878, and remained unique for a long time. The trader Abdu Jindi sold a skin from Bardera to the Paris Museum. The British Museum has specimens collected on the Guaso Nyero, B.E.A., by Lord Delamere, and by Atkinson at Logh, Somaliland. The late Baron Erlanger collected five specimens in Southern Somaliland. The bird is illustrated in Coliidae, Genera Avium VI, 1906. Recently, Zedlitz received three males and one female from Afgoi, South Somaliland.”
(init.) “E. H.”
“E. H.”
“No. 105. Laniarius funebris degener (Lesser Sombre Shrike), collected at Moschi, Kilimanjaro Area, is from a locality that is remarkable. Hitherto only known from South Somaliland, but agrees perfectly with degener, being smaller than atrocaeruleus, and much less deep black than L. funebris funebris.
“No. 105. Laniarius funebris degener (Lesser Sombre Shrike), collected at Moshi, Kilimanjaro Area, comes from a noteworthy location. Previously only known from South Somaliland, it matches perfectly with degener, being smaller than atrocaeruleus, and much less deep black than L. funebris funebris.
(init.) “E. H.”
“E. H.”
“Nos. 115, 116. Treron calva brevicera (Hartert’s Green Pigeon). In Novitates Zoologicae, XXV. 1918, I have, with the help of Arthur Goodson, reviewed the African Green Pigeons of the calva group. We were able to distinguish not less than nine sub-species, and there seem to be one or two other, still doubtful ones, in N.E. Africa. In the Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum all these nine forms were united, while Reichenow separated two, and recently four different ones. The specimens from East Africa have given us the greatest trouble. It is evident that a distinct[218] form with a very short naked ‘cere’ or basal portion of the beak, and with a sharply defined lavender-grey nuchal collar, is found in East Africa around Kilimanjaro and thence to the Athi River, Machakos, Matabato Hills, and to the Kikuyu Mountains and Escarpment. This form we called Treron calva brevicera.
“Nos. 115, 116. Treron calva brevicera (Hartert’s Green Pigeon). In Novitates Zoologicae, XXV. 1918, I reviewed the African Green Pigeons of the calva group with the help of Arthur Goodson. We identified at least nine sub-species, and there seem to be one or two more that are still uncertain in N.E. Africa. In the Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum, all these nine forms were grouped together, while Reichenow separated two, and recently identified four different ones. The specimens from East Africa have posed the greatest challenges for us. It’s clear that a distinct form with a very short naked ‘cere’ or base of the beak, and a sharply defined lavender-grey nuchal collar, is present in East Africa around Kilimanjaro and extending to the Athi River, Machakos, Matabato Hills, and the Kikuyu Mountains and Escarpment. We named this form Treron calva brevicera.
(init.) “E. H.”
“E. H.”
“No. 152. Motacilla clara (Long-tailed Pied Wagtail). This is the bird which used to be called for many years Motacilla longicauda, but as this name had been preoccupied, Sharpe named it Motacilla clara in the fifth volume of the Hand-list of Birds.
“No. 152. Motacilla clara (Long-tailed Pied Wagtail). This bird used to be called Motacilla longicauda for many years, but since that name was already in use, Sharpe renamed it Motacilla clara in the fifth volume of the Hand-list of Birds.
(init.) “E. H.”
“E. H.”
I collected also during our travels some specimens of plants for Dr. A. B. Rendle of the British Museum, and was fortunate to secure some interesting species, four of which were new, and not formerly recorded, and have been described in the Journal of Botany (October, 1916), while others, unfortunately, were too fragmentary to determine, or to give more than a genus name, though nine of them are possibly new species.
I also collected some plant specimens during our travels for Dr. A. B. Rendle of the British Museum, and I was lucky enough to find some interesting species. Four of these were new and had not been recorded before; they have been described in the Journal of Botany (October, 1916). Unfortunately, some were too incomplete to identify or name more specifically than their genus, although nine of them might be new species.
The East African plants obtained were:
The East African plants collected were:
- CAPPARIDEAE
- Cleome hirta Oliv.
- PORTULACACEAE
- Talinum cuneifolium Willd.
- TILIACEAE
- Grewia canescens A. Rich.
- GERANIACEAE
- Pelargonium sp.
- LEGUMINOSAE
- Vigna fragrans Bak. fil.
- Rhynchosia sp.[219]
- RUBIACEAE
- Pentas carnea Benth. (forma)
- Oldenlandia Bojeri Hiern
- COMPOSITAE
- Erlangea Buchananii S. Moore (sp. nov.)
- Vernonia Hoffmanniana S. Moore
- Vernonia lasiopus O. Hoffm.
- Ageratum conyzoides L.
- Notonia abyssinica A. Rich.
- Wedelia abyssinica Vatke
- Melanthera Brownei Sch. Bip.
- Senecio disciflorus Oliv.
- Berkheyopsis diffusa O. Hoffm.
- Aspilia, sp.
- Achyrocline luzuloides Vatke
- Zinnia multiflora L. (New World plant; an escape from gardens.)
- Erythrocephalum longifolium Benth.
- Triplocephalum Holstii O. Hoffm.
- Mikania scandens Willd.
- Pluchea dioscoridis D. C.
- Polycline (sp. nov.?)
- OLEACEAE
- Jasminum Buchananii S. Moore (sp. nov.)
- APOCYNACEAE
- Adenium coetaneum Stapf
- ASCLEPIADACEAE
- Daemia extensa R. Br.
- Sarcostemma viminalis R. Br.
- BORAGINACEAE
- Cynoglossum lanceolatum Forsk.
- CONVOLVULACEAE
- Ipomaea Wightii Choisy
- Hewittia bicolor Wight
- SOLANACEAE
- Solanum panduraeforme E. Mey.
- SCROPHULARIACEAE
- Rhamphicarpa Heuglinii Hochst.
- Rhamphicarpa serrata Klotzsch. var. longipedicellata Engl.
- Striga elegans Thunb.
- GESNERIACEAE
- Streptocarpus caulescens Vatke (Ulugúru Mts.)
- Streptocarpus sp. (Ruwu River)
- PEDALINEAE
- Sesamum (sp. nov.?)
- ACANTHACEAE
- Thunbergia affinis var. pulvinata S. Moore
- Thunbergia alata Bojer
- Barleria maculata S. Moore (sp. nov.)
- Ruellia, sp.
- Eranthemum Hildebrandtii C. B. Clarke
- Ecbolium namatum C. B. Clarke
- Barleria, spp.
- Barleria ramulosa C. B. Clarke
- Somalia (sp. nov.).
- Blepharis linariaefolia Pers.
- Justicia Fischeri Lindau
- VERBENACEAE
- Priva leptostachya Thunb.
- LABIATAE
- Leucas, sp.
- Erythrochlamys spectabilis Gürke
- Coleus decumbens Gürke
- Plectranthus buraeensis S. Moore (sp. nov.)
- Leucas leucotricha Baker[220]
- NYCTAGINEAE
- Boerhaavia plumbaginea Cav.
- Boerhaavia pentandra Burch.
- AMARANTACEAE
- Aerua lanata Juss.
- Aerua brachiata Mart.
- Digera arvensis Forsk.
- Centema rubra Lopr.
- CHENOPODIACEAE
- Chenopodium album L.
- EUPHORBIACEAE
- Phyllanthua amarus Schum. & Thonn.
(Species possibly new when genus only is given.)
(Species may be new if only the genus is provided.)
A. B. Rendle.
A. B. Rendle.
British Museum (Nat. Hist.) 30th May, 1916.
British Museum (Natural History) May 30, 1916.
In collecting in this way, in odd hours, one was constantly moving about, and to that, strange as it may seem, I ascribe my good fortune in keeping fit and free of sickness during the first two years of service in the tropics. I feel sure, even if one feels listless and exhausted, that it is a mistake to lie about camp in the oppressive heat when off duty, pestered by flies and camp dust, and brooding over your discomforts. Some of the men of the battalion became interested in this searching for curious things, and, after a time, it was noticeable that they were the ones most contented with the hardships they endured, and among the fittest on trek. Africa had undoubtedly the power to depress men’s spirits in no light manner, and thus, to find something to do and think about, in any interval of idleness, was a good thing.
In collecting in this way, during strange hours, one was always on the move, and, as odd as it may sound, I believe this contributed to my good luck in staying fit and healthy during the first two years of service in the tropics. I'm convinced that even when feeling tired and worn out, it's a mistake to just lie around the camp in the sweltering heat while off duty, bothered by flies and dust, and dwelling on your discomforts. Some of the men in the battalion got interested in searching for unusual things, and over time, it became clear that they were the ones most satisfied with the challenges they faced, and among the fittest during treks. Africa could definitely bring down a person's spirits in a serious way, so finding something to engage with and think about during any idle moments was a worthwhile thing.
Lastly, I will refer to the pests of camp-life and trek.
Lastly, I will mention the annoyances of camping and trekking.
The common house-fly was a terrible pest at[221] all times. They swarmed over everything, and were a particular source of annoyance when food was being prepared, or being eaten. It was impossible to take steps to reduce their number in the limitless areas through which we were constantly passing, and there was nothing for it but to endure the plague, while, whenever camp was established for a few days, all rubbish was scrupulously burned or buried so that they would have as little to attract them to our neighbourhood as possible.
The common housefly was a huge nuisance at[221] all times. They buzzed around everything and were especially annoying when food was being prepared or eaten. It was impossible to do much about their numbers in the vast areas we constantly moved through, so we had to put up with the infestation. Whenever we set up camp for a few days, we made sure to burn or bury all rubbish so there would be as little to attract them to our area as possible.
A large glossy “blue-bottle”—following the ghastly trail of dying transport animals, was also a common and disease-carrying pest. When the elephants—mentioned previously—were shot in the Ulugúru Mountains, they were miles from any habitation, and in vague bush country, which one would judge was no habitat of “blue-bottles,” yet in an hour they were in millions on the dead carcases—so many that the standing grass was weighed down with the blackness of flies settled on each stem. The sense that brought such swarms to one small centre in so short a time is beyond understanding. Should a horse die on the roadside, but a day will elapse before it becomes a seething mass of “blue-bottle” larva and terrible to look upon.
A big, shiny “blue-bottle” fly—following the horrifying trail of dying transport animals—was also a common and disease-carrying pest. When the elephants—mentioned earlier—were shot in the Ulugúru Mountains, they were miles away from any settlement, in a vague bush area that one would think was not a habitat for “blue-bottles,” yet within an hour, there were millions on the dead bodies—so many that the grass was weighed down with the darkness of flies resting on each stem. The mechanism that attracted such swarms to one small spot so quickly is beyond comprehension. If a horse dies by the roadside, it will take only a day for it to become a writhing mass of “blue-bottle” larvae, and it's a terrible sight to behold.
Mosquitoes, in regard to their irritating bite and their nocturnal activities, were, on the whole, not very troublesome, and in no instance have I a record of their being particularly bad, but they carry the malaria germ,[222] and, in that they did so, they were our most deadly enemy. As protection against them everyone was supposed, by S.M.O. order, to sleep beneath mosquito net, but that was often quite impossible when trekking, and our kit miles in rear.
Mosquitoes, with their annoying bites and nighttime activity, weren't usually a big problem, and I don't really remember them being particularly bad. However, they do carry the malaria germ,[222] making them our most dangerous enemy. As a precaution, everyone was required by S.M.O. order to sleep under a mosquito net, but that was often impossible while trekking, especially with our equipment far behind.
In some parts we passed through, especially if riding, the tsetse fly was a terrible pest, for they bite hard and deep, and follow you persistently on your way for many miles. It is that fly which is credited with carrying the germ of that dread disease sleeping sickness—while, as is well known, its bite is particularly fatal to imported horses and mules, and, in lesser degree, to cattle.
In some areas we traveled through, especially while riding, the tsetse fly was a terrible nuisance, as they bite hard and deep, and follow you persistently for miles. This fly is known to carry the germ of the feared disease sleeping sickness—additionally, its bite is especially deadly for imported horses and mules, and to a lesser extent, for cattle.
Ants, too, were among our enemies. And once you have been amongst red fighting ants in long marsh grass you are never likely to forget them. Sometimes, too, those species trek during the night, and I have seen a sleeping camp turned out in the middle of the night by those insects swarming over everyone and biting furiously. And, after a day of hard trekking, this kind of disturbance is very far from pleasant, as may be judged by the vicious exclamations of abuse that arise out of the darkness. These red ants were the worst of their tribe, and many an uncomfortable experience we had with them. Again, there was a tiny species of ant that was always with us. It infested every article of our belongings, and particularly anything edible, and on that score was a great nuisance, though quite harmless[223] otherwise. As if there was not enough to plague the life of man, spiders, tarantulas, and scorpions on occasions found their way into your blanket, and they were insects that were dreaded, for their stings were very painful and poisonous and inflamed and irritated the part afflicted for days.
Ants were also among our enemies. Once you encounter red fighting ants in tall marsh grass, you'll never forget them. Sometimes, those species travel at night, and I've seen a sleeping camp disrupted in the middle of the night by those insects swarming over everyone and biting fiercely. After a long day of trekking, that kind of surprise is anything but pleasant, as the angry shouts of frustration in the dark can attest. These red ants were the worst of their kind, and we had many uncomfortable experiences with them. Additionally, there was a tiny species of ant that was always around us. It infested all our belongings, especially anything edible, and was a major nuisance, although completely harmless otherwise. As if there wasn't enough to torment us, spiders, tarantulas, and scorpions sometimes made their way into our blankets. These insects were feared, as their stings were extremely painful and poisonous, causing inflammation and irritation for days.[223]
There are a great many bees in East Africa, and the natives place hives for them in the trees and collect the wild honey from time to time. These bees, if annoyed, are the most dreadful insect in Africa. On two occasions hives were disturbed by our battalion, and swarms of the annoyed inmates descended to inflict terrible punishment on all those in the neighbourhood. On the first occasion their attack was more than human flesh could endure, and an entire company was routed in disorder from the neighbourhood. I have never before seen bees attack with such ferocity nor sting so poisonously. On the first occasion of attack one unfortunate man was completely overcome, and lay on the ground groaning and screaming, while bees were apparently biting him to death. From this he was rescued, but not before he was mentally unbalanced, and had to be removed to hospital. On the second occasion of attack another individual suffered almost equally severely.
There are a lot of bees in East Africa, and the locals set up hives in the trees and occasionally gather wild honey. These bees, when disturbed, are the most terrifying insects in Africa. On two occasions, our battalion accidentally disturbed hives, and swarms of angry bees came down to deliver harsh punishment to everyone nearby. The first time, their attack was beyond what any human could withstand, and an entire company was thrown into disarray and forced to retreat. I’ve never seen bees attack with such intensity or sting so painfully. During the first attack, one unfortunate guy was completely overwhelmed and lay on the ground moaning and screaming while bees seemed to be biting him to death. He was rescued, but not before he lost his mental stability and had to be taken to the hospital. During the second attack, another person faced nearly the same level of suffering.
Many snakes were killed about camp, but no one of our battalion, so far as I know, was ever seriously bitten by one. One python was killed and a number of puff-adders, and[224] a great many of the smaller grass snakes. I have seen men, when sleeping in the open, awake at daylight to find a snake, 4 to 6 feet long, curled against their body for warmth, but, on being disturbed, they slid off quietly into the grass, and were gone without attempting to be antagonistic.
Many snakes were killed around the camp, but as far as I know, no one from our battalion was ever seriously bitten by one. A python was killed along with several puff-adders, and a lot of the smaller grass snakes. I've seen men, while sleeping outside, wake up at dawn to find a snake, 4 to 6 feet long, curled up against them for warmth. However, when disturbed, the snakes slipped away quietly into the grass without trying to be aggressive.
At Kissaki camp we experienced a bad plague of mice. At the time we were there, the entire neighbourhood had been burnt out by the natives in clearing their cultivated ground of undergrowth, and this had driven the mice into camp. There were thousands of them—they lived in your grass roof by the score, they scuttled about the floor of your hut o’ nights, and while you slept they played “hide and seek” over your blankets. It was a common thing for half a dozen biscuit-tin traps—make-shift traps made by ingenious Tommies—to catch a hundred mice in a night.
At Kissaki camp, we dealt with a huge mouse infestation. When we were there, the whole area had been burned by the locals to clear the land for crops, which forced the mice into our camp. There were thousands of them—they lived in your grass roof in droves, scurried around the floor of your hut at night, and while you tried to sleep, they played “hide and seek” on your blankets. It wasn’t unusual for half a dozen makeshift biscuit-tin traps—crafted by clever soldiers—to catch a hundred mice in a single night.
Those are but brief references to the forms of Nature that were closely associated with the campaign; some giving us pleasure, some adding to our trials and discomforts—but all memorable to those who have bivouacked and trekked under the tropic sun.
Those are just quick mentions of the aspects of Nature that were closely tied to the campaign; some that brought us joy, others that added to our struggles and discomforts—but all unforgettable for those who have camped and traveled under the tropical sun.
Conflict
War is as a storm of the clouds—a human storm. Dark frowning clouds, commotion and strife, and outbursts of thunder—and before the threatening disaster we tremble, and hope and fear.
War is like a storm in the sky—a human storm. Dark, angry clouds, chaos and conflict, and loud bursts of thunder—and before the looming disaster, we tremble, filled with hope and fear.
It is the changing of the Universe, this mighty upheaval within nations, and there is the impulse of Destiny in it. As a storm will clear the atmosphere, afterwards there will be sunshine and better things. Not for to-day, and the present, is this warring of nations, but for the future, and the wisdom of those who in generations will follow us.
It’s the transformation of the Universe, this huge upheaval within nations, and there's a sense of Destiny driving it. Just like a storm clears the air, afterward there will be sunshine and better things. This fighting among nations isn't for today or the present, but for the future and the wisdom of those who will come after us in generations.
Was not the world growing fast into a plaything? Something in the form of a pleasure-giving empty bubble, growing larger, floating uncertainly, the surface substance—that which is visible to the eyes and mind—transparent, and weak, and unworthy of the clear and vigorous world from which it had risen, brightly coloured, and to which it was fast descending, colourless and vague. As a bubble will burst, so was a climax imminent.
Wasn’t the world quickly turning into a toy? It felt like a pleasure-giving empty bubble, getting bigger, floating uncertainly, its surface—the part that could be seen and understood—clear, weak, and unworthy of the bright and vibrant world it came from and was quickly sinking back into, colorless and blurry. Just like a bubble will pop, a climax was imminent.
Does not war, this drastic liberation of opposite forces, hold for us a lesson? Are we not passing through the throes of upheaval to change the mind of our race from vanity to wisdom? The world to-day is steeped in blood and sorrow; and all the suffering would be in vain, were there not hope that the world will arise in the end sobered, and humbled, and eager to live anew.
Doesn't war, this extreme clash of opposite forces, offer us a lesson? Aren't we going through this turmoil to shift our mindset from vanity to wisdom? The world today is filled with blood and sorrow; and all the suffering would be pointless if there wasn't hope that in the end, the world will rise up changed, humbled, and ready to start fresh.
Military Equipment
Is not to enter war to enter an arena of great possibilities, wherein a great game may be played, or a bad game? but, in any case, it is so closely and seriously fraught with terrible issues that it bares the character of men to the very bone. And there are many characters—not one character, but a thousand characters; some great, some small, some active, some dormant, but out of all such elements it is a wise man’s wish to weld a universal organisation of strength; and an ignorant man’s folly to look at no other ambition but his own.
Isn’t entering war like stepping into a space filled with great possibilities, where a big game can be played, whether it's a good one or a bad one? Either way, it's deeply serious and full of terrible consequences that reveals the true character of people. There are many characters—not just one, but a thousand; some great, some small, some active, some inactive. A wise person hopes to create a universal organization of strength from all these elements, while a foolish person only thinks about their own ambitions.
And therein lie the factors of all troubles of organisation, and the tremendous internal difficulties of army or national construction. One man—or body of men—may plan to build well, but can only succeed if the material is good: if the material is bad, there results failure, with credit neither to the builder nor the material. And human character is material—the most delicate material great builders may[227] know and direct, in war, or commerce—just so many human beings prone to be directed so far, and for the rest to rise or fall, in the world’s estimate, as our characters decide. But out of this mass of human character, out of these manifold qualities of a multitude, is formed the final whole which goes to mark the characteristics of an era of history, and a national greatness or littleness.
And in that lies the root of all the problems in organization, along with the huge internal challenges of building an army or a nation. One person—or a group of people—might plan to create something great, but they can only succeed if the resources are good: if the resources are bad, it leads to failure, with no credit given to the builder or the resources. Human character is a resource—the most fragile material that great builders can know and manage, whether in war or business—just a collection of individuals who can be guided to a certain point, and then their worth will rise or fall in the eyes of the world based on our character. But from this collection of human character, from these diverse traits of many, emerges the overall picture that defines the traits of a historical era and determines a nation’s greatness or smallness.[227]
Like unto axe-men felling trees in a forest is the destructive hand of warfare. The land is depopulated of its finest timber, and that which will take a lifetime to replace.
Like axe men cutting down trees in a forest, the destructive force of war leaves its mark. The land is stripped of its best resources, things that will take a lifetime to restore.
Wholesale destruction reaches far beyond the actual crime of killing. It breaks the evolution of growth, retards or destroys the life-history of a species, and leaves, through the age it occurs in, an irreplaceable blank in the population and wealth of a country.
Wholesale destruction goes way beyond just the act of killing. It interrupts natural growth, hinders or wipes out the life cycle of a species, and leaves, due to the timing of its occurrence, an irreplaceable gap in the population and resources of a country.
This is not the first war, nor has anyone in the present authority to state that it is the last. If war and the felling of our forests must be, it is well to cling stoutly to the old features of the race and cultivate, in place of the fallen giants, clean-limbed sturdy saplings of full-worthy quality to serve the generations of the future.
This isn’t the first war, and nobody in charge today can say it will be the last. If we have to face war and the destruction of our forests, it’s important to hold onto the core qualities of our heritage and, instead of the fallen giants, nurture strong, healthy saplings of the highest quality to benefit future generations.
It will concern us greatly in the future to cultivate a race strong enough to endure the buffeting of great elements, and true and straight as the best of the race of the past. For the country will want a race that is fine-grained[228] and sure-rooted, and fit to stand up against the stress of the many storms of a restless world’s brewing.
It will be very important for us in the future to create a strong race that can withstand the challenges of major forces, and that is as honest and determined as the best from the past. Our country will need a race that is well-crafted[228] and deeply rooted, capable of standing firm against the pressures of the many storms brewing in this restless world.
How little we are, we pawns of a universe: how far-reaching is war in the destruction of our plans! At the beginning of life it has picked us up in its whirlwind, from every stage of life, and left our poor ambitious castles in the air, tiny long-forgotten dust-heaps on the plain.
How insignificant we are, mere pawns in the universe: how devastating is war in ruining our plans! In the beginning of life, it has swept us up in its whirlwind, from every phase of existence, and left our once-ambitious dreams as tiny, long-forgotten piles of dust on the ground.
And yet we laugh and hide our sorrow, and go on, on our new-found task, our future now no farther ahead than we can see, and trusting in God that all will come right in the end.
And yet we laugh and hide our sadness, and keep going, on our new task, our future now no closer than we can see, and trusting in God that everything will turn out okay in the end.
We learn at the front and at home that nothing else matters, that nothing really counts in the greatness of a nation but clean, unshaken, sacrificing purpose, and ceaseless industry: worthless are all our little deceits and vanities, and greed of personal gain.
We learn both in the world and at home that nothing else matters, that nothing really counts in the greatness of a nation but a clear, unwavering purpose and relentless hard work: all our little lies, vanities, and greed for personal gain are worthless.
That nation will find religion and prosperity which holds on to the deeper lessons of war, long after war is over. To forget those lessons will be to sin against God and conscience, and the great silent grave-yard of our dead, who died that their nation might live.
That nation will discover faith and success which clings to the deeper lessons of war, long after the fighting has ended. Forgetting those lessons will be a sin against God and conscience, and the vast, silent graveyard of our dead, who sacrificed their lives so that their nation could survive.
Industry will greatly concern us after the war. On that will our nation depend for its solid existence hereafter, as it does to-day, on the activities of our war-worn, long-enduring[229] men-at-arms. We should be glad that there will be much to do, for work is a fine thing. It is sincere in its object—it accomplishes, and it satisfies the strongest trait in our character: that wish of all men to establish a stable place of existence where they can support an acknowledged standing of manhood.
Industry will be a major focus for us after the war. Our nation will rely on it for its stability in the future, just as it does today, depending on the efforts of our battle-hardened and resilient[229] servicemen. We should be grateful that there will be plenty of work to do, because work is a good thing. It has a clear purpose—it achieves results and fulfills the strongest aspect of our nature: the desire of all people to create a secure place to live where they can maintain a respected sense of dignity.
Had we not to provide for ourselves, the chief care of our lives would be taken away from us. In idleness we would become brainless and degenerate.
If we didn't have to take care of ourselves, the main concern of our lives would be removed. In idleness, we would become mindless and deteriorate.
Nature has decreed her purposeful laws of all existence. Everything that lives must industriously seek to find its means of livelihood, and its means of defence against its enemies. For instance, in wild nature, do not birds and animals without cease spend all their lives providing themselves with food, and defending themselves against storms and their enemies? In similar manner so must we; so must all things.
Nature has established her intentional laws of existence. Everything that lives must diligently work to find its way to survive and defend itself against threats. For example, in the wild, don’t birds and animals constantly spend their lives foraging for food and protecting themselves from storms and predators? In the same way, we must too; all things must.
There are centuries of Time.
There are centuries of time.
The World is very, very old, and a mighty universe in which a man is but an infinitesimal activity of creation. After all, in spite of the breathless, concentrated ambitions of a lifetime, we are a little people and we only live on earth for a very little while. Let us then, above all, make our fireside, and that of our neighbours, as pleasant as we can. For love and beauty have a powerful influence to promote the better religion, the stronger[230] manhood of our race, and it is those intimate characteristics, wisely planted, that may take root and grow, and be everlasting long after we have travelled over the line and are gone.
The world is really, really old, and it's a huge universe where a person is just a tiny part of the creation. Despite all the intense, focused ambitions of a lifetime, we are small beings and only live on earth for a short time. So, let’s try to make our home, and that of our neighbors, as enjoyable as possible. Love and beauty have a powerful way of encouraging a better sense of community and stronger character in our race, and it’s those close connections, thoughtfully nurtured, that can take root and flourish, lasting long after we’ve crossed that final line and are gone.
It is sometimes our misfortune to misunderstand the scene or the life around us. Forgetting our humility, it is often our temperament to find fault, rather than reason, with the picture we view; and fault-finding causes uneasiness, pain, and strife.
It’s sometimes our bad luck to misunderstand the situations or lives around us. Forgetting our humility, we often tend to focus on finding flaws instead of understanding the bigger picture; and being critical leads to discomfort, pain, and conflict.
Perhaps our first care should be to perfect ourselves, and, next, to harmonise with the endeavours of our neighbours. It would be well to go pleasantly forward to find the best that is in anything—to look for the little gleams of beauty which throw light across most pictures, no matter how dark the background.
Perhaps our first priority should be to improve ourselves, and then to work together with our neighbors. It would be good to move ahead positively to discover the best in everything—to seek out the small glimpses of beauty that illuminate most scenes, no matter how dark the backdrop.
Some men, like a giant moth in its full beauty of life when it breaks from its chrysalis cell, fail to accomplish anything before they are lured to the bright lights of the lamps of civilisation. Like an unfortunate moth to a lamp, it is their fate to be inevitably drawn towards the attraction, to seek an elusive something, and a possible happiness. Persistently they damage their manhood and their strength in trying to reach a luminous star within the radiant unattainable circle. Again and again they return to flutter madly to their doom; and have no wish to stay away. Until, at[231] last—unless the will and mind overmaster the weakness, and they go soberly away—the body drops to the darkness, wasted and broken, and lies seriously damaged or dead. Ah, the pity of it!—the sadness! There lies a creature of unknown possibilities come to untimely grief.
Some men, like a giant moth in its prime when it breaks free from its cocoon, fail to achieve anything before they are drawn to the bright lights of civilization. Like a hapless moth to a lamp, it's their fate to be irresistibly attracted, searching for something elusive and a chance at happiness. They continuously damage their manhood and strength in the pursuit of a glowing star within that radiant yet unattainable circle. Time and again, they return to flail towards their doom, having no desire to stay away. Eventually—unless their will and mind can overcome their weakness and they walk away soberly—their bodies fall into darkness, wasted and broken, lying seriously damaged or dead. Ah, the tragedy of it!—the sorrow! There lies a being of unknown potential come to an untimely end.
Some men have no luck. Why are the strong impulses of a character born in a creature without the one great saving grace of control? It is the mystery of life, and it is impossible to criticise justly the man or the ultimate end. It would be wise and kind to be very generous to all acts and to all characters, since it is, above all else, “Destiny that shapes our ends.” The moth could not damage its wings if the lamps were not there, and alight, and yet for generations they have hung in their places by the custom of our race, if not by the will of our God.
Some guys just have no luck. Why do the strong impulses of a person emerge in someone who lacks the one essential quality of self-control? It’s one of life’s mysteries, and it’s impossible to fairly judge the person or the ultimate outcome. It would be wise and compassionate to be very generous toward all actions and all characters, since it is, above all else, "Destiny that shapes our ends." The moth wouldn't harm its wings if the lamps weren't there, glowing, and yet for generations, they've stayed in their spots by tradition, if not by the will of our God.
Judge no man hastily or harshly. Know a man long enough and, in most cases, you will know him, in some phase of life, do an act of nobleness.
Judge no one quickly or harshly. Get to know someone well enough, and in most cases, you will see them, at some point in their life, do something noble.
Environment has a great and often a deciding influence on man’s behaviour; and sometimes it is a man’s misfortune never to have had a chance.
Environment has a significant and often crucial impact on a person's behavior; and sometimes, it's unfortunate for someone to never have had a chance.
It is not always what appears on the surface that really counts; it is when the storms of battle are at their bitterest that the true materials are found out, and the pure metal most praised.
It’s not always what you see on the outside that really matters; it’s when the toughest challenges come that the true qualities are revealed, and the finest traits are truly valued.
How thoroughly in us is instilled the knowledge of right and wrong! How clearly we know our wickedness when we err! That alone should be sufficient to prove that there is a God and a sound foundation to religion.
How deeply ingrained in us is the understanding of right and wrong! How clearly we recognize our wrongdoings when we mess up! That alone should be enough to show that there is a God and a solid basis for religion.
Sleepless night—the bare hard ground an awkward resting-place, and our look-out on the outer edges of outer civilisation. Over on the left of camp a tireless, cheerful youngster, with spirit undaunted, is holding the long, dreary watches through the night. Once he was a dandy-dressed youth of a great city. He has come through a lot since then, he has learned his lesson and his position in a grim world of naked realities. He has risen from nothing to become a man—stripped of the fine clothes of his drifting butterfly days, and aware now of how little they were. For him the war has held more than loyalty to his country, for it held for him, in its own time, and in its own way, the finding of himself.
Sleepless night—the hard ground is an awkward place to rest, and we’re on the outskirts of civilization. Over to the left of our camp, a tireless, cheerful young guy, with unbreakable spirit, is keeping watch through the long, dreary night. He used to be a stylish youth from a big city. He has been through a lot since then; he’s learned his lesson and discovered his place in a harsh world of stark realities. He’s gone from nothing to becoming a man—stripped of the fancy clothes from his carefree days and now aware of how little they meant. For him, the war has meant more than just loyalty to his country; it’s been about finding himself in its own time and in its own way.
A boy changed to a man, and the man seeing a world that is not as he built it. He has sighed and fretted for lost dreams, but he[233] knows the battle-ground of Life’s conflict must be in the arena before him, and, headstrong and vigorous, he accepts the challenge against strange weapons and foes, and is of the stuff to prove that he has grown to be a worthy defender of his race.
A boy turned into a man, and the man now sees a world that isn’t how he imagined it. He has sighed and worried over lost dreams, but he[233] knows that the battleground of Life’s struggles must be right in front of him. With determination and energy, he takes on the challenge against unfamiliar weapons and enemies, proving that he has become a worthy defender of his people.
Schedule
At your post there are some days when mists are in your eyes, and you cannot clearly see; there are days when mountains must be climbed with aching limbs and burdened back; and there are days when you are humbled in wretchedness, and glad of the kindliness of natives. Those days we all experience, but, thank God, there are days when the sky is blue and sunshine is in everything, and it is good to be alive.
At your post, there are days when fog clouds your vision, making it hard to see clearly; there are days when you have to climb mountains with sore limbs and a heavy back; and there are days when you feel defeated and are grateful for the kindness of locals. We all go through those tough days, but, thank God, there are also days when the sky is clear and everything feels bright, and it's a joy to be alive.
Character and Command
Eighty per cent. of the rank and file are good fellows, glad to do their best if treated with consideration, humanity, and a little love. They are all very human, and you cannot prevent them from thinking in a human way. What they expect and desire is a strong command that lays down a just and reasonable order of things, and carries them through without confusion and change. To supply such command is often difficult—for, again, it is human nature that has to be dealt with.
Eighty percent of the regular members are great people, willing to give their best if they're treated with respect, kindness, and a bit of love. They are all very human, and you can't stop them from thinking like humans do. What they want and need is strong leadership that sets a fair and sensible order of things and guides them through without chaos and upheaval. Providing that kind of leadership is often tough—because, once again, it’s human nature that has to be navigated.
Perhaps thirty per cent. of young officers are[234] in part ignorant or forgetful of their trust and its bearing on good or bad organisation. They are sometimes inclined to imagine themselves set on a pedestal above the rank and file, spending more thought than should be on rivalling one another for rank, and stylishness, and a well-catered mess, while their men go forgotten, and left to look after themselves.
Perhaps thirty percent of young officers are[234] partly unaware or forgetful of their responsibilities and how they impact effective or poor organization. They sometimes tend to see themselves as above the regular troops, putting too much energy into competing for rank, style, and a well-managed mess, while their men are overlooked and left to fend for themselves.
One may truly say that one does not always find strong men in large majorities down the list of young officers of a battalion—men who have a prolonged determination and ambition to endure the hard fight for a complete, wholesome, and wholly dangerous and united force. Here and there one may pick out the strong men, who never lose their military interest and who will brave anything, and then look at the remaining line which clearly shows, in the chain which is to bind the whole of a battalion, some weakness of strength, and the full extent of our failing.
One can honestly say that you don't always find strong leaders among the majority of young officers in a battalion—those who have the sustained determination and ambition to endure the tough battle for a complete, effective, and truly united force. Here and there, you can spot the strong individuals who never lose their military passion and who will face any challenge, but then you notice the rest of the group, which reveals, in the chain meant to unite the entire battalion, some weaknesses and the extent of our shortcomings.
It is a chain of some usefulness, thank God, but not capable, with its weaknesses, of everlasting service, nor as strong as it might be if time and material had allowed of a faultless welding.
It’s a somewhat useful chain, thank God, but it can't provide eternal service due to its weaknesses, nor is it as strong as it could be if time and materials had permitted a perfect weld.
By nature it is impossible to find all men of equal resolution, but at the same time we of some means and education are often a thoughtless people inclined to travel the line of least resistance in a difficult, self-seeking world. And that is where, in part, the fault springs from—the country from which we draw our[235] stock has falteringly halted or fallen back in producing men of refinement and chivalry, and has encouraged in its stead a temperament of peculiar self-set vanity.
By nature, it's impossible to find all people with equal determination, but at the same time, many of us with some resources and education tend to be careless and choose the easiest path in a challenging, self-serving world. This is partly where the issue arises—the country we come from has hesitated or regressed in producing people of sophistication and honor, and instead has fostered a mindset of unusual self-importance.[235]
In a strong commander, a man who is loved by his men, you will always find there is refinement and generosity and bravery, and little selfish vanity—whether he be gentle-born or not. And look on the men who play the clean, straight game in any field of life, and one cannot fail to see that they are loved of all true-minded humanity. It is, they know, the only game to play, the only game that wins a mighty battle.
In a strong leader, someone who is cherished by their team, you'll always find qualities like refinement, generosity, bravery, and minimal selfishness—regardless of their background. And if you observe the people who play with integrity in any area of life, you can't help but notice that they are admired by all decent-minded individuals. They understand that it's the only way to play, the only approach that truly leads to significant victories.
Leadership
The control of an ordered parade is a simple thing, and for the drill sergeant. But do not let us confuse the drill and discipline of the barrack square, which is something of an ornament and impressive, with the state of mind and aspect of a vital battle.
The control of a well-organized parade is straightforward for the drill sergeant. However, let's not mistake the drill and discipline of the barrack square, which serves as a decoration and is quite impressive, with the mindset and atmosphere of an actual battle.
Gifted leadership is that which takes hold of and controls disorder—not order. No matter what we have read and have preached about discipline, the eternal fact which human nature will put before you on the awesome field is that we are of many tempers, that all has not been calculated or understood, and that Fate or Circumstance has, in part, destroyed the plan so carefully arranged before setting out.
Gifted leadership is about managing and controlling chaos—not stability. Regardless of what we've read or taught about discipline, the undeniable truth that human nature presents on that vast battlefield is that we have many moods, not everything can be predicted or understood, and that Fate or Circumstance has, in some ways, disrupted the carefully laid plans we had before starting out.
Men essentially want strength in their leaders. They will go through fire and brimstone for a good leader, and never be at a loss. Is it not a mistake to rely too much on discipline as a factor of strength? May it not be misleading to judgment of fighting strength? Drill and discipline are somewhat automatic and ornamental, and it is just that surface which is rudely swept aside in the first shock of battle.
Men fundamentally desire strength in their leaders. They will endure anything for a good leader and never feel lost. Isn't it a mistake to depend too heavily on discipline as a measure of strength? Could it be misleading when assessing fighting strength? Drill and discipline can be somewhat routine and superficial, and it’s that surface that gets quickly disregarded in the initial chaos of battle.
Drill and discipline, in moderation, are good, but one should not overdo it or overvalue it. Husband the high spirit of youth as long as one can—it is the spirit that fights a winning battle.
Drill and discipline, in moderation, are good, but you shouldn’t overdo it or overvalue it. Nurture the youthful spirit for as long as you can—it’s the spirit that wins the battle.
Above all it should be remembered that soldiers are not schoolboys, or mere tools, but men, often with high-strung feelings, who have put their lives at the disposal of their country. The British soldier is essentially a practical man; he has, in peace time, been an engineer, a boiler-maker, an electrician, a mason, a farmer, or in a score of other trades, and he does not easily lose the character of his long training; nor should we expect it. He wants to be considered seriously, and as a man. He wants to do his best, within reason, and, given a fair chance, he never fails you. And, finally, he considers he has the right, at all times, to be the keeper of his own soul.
Above all, we should remember that soldiers are not just schoolboys or mere tools; they are men, often with intense feelings, who have put their lives on the line for their country. The British soldier is fundamentally a practical person; in peacetime, he has been an engineer, a boiler-maker, an electrician, a mason, a farmer, or worked in countless other trades, and he doesn't easily lose the skills from his long training—nor should we expect that. He wants to be seen seriously, and as an individual. He strives to do his best, within reasonable limits, and when given a fair chance, he always delivers. Finally, he believes he has the right, at all times, to be the master of his own soul.
Critique
A soldier said to me the other day: “I have been fifteen months out here—I may be fifteen more—I may be shot to-morrow.”
A soldier told me the other day, “I’ve been out here for fifteen months—I might be here for another fifteen—I could get shot tomorrow.”
To him it was a commonplace remark without a note of complaint. He merely wished to show he had had time to think of the subject he was discussing from a serious point of view.
To him, it was just a usual comment without any hint of grievance. He simply wanted to demonstrate that he had taken the time to consider the topic he was discussing from a serious perspective.
And he had been discussing the folly, the uselessness, the narrowness, the meanness of some of the newspaper and political criticisms so rife in his home papers—the home that now he passionately hoped would emerge from bloody battle-fields purified, serious, content, and aged to a greater wisdom.
And he had been talking about the foolishness, the uselessness, the narrow-mindedness, and the pettiness of some of the newspaper and political criticisms that were so common in his local papers—the place he now fervently hoped would come out of the bloody battlefields cleansed, serious, content, and wiser.
He thought some journalism at home and, incidentally, politics had been, since the date of war, very disappointing. War had brought the golden opportunity, while the State was in trouble and distress, to raise the standard of thought to high Idealism. Yet had it carried on, on the whole, as before, the chief forte criticism; sometimes uttered in weak alarm or blundering foreboding—always in attack or defence of a narrow circumstance.
He thought that journalism at home and, by the way, politics had been really disappointing since the war started. The war had created a perfect chance to elevate public thinking to a higher ideal. Yet, overall, things had continued as they were before, primarily focused on criticism; sometimes expressed in weak fear or clumsy predictions—always either attacking or defending a specific situation.
And, having warmed to his subject, the soldier went on to condemn criticism—and his arguments were these:
And, getting into the topic, the soldier continued to criticize the criticism—and here are his points:
There is far too much freedom of field given to fractious, unfounded criticism. Criticism is nearly always, in some aspect, unjust; certainly it is always unkind. For it aims at striking a down-felling blow while it hits but one surface of the many-sided views of complex humanity. The surface that is struck at may be bruised or even destroyed, if the blow be straight, but there are others of the many surfaces which will merely recoil and revolt, with cause, against the blow. And there are times when the blow misses the mark altogether, and revolt is complete from all sides.
There is way too much leeway given to critical, baseless complaints. Criticism is almost always, in some way, unfair; it’s definitely always unkind. It aims to deliver a crushing blow while only targeting one side of the complex nature of humanity. The side that gets hit may be hurt or even destroyed if the strike is direct, but there are other sides that will simply bounce back and react negatively, and rightly so, against the hit. And sometimes the hit misses entirely, leading to a complete backlash from all sides.
Criticism can only be justified in two forms: when it condemns a great wrong or a grave deceit—and then we should see to it that it is our law, not criticism, that deals out judgment with certain understanding; and, in the other case, when it is uttered in good spirit with helpful purpose—and then it were more rightly called advice. Surely it is wrong entirely to condemn, in bitter and unsubstantiated speech, the thoughts and purpose of another body which dares to see a phase of life, or government, in other light, and with another brain. Were it not far better to prove by deed, by clear-sighted example—not merely by words—the value of thought? And, if the opponent be a man, he will come to thank you, and both views, in the process of discussion, will become enlightened and instructive.
Criticism is only justified in two situations: when it highlights a serious wrong or deceit—and in that case, we should make sure that it's our law, not just criticism, that delivers judgment with full understanding; and secondly, when it's expressed in a positive spirit with the intention to help—then it’s more accurately called advice. It’s definitely wrong to harshly condemn, with bitter and unfounded words, the beliefs and intentions of another group that dares to see a part of life, or governance, from a different perspective and with a different mindset. Wouldn't it be much better to demonstrate through actions, with clear examples—not just words—the value of thought? And if your opponent is a reasonable person, they will come to appreciate your perspective, and through the discussion, both viewpoints will become clearer and more insightful.
If he is not ‘a man’ his scheme of things opposed to yours should crumble away if our[239] laws are right, and concur with the common law of decay which decrees that ill-fed roots cannot live and flourish. Does any man do right to sit on a stool at home looking for trouble in the machinery of the nation, when millions toil in endless endeavour, his object to descry weakness or fault, or to direct to his temple of ideas, while he raises no active hand to prove his knowledge or his understanding? Is he certain of his usefulness? Does his position as a man of letters entitle him, by self-appointment, to be king of people? Is there not a more noble, if harder, method of reasoning a cause to greatness? If we are to be truly great we must see the main views together, listening to all from every human standpoint—and framing the final law with certain wisdom—for the greatness of nations must spring from absolute unity of purpose, and with an honesty near to the goodness of God. And is it not by example, by action, and thereafter with broader vision, by help and advice, that mankind should build together their fortresses of strength against the battles of to-day and of the future? Have you seen a grim figure, grimly occupied during an action, defending his yard of trench—which is to him his Britain’s all—and dealing death with certain purpose and unshakable resolution? He has nothing to say—only by deed can he hope to hold this little yard for Britain’s honour.
If he’s not "a man," then his perspective, which is different from yours, should fall apart if our[239] laws are correct, and align with the natural law of decay that states that weak roots can't survive and prosper. Is it right for someone to just sit at home, looking for problems in the nation's workings while millions are toiling tirelessly? His goal is to search for weaknesses or faults, or to push his own ideas, all while not making any effort to prove his knowledge or understanding. Is he really sure he’s being helpful? Does his role as a writer give him the self-declared right to lead others? Isn’t there a more honorable, albeit tougher, way to reason toward greatness? To achieve true greatness, we need to consider all viewpoints, listening to everyone from every perspective—and then establish a final decision with true wisdom—because a nation's greatness must come from total unity of purpose, and honesty close to the goodness of God. Isn’t it through example, through action, and then with a broader perspective, by helping and advising one another, that humanity should build their collective strength against the challenges of today and tomorrow? Have you witnessed a serious figure, deeply engaged during a battle, defending his small piece of land—which to him represents all of Britain—while effectively dealing with threats with clear intent and unwavering determination? He has nothing to say—only through his deeds can he hope to protect this small area for Britain's honor.
He has no need for criticism. He has risen beyond any fault-finding or narrowness.
He doesn’t need criticism. He has moved past any fault-finding or narrow-mindedness.
He may live but to-day, but he lives those hours for the good and the greatness of his motherland.
He might only live for today, but he spends those hours for the benefit and greatness of his country.
Should he criticise, if he comes through, methinks his words will be measured with a new seriousness, and with warmth of comradeship more than with enmity and bitterness.
Should he criticize, if he gets through, I think his words will carry a new weight, and a warmth of friendship more than hostility and resentment.
And does not that common picture show the nobleness of action, and its accomplishment—while criticism, ignorant and powerless, is blown back into the four winds ashamed of its fragility?
And doesn’t that common image show the nobleness of action and its achievement—while criticism, clueless and powerless, is blown back into the four winds, ashamed of its weakness?
Solo
I have been a lone sentry many nights now in this distant outpost, and, like a single plover seeking out the flock, I could utter his weird, wild cry of loneliness. Love is surely the strongest motive in our lives, and ah! it is cruel, and cold, and barren without any of it.... Yet I carry on, though sometimes losing control of wariness and pitching among the far-off fields of dream-land in search of the old home ... then back to this lone, wild beat as before.
I’ve been a solitary guard many nights now at this remote outpost, and, like a lone plover looking for its flock, I could express that strange, wild cry of loneliness. Love is definitely the strongest force in our lives, and wow! it is harsh, cold, and empty without it.... Still, I keep going, even though sometimes I lose my sense of caution and drift into the distant fields of dreamland looking for the old home... then back to this lonely, wild rhythm as before.
Is it an untamed spirit beating its life out because it has not the saving faculty of control? or is it lost for a time on unbeaten tracks, out of the course that it was intended to keep?
Is it a wild spirit struggling for survival because it lacks the ability to control itself? Or is it temporarily lost on uncharted paths, away from the direction it was meant to follow?
There is one thing greater than strength that will carry one far, and that is endurance.
There’s something more important than strength that will take you far, and that’s endurance.
It is the fate of youth, in simple trustfulness, to venture forth on the broad highway of life a dreaming idealist; and to return, if the wars go against him, with deep-cut scars and bowed head. He knows that there are plans made otherwise than his, and that they will remain unalterable, while he must break his spirit to change, and self-denial, and humbleness.
It’s the fate of youth, in its innocent trust, to step onto the expansive road of life as a hopeful dreamer; and to come back, if things don't go his way, with deep scars and a lowered head. He realizes that there are plans made beyond his own, and that they will stay unchanged, while he must crush his spirit to adapt, endure self-denial, and embrace humility.
There is something of bitterness in the struggle, but it is that bitterness which makes for deeper experience and ultimate strength, though underlain with haunting sadness.
There’s a certain bitterness in the struggle, but it’s that bitterness that leads to richer experiences and greater strength, even if it’s accompanied by lingering sadness.
- Aden, 14
- Aeroplanes, 29, 77, 114
- African sounds, 31
- Africa’s vastness, 8, 139
- Ambushed patrol, 26, 28
- Ammunition abandoned, 127, 132
- Animals dying, 76;
- exhausted, 91
- Ants, 167, 222
- Armour-plate tests, 111
- Army, a mixed, 65
- Aruscha road, 70, 74
- Askaris surrender, 151
- Bagomayo, 124
- Baluchis, 66, 85, 165
- Bay of Biscay, 6
- Bayonet charge, 110, 188
- Bees, 222
- Behobeho, 166
- Belgian Force, 124
- Beves, Gen., 164
- Big game, 202
- Bird life in East Africa, 206-207
- Bird migration, north-bound, 10
- Birds collected, 209-215
- Birds of special interest, 216
- Boat-hawking vendors, 9
- Bridges destroyed, 104, 124
- Bridges, repairing, 83, 122
- Brits, Gen., mounted troops, 118
- Buck jump, great, 89
- Buffalo, 48, 92, 203
- Buiko, delayed at, 95
- Bukoba, 20, 22
- Bukubuku, large camp at, 130
- Bush foils decisive combat, 139
- Bush-war difficulties, 29, 138, 184
- Camp routine, 36
- Camp shelters, 141
- Cape Town, rest at, 171
- Casualties, 165, 190, 194
- Casualties at Kahe, 84
- Central railway, marching on, 103
- Central railway falls, 124
- Character and command, 233
- Character, impulses of, 230
- Clifford strikes, 58
- Climate of intense heat, 34, 114
- Coaling, 9
- Colony lost to Germans, 124
- Convoy sail, 4
- Country beautiful, Ulugúru Mts., 127, 154
- Country, cultivated, 76, 125
- Country terribly unhealthy, 197
- Criticism, disturbing, 237
- Crocodile shot, 141
- Cultivation, native, 105, 146
- Cunliffe, Gen., 165
- Currency, doubtful German, 107
- Dakawa, 165
- Dar-es-Salaam surrenders, 124
- Dark days, 195
- Dartnell, Lieut., V.C., 19
- Daylight, hours of, 13, 27
- Defu River, 80
- Desert, march through forsaken, 71
- Dik-dik, 102
- Doves, numerous, 146, 206
- Dress, typical, 45
- Driscoll, Colonel, 3
- Driving off cattle, enemy, 44
- Duiker, Harvey’s, 111
- Dunthumi River, 133
- Dust, marching in thick, 69
- East Africa, nearing, 15
- Egyptian kite, 15
- Eland, 28, 203
- Elephants, 155, 203
- Elephant tusks, 160
- Engare Naniuki, 70
- Entrenchments, Ruhungu, 120
- Fever, more cases, 141
- Fires not allowed, 94
- [a id="Page_243">[243]Fly pests, 220
- Fly, tsetse, 221
- Food at low ebb, 149
- Food, bartering for native, 107, 112
- Food, German, reported short, 151
- Food, hunting game for, 97, 133, 143
- Forces dwindling, 113, 150
- Freebooters, German, 51
- Frontiersmen, 2
- Frontier skirmishes, 18
- Frontier stations, 17
- Front, four-mile, 187
- Front, nine-mile, 177
- Front, twenty-mile, 164
- Fuga hills, 166
- Fusiliers, 25th Royal, 67, 177, 193
- Game, big, 202
- Geraragua River, 71
- Gerenuk antelope, 101
- German askaris surrender, 151
- “German Bridge” engagement, 93
- German East Africa, area of, 139
- German East Africa threatened, 65
- German freebooters, 51
- German natives hired, 133
- German paper rupees, 107
- Gibraltar, 7
- Gilham, Lieut., goes hunting, 97
- Gitu, 105
- Goanese, 76
- Gold Coast Regiment, 129
- Greeks, 76
- Guaso Nyero Valley, 47
- Guerilla warfare, Bukoba, 22
- Guinea-fowl, 99
- Guns, heavy, stranded, 164
- Guns, Koenigsberg, captured, 82, 166
- Gun-teams, sickness depletes, 142
- Handeni neighbourhood, 106
- Hannyngton’s, Gen., Brigade, 118
- Hartebeeste shot, 40
- Heat, climate of intensive, 34, 147, 168
- Hen, pet white, 112, 115
- Hill country, impassable, 119
- Himo River, 80
- Hippopotamus, 204
- Horses dying, 73, 108
- Hoskins, Gen., C.-in-C., 172, 176
- Hot springs, 158
- Houses inhabited, 74
- Hunting at Kajiado, 39
- Hunting game for food, 97
- Hyenas in camp, 143
- Indian Ocean, 15
- Industry, need of, 229
- Information, natives give, 130
- Ivory, 160
- Jungle, cruel-fanged, 97
- Kahe, enemy strength at, 84
- Kahe, hard fighting at, 80
- Kajiado, hunting at, 40
- Kanga-Kilindi range, 118
- Kasanga, 154
- Kasigau, occupied by enemy, 42
- Kavirondos, 202
- Kearton, Cherry, 2
- Kibambawe, 171
- Kibo, 35
- Kibosho, 87
- Kiderengwe, 166
- Kihunsa ridge, 129
- Kikuyus, 202
- Kilimanjaro, 35
- Kilossa, 124
- Kilwa, 176
- Kilwa column, position of, 179
- King’s African Rifles, 67, 144, 177, 188, 193
- Kipanya ridge, 187
- Kiruru, 166
- Kissaki, activities, 149
- Kissaki camp, 140, 144
- Kissaki, enemy retiring to, 130
- Kisumu, 19
- Kite, Egyptian, 15
- Kitulo Hill, 176
- Koodoo, Lesser, 99
- Kraals, native, 146
- Kraut, Major, 78, 189
- Krupp gun, small, 111
- Kwa-Beku, 117
- Kwa-Direma, 110
- Lake Natron at dawn, 55
- Lake steamship craft, 20
- [244]Lake Victoria Nyanza, 19
- Landing effected, Bukoba, 22
- Leadership, 235
- Lembeni outflanked, 90
- Lindi Bay, 174
- Lindi, 175
- Lindi, return to, 185
- Lions, 40, 53, 205
- Locusts, 34
- London, departure from, 3
- Longido west camp, 64
- Long-range guns, enemy, 130
- Loyal North Lancashires, 23
- Luăle Liwăle River, 121
- Lukigura River, march on, 109
- Lukuledi River, 176
- Luxuries (?), 39
- Lyall, Gen., 166
- Machine guns, death-dealing, 80
- Magali Ridge, 127
- Maize, 146
- Makindu, 109, 113
- Makindu, advance beyond, 118
- Maktau, reconnaissance, 27
- Malaria, victim of, 123
- Malta, 9
- Mango, tree and fruit, 145
- Masai, 48, 202
- Masai, respect white chief, 62
- Massimbani track, 116
- Massassi, 197
- Material, war, 226
- Mawensi, 35
- Mayani, 187
- Mbuyuni, back to, 87
- Mediterranean Sea, 7
- Mgata, 129
- Mgeta river front, 140, 144, 164
- Mice plague, 223
- Millet, 146
- Mingoyo, 184
- Mkalamo, 103
- Mkalinso, 171
- Mkwaya, 177
- Mohambika, 184, 187
- Mombasa, 15
- Mombo, 103
- Monitors at Lindi, 177
- Monsoon, South-west, 27
- Morogoro occupied, 123
- Moschi, 74
- Moschi area all clear, 86
- Mosquitoes, 221
- Mountain pass partly blocked, 128
- Mounted troops, Gen. Brits, 118
- Mpala, 40, 133, 203
- Mpapua, 124
- Mrweka, 184
- Mssente, 116
- Mtanda plateau, 187
- Mules dying, 73
- Mules, Somali, 44
- Mules, South American, 67
- Mwúhe River, 122
- Mwuha River, 131
- Nagasseni, 70
- Narunyu, 191
- Native cultivation, 105, 146
- Native kraals, 146
- Natives fearful of shell-fire, 114
- Natives, German, hired, 133, 201
- Natives of East Africa, 201
- Naval gun captured, 82, 166
- Neuralia, troopship, 4
- Nguru mountains, 109, 114, 118
- Nguruman mountains, 47
- Nigerian regiment, 165, 198
- Night attack by enemy, 78, 194
- Night landings, 20, 179
- Night scouting, 30
- Nkessa’s, 133, 134
- North Pole Star, 13
- Observation post destroyed, 129
- Offensive, commencement of, 68, 174
- Officers, 233
- O’Grady, Gen., 177, 198
- Ol Doinyo Orok, 32
- Operations against Narunyu fail, 119
- Operations in Ulugúru Mts., 125
- Outpost, Maktau, 26
- Outpost scattered, 71
- Outram, George, 3
- Oxen dying, 108
- Pangani River, column leaves, 105
- Pangani River, down the, 88
- Parcels from home, 38, 148
- Pare mountains, 93
- Patrol ambushed, 26, 28
- Patrols, 18
- Plantations, coffee, 76
- Plantations, rubber, 76, 176
- Plants collected, 218
- [245]Plymouth Dock, 4
- Port Said, 10
- Punjabis, 66
- Raiders, heading off, 52
- Railway, central, falls, 124
- Railway protection, 17
- Railway to Tanga clear, 103
- Rains, 35, 76, 145, 164, 172
- Ramazani, Selous’s gun-bearer, 170
- Rank and file, 233
- Rations, Gen. Sheppard on, 147
- Rations very short, 96, 104
- Rearguard skirmish, 72
- Rearguards harass advance, 108, 131
- Reconnaissance flanking Ruhungu, 115
- Reconnaissance, Maktau, 27
- Red Sea, 13
- Reedbuck, 133, 142, 203
- Rhinoceros, 27, 28, 30, 204
- Rhodesians, 2nd, 93
- Routine in camp, 26, 36
- Routing the raiders, 60
- Rovuma River, Germans cross, 199
- Royal Fusiliers, 25th, 67, 177, 193
- Rubber plantations, 76, 176
- Rufiji, enemy retreat to, 170
- Rufiji, postponed advance to, 144
- Rufiji River, north of, 125
- Ruhungu, operations fail, 119
- Russongo River, 121
- Ruwu River (Kahe front), 78, 82
- Ruwu River (Ulugúru Mts.), 127
- Ryan, Martin, 3, 158
- Saidi-bin-Mohammed, 43
- Sanja River, 73
- Scouting, night, 30
- Selous, F. C., 2, 162, 169
- Sheep hills, 69
- Shelled by naval guns, 92, 110, 196
- Shell-fire, prolonged, 114, 196
- Sheppard, Gen., 93, 106, 147, 165
- Shombole Mountain, 56
- Sickness depletes gun-teams, 142
- Sickness, food shortage causes, 38
- Single-handed adventure, 44
- Sleep in mud and water, 85
- Sleep lost and overtaxed, 89
- Smuts, Gen., C.-in-C., 68
- Smuts, Gen., pressing forward, 95, 104, 121
- Snakes, 223
- Snowfall on Kilimanjaro, 35
- Soko-Nassai River, 80
- Soldiers underfed, underclothed, 146
- Somali mules, 44
- Sounds, African, 31
- South African troops coming, 41
- Southern Cross, 28
- South Pare mountains, 93
- Ssangeni, 106
- Ssonjo, 108
- Starving natives, 196
- Stations, frontier, 17
- Steamship craft, lake, 20
- Stores abandoned, 132
- Storks, 34
- Suez Canal, 11
- Sunburn, extreme, 169
- Supply difficulties, adding to, 126
- Surrender, Tafel’s force, 199
- Swahili-speaking tribes, 200
- Tabora, Belgian force occupy, 124
- Tafel’s force surrender, 199
- Tandamuti, attack fails on, 187
- Tandamuti front clear, 191
- Tanga clear, railway to, 103
- Taveta base, 88
- Telegraph wires cut, 150
- Thorn trees, 98
- Tieta hills, 30
- Tobacco, out of, 148
- Trackless country, 69
- Tragic end, 199
- Transport difficulties, 75, 104, 113
- Transport attacked, 189
- Trees, thorn, 98
- Trolley line, 103, 180
- Troopship, 4, 5
- Tsetse fly, 221
- Tulo, 132
- Tulo, delayed at, 140
- Uganda railway, 17, 42
- Ulugúru mountains, operations in, 125
- Ulugúru mountains, seeking road, 154
- [246]Unhealthy area, a very, 140, 197
- Usambara railway, enemy leaving, 103
- Usambara railway, west of, 88, 93
- Van Deventer’s, Gen., column, 81, 124
- Van Deventer, Gen., C.-in-C., 176
- Victoria Nyanza Lake, 19
- Voi Railway mined, 26
- Von Lettow crosses Rovuma River, 199
- Von Lettow, forces under, 176
- Wami River, fight at, 122
- War material, 226
- Watch-dog’s duties, 17
- Water, 18, 48, 194
- Waterbuck, 142, 203
- Waterless wilderness, 45
- Waterloo station, 1
- Whirlpools, 48
- White troops leave country, 144
- Wilderness and night, 47
- Wilderness country, 64, 139
- Wilhelmstal, 103
- Willoughby, Major Sir John, 111
- Wireless station destroyed, 20, 25
- Ziwani, fighting at, 183
Printed by Hazell, Watson & Viney, Ld., London and Aylesbury, England.
Printed by Hazell, Watson & Viney Ltd., London and Aylesbury, England.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!